0% found this document useful (0 votes)

144 views

09 MPLS Command Reference Book

The H3C MSR documentation set includes 17 command references. The MPLS command Reference(v5) describes the MPLS configuration commands. The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

Uploaded by

Alexandre Oliveira

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

144 views

09 MPLS Command Reference Book

Uploaded by

Alexandre Oliveira

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 353

H3C MSR Series Routers

MPLS Command Reference(V5)

Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. http://www.h3c.com Software version: MSR-CMW520-R2311 Document version: 20130320-C-1.10

All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks , IRF, NetPilot, Netflow, H3C, , H3CS, H3CIE, H3CNE, Aolynk, , H3Care, SecEngine, SecPath, SecCenter, SecBlade, Comware, ITCMM and HUASAN are trademarks of Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks that may be mentioned in this manual are the property of their respective owners Notice The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Preface
The H3C MSR documentation set includes 17 command references, which describe the commands and command syntax options available for the H3C MSR Series Routers. The MPLS Command Reference(V5) describes the MPLS configuration commands. This preface includes: Audience Conventions About the H3C MSR documentation set Obtaining documentation Technical support Documentation feedback Model
MSR 900

These configuration guides apply to the following models of the H3C MSR series routers: MSR 900 MSR 920
MSR 930 MSR 930-GU MSR 930-GT MSR 930-DG MSR 930-SA MSR 20-10 MSR 20-10E MSR 20-1 1 MSR 20-12 MSR 20-15

MSR 930

MSR 20-1X

MSR 20

MSR 20-20 MSR 20-21 MSR 20-40

MSR 30-10 MSR 30-1 1 MSR 30-1 1E MSR 30-1 1F MSR 30-16 MSR 30-20 MSR 30-40 MSR 30-60

MSR 30

MSR 50

MSR 50-40 MSR 50-60

Audience
This documentation is intended for: Network planners Field technical support and servicing engineers Network administrators working with the routers

Conventions
This section describes the conventions used in this documentation set.

Command conventions
Convention
Boldface Italic [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } * [ x | y | ... ] * &<1-n> #

Description
Bold text represents commands and keywords that you enter literally as shown. Italic text represents arguments that you replace with actual values. Square brackets enclose syntax choices (keywords or arguments) that are optional. Braces enclose a set of required syntax choices separated by vertical bars, from which you select one. Square brackets enclose a set of optional syntax choices separated by vertical bars, from which you select one or none. Asterisk marked braces enclose a set of required syntax choices separated by vertical bars, from which you select at least one. Asterisk marked square brackets enclose optional syntax choices separated by vertical bars, from which you select one choice, multiple choices, or none. The argument or keyword and argument combination before the ampersand (&) sign can be entered 1 to n times. A line that starts with a pound (#) sign is comments.

GUI conventions
Convention
Boldface >

Description
Window names, button names, field names, and menu items are in Boldface. For example, the New User window appears; click OK. Multi-level menus are separated by angle brackets. For example, File > Create > Folder.

Symbols
Convention
WARNING CAUTION IMPORTANT

Description
An alert that calls attention to important information that if not understood or followed can result in personal injury. An alert that calls attention to important information that if not understood or followed can result in data loss, data corruption, or damage to hardware or software. An alert that calls attention to essential information.

Convention
NOTE TIP

Description
An alert that contains additional or supplementary information. An alert that provides helpful information.

Network topology icons

Represents a generic network device, such as a router, switch, or firewall. Represents a routing-capable device, such as a router or Layer 3 switch. Represents a generic switch, such as a Layer 2 or Layer 3 switch, or a router that supports Layer 2 forwarding and other Layer 2 features.

Port numbering in examples

The port numbers in this document are for illustration only and might be unavailable on your device.

About the H3C MSR documentation set

The H3C MSR documentation set includes: Category Documents
Marketing brochures Product description and specifications Technology white papers Card datasheets Compliance and safety manual Hardware specifications and installation Installation guide MSR Series Routers Interface Module Manual MSR Series Routers Configuration guides Software configuration MSR Series Routers Command references MSR Series Routers Web Configuration guides H3C MSR Basic Routers H3C MSR Standard Routers

Purposes
Describe product specifications and benefits. Provide an in-depth description of software features and technologies. Describe card specifications, features, and standards. Provides regulatory information and the safety instructions that must be followed during installation. Provides a complete guide to hardware installation and hardware specifications. Provide the hardware specifications of cards. Describe software features and configuration procedures. Provide a quick reference to all available commands. Describe Web software features and configuration procedures. Provide information about the product release, including the version history, hardware and software compatibility matrix, version upgrade information, technical support information, and software upgrading.

Operations and maintenance

Obtaining documentation
You can access the most up-to-date H3C product documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.h3c.com. Click the links on the top navigation bar to obtain different categories of product documentation: [Technical Support & Documents > Technical Documents] Provides hardware installation, software upgrading, and software feature configuration and maintenance documentation. [Products & Solutions] Provides information about products and technologies, as well as solutions. [Technical Support & Documents > Software Download] Provides the documentation released with the software version.

Technical support
service@h3c.com http://www.h3c.com

Documentation feedback
You can e-mail your comments about product documentation to info@h3c.com. We appreciate your comments.

Contents
Basic MPLS commands 1 accept-label 1 advertise-label 2 display mpls fast-forwarding cache 3 display mpls ilm 4 display mpls interface 6 display mpls label 8 display mpls ldp 8 display mpls ldp cr-lsp 10 display mpls ldp fec 11 display mpls ldp interface 14 display mpls ldp lsp 16 display mpls ldp peer 17 display mpls ldp remote-peer 19 display mpls ldp session 20 display mpls ldp session all statistics 23 display mpls lsp 24 display mpls lsp statistics 27 display mpls nhlfe 28 display mpls nhlfe reflist 30 display mpls route-state 31 display mpls static-lsp 32 display mpls statistics interface 34 display mpls statistics lsp 36 dscp 38 du-readvertise 38 du-readvertise timer 39 graceful-restart (MPLS LDP view) 40 graceful-restart mpls ldp 40 graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness 41 graceful-restart timer reconnect 41 graceful-restart timer recovery 42 hops-count 43 label advertise 43 label-distribution 44 loop-detect 45 lsp-trigger 46 lsr-id 47 md5-password 47 mpls 48 mpls ldp (system view) 49 mpls ldp (interface view) 50 mpls ldp remote-peer 50 mpls ldp timer hello-hold 51 mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold 52 mpls ldp transport-address 53 mpls lsr-id 54 mpls mtu 54 path-vectors 55
i

ping lsp ipv4 56 prefix-label advertise 57 remote-ip 58 remote-ip bfd 58 reset mpls fast-forwarding cache 59 reset mpls ldp 59 reset mpls statistics interface 60 reset mpls statistics lsp 60 static-lsp egress 61 static-lsp ingress 61 static-lsp transit 62 statistics interval 63 tracert lsp ipv4 64 ttl expiration enable 65 ttl expiration pop 65 ttl propagate 66

MPLS L2VPN configuration commands 68 ccc interface in-label out-label 68 ccc interface out-interface 69 ce 70 connection 71 default-nexthop 71 display bgp l2vpn 72 display ccc 78 display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type 79 display mpls l2vc 81 display mpls l2vpn 84 display mpls l2vpn connection 87 display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws 90 display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws 91 display mpls static-l2vc 94 l2vpn 96 l2vpn-family 96 mpls l2vc 97 mpls l2vc switchover 98 mpls l2vpn 99 mpls l2vpn vpn-name 99 mpls static-l2vc (for primary-backup SVCs) 100 mpls static-l2vc (for ordinary SVC) 102 mpls static-l2vc switchover 103 mtu (MPLS L2VPN view) 104 ping lsp pw (for MPLS L2VPN) 104 ppp ipcp ignore local-ip 105 ppp ipcp proxy 106 reset bgp l2vpn 107 route-distinguisher (MPLS L2VPN view) 107 vpn-target (MPLS L2VPN view) 108 MPLS L3VPN configuration commands 110 default local-preference (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 110 default med (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 110 description (VPN instance view) 111 display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table 111 display bgp vpnv4 group 115
ii

display bgp vpnv4 network 117 display bgp vpnv4 paths 118 display bgp vpnv4 peer 119 display bgp vpnv4 peer received ip-prefix 126 display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher routing-table 127 display bgp vpnv4 routing-table label 131 display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance routing-table 132 display fib vpn-instance 134 display fib vpn-instance ip-address 137 display ip vpn-instance 138 display mpls ldp vpn-instance 139 display ospf sham-link 141 display tunnel-policy 142 display vpn label operation 144 domain-id 145 export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view) 146 ext-community-type 146 filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 147 filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 148 import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view) 149 ip binding vpn-instance 150 ip vpn-instance 150 ipv4-family vpnv4 151 ipv4-family (VPN instance view) 151 mpls ldp vpn-instance 152 nesting-vpn 152 peer advertise-community (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 153 peer allow-as-loop 154 peer as-path-acl (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 154 peer capability-advertise orf ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 155 peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance 156 peer enable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 157 peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 158 peer group (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 159 peer ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 159 peer label-route-capability (BGP view/BGP VPN instance view) 160 peer next-hop-invariable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 161 peer next-hop-local 161 peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 162 peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 163 peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 164 peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view) 164 peer upe 165 peer upe route-policy 166 peer vpn-instance enable 167 peer vpn-instance group 167 peer vpn-instance route-policy import 168 policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 169 preferred-path 170 reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 171 reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 172 refresh bgp vpn-instance 172 refresh bgp vpnv4 173 reset bgp vpn-instance 174
iii

reset bgp vpn-instance dampening 174 reset bgp vpn-instance flap-info 175 reset bgp vpnv4 175 route-distinguisher (VPN instance view) 176 route-tag 177 routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view) 178 rr-filter (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view) 179 sham-link 180 tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view) 181 tunnel-policy 182 tunnel select-seq 183 vpn popgo 184 vpn-instance-capability simple 185 vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view) 185

IPv6 MPLS L3VPN commands 187 default local-preference (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 187 default med (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 187 display bgp vpnv6 all peer 188 display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table 191 display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher routing-table 193 display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance peer 195 display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance routing-table 197 display ipv6 fib vpn-instance 199 display ipv6 fib vpn-instance ipv6-address 200 export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view) 201 filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 202 filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 203 import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view) 204 ipv6-family vpnv6 (BGP view) 205 ipv6-family (VPN instance view) 205 peer enable (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 206 peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 206 peer ipv6-prefix (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 207 peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 208 peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 208 peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 209 peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 210 policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 211 reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 211 reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 212 refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance 212 refresh bgp vpnv6 213 reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance 214 reset bgp vpnv6 214 routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view) 215 rr-filter (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view) 216 tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view) 217 vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view) 218 MPLS TE configuration commands 220 add hop 220 delete hop 220 display explicit-path 221 display isis traffic-eng advertisements 222
iv

display isis traffic-eng link 225 display isis traffic-eng network 226 display isis traffic-eng statistics 228 display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs 229 display mpls rsvp-te 230 display mpls rsvp-te established 232 display mpls rsvp-te peer 233 display mpls rsvp-te psb-content 234 display mpls rsvp-te request 237 display mpls rsvp-te reservation 238 display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content 239 display mpls rsvp-te sender 241 display mpls rsvp-te statistics 242 display mpls static-cr-lsp 245 display mpls te cspf tedb 247 display mpls te ds-te 252 display mpls te link-administration admission-control 253 display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation 254 display mpls te tunnel 255 display mpls te tunnel path 258 display mpls te tunnel statistics 259 display mpls te tunnel-interface 260 display ospf mpls-te 263 display ospf traffic-adjustment 265 display tunnel-info 266 enable traffic-adjustment 267 enable traffic-adjustment advertise 268 explicit-path 268 list hop 269 modify hop 269 mpls rsvp-te 270 mpls rsvp-te authentication 271 mpls rsvp-te bfd enable 271 mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier 272 mpls rsvp-te dscp 273 mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart 273 mpls rsvp-te hello 274 mpls rsvp-te hello-lost 275 mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier 275 mpls rsvp-te reliability 276 mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm 277 mpls rsvp-te srefresh 277 mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery 278 mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart 278 mpls rsvp-te timer hello 279 mpls rsvp-te timer refresh 280 mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission 280 mpls te 281 mpls te affinity property 282 mpls te auto-bandwidth 283 mpls te backup 284 mpls te backup bandwidth 284 mpls te bandwidth 285 mpls te bandwidth change thresholds 286
v

mpls te commit 287 mpls te cspf 287 mpls te cspf timer failed-link 288 mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode 289 mpls te ds-te ietf te-class 289 mpls te ds-te mode 290 mpls te fast-reroute 291 mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel 292 mpls te igp advertise 293 mpls te igp metric 293 mpls te igp shortcut 294 mpls te link administrative group 295 mpls te loop-detection 295 mpls te max-link-bandwidth 296 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth 296 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam 297 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm 298 mpls te metric 299 mpls te path 299 mpls te path metric-type 300 mpls te priority 301 mpls te protection switch-mode 302 mpls te protection tunnel 303 mpls te protect-switch 304 mpls te record-route 305 mpls te reoptimization (tunnel interface view) 305 mpls te reoptimization (user view) 306 mpls te resv-style 306 mpls te retry 307 mpls te route-pinning 308 mpls te signal-protocol 308 mpls te tie-breaking 309 mpls te timer auto-bandwidth 310 mpls te timer fast-reroute 310 mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding 311 mpls te timer retry 312 mpls te tunnel-id 312 mpls te vpn-binding 313 mpls-te 314 next hop 315 opaque-capability 315 ping lsp te 316 reset mpls rsvp-te statistics 317 reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers 317 static-cr-lsp egress 318 static-cr-lsp ingress 319 static-cr-lsp transit 320 te-set-subtlv 321 tracert lsp te 322 traffic-eng 323

L2VPN access to L3VPN or IP backbone configuration commands 324 default 324 description 324 display interface 325
vi

display ve-group 330 interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 331 interface ve-l3vpn-access 331 mtu 332 reset counters interface 333 shutdown 334 ve-group 334

Index 336

vii

Basic MPLS commands

Commands configured in MPLS LDP view apply to the public network and those configured in MPLS LDP VPN instance view apply to the MPLS VPN instance.

accept-label
Use accept-label to configure a label acceptance policy. Use undo accept-label to restore the default.

Syntax
accept-label peer peer-id ip-prefix ip-prefix-name undo accept-label peer peer-id

Default
An LSR accepts all label bindings received from its LDP peers.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
peer peer-id: Specifies an LDP peer. The peer-id argument is the LSR ID of the LDP peer. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies the IP prefix list to be used for filtering received FEC-label bindings. The ip-prefix-name argument is the name of the IP prefix list, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
A label acceptance policy is for filtering the FEC-label bindings received. With such a policy configured, an upstream LSR filters the label bindings received from the specified downstream LSR by the specified IP prefix list, and accepts and saves only bindings with the FEC destinations permitted by the specified IP prefix list. When the label acceptance control configuration on an LSR is changed (for example, the label acceptance policy is deleted by using the undo accept-label command), you must execute the reset mpls ldp command to reset LDP sessions so that the downstream LSR re-advertises its label bindings and the upstream LSR can obtain the label bindings not accepted before.

Examples
# Configure the device to accept only the label bindings of FECs with destination addresses on subnet 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.2.1.0/24 from LDP peer 1.1.1.9.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip ip-prefix prefix-from-RTA index 1 permit 10.1.1.0 24 [Sysname] ip ip-prefix prefix-from-RTA index 2 permit 10.2.1.0 24 [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] accept-label peer 1.1.1.9 ip-prefix prefix-from-RTA

Related commands
ip ip-prefix (Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference)

advertise-label
Use advertise-label to configure a label advertisement policy. Use undo advertise-label to restore the default.

Syntax
advertise-label ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ peer peer-ip-prefix-name ] undo advertise-label ip-prefix ip-prefix-name

Default
An LSR does not filter label bindings to be advertised.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies an IP prefix list to be used for filtering the label bindings to be advertised. The ip-prefix-name argument is the name of the IP prefix list, a string of 1 to 19 characters. peer peer-ip-prefix-name: Specifies a list of LDP peers. The peer-ip-prefix-name argument is the IP prefix list name, a string of 1 to 19 characters. If you do not specify the LDP peer list, the label advertisement policy is for all LDP peers.

Usage guidelines
When advertising label bindings to peers, an LSR follows these rules: If the IP prefix of a label binding to be advertised fails the IP prefix checking, the LSR does not advertise the label binding to any peer. If the IP prefix of a label binding to be advertised passes the IP prefix checking and the peer list is not specified, the LSR will advertise the label binding to all peers. If the IP prefix of a label binding to be advertised passes the IP prefix checking and a peer list is specified, the LSR will advertise the label binding to the peers that pass the peer list checking. If the IP prefix of a label binding to be advertised passes the checking of more than one IP prefix lists (which are specified by executing the advertise-label command for multiple times), the LSR will advertise the label binding based on the configuration by the first advertise-label command.

Examples
# Configure label advertisement control policies so that the device: Advertises label bindings for FEC 10.1.1.0/24 to the LDP peer with the LSR ID 3.3.3.9 Advertises label bindings for FEC 10.2.1.0/24 to the LDP peer with the LSR ID 4.4.4.9. Does not advertise label bindings of other subnets to any peers.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip ip-prefix prefix-to-C permit 10.1.1.0 24 [Sysname] ip ip-prefix prefix-to-D permit 10.2.1.0 24

[Sysname] ip ip-prefix peer-C permit 3.3.3.9 32 [Sysname] ip ip-prefix peer-D permit 4.4.4.9 32 [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] advertise-label ip-prefix prefix-to-C peer peer-C [Sysname-mpls-ldp] advertise-label ip-prefix prefix-to-D peer peer-D

Related commands
ip ip-prefix (Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference)

display mpls fast-forwarding cache

Use display mpls fast-forwarding cache to display information about MPLS fast forwarding entries.

Syntax
display mpls fast-forwarding cache [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about MPLS fast forwarding entries.
<Sysname> display mpls fast-forwarding cache Fast-Forwarding Cache: Label 1044 1049 Input_If GE0/0 Eth1/1 total 2 items Len 4 8 Flg IP MPLS Used 83 81

Output_If Eth1/1 GE0/0

# Display detailed information about MPLS fast forwarding entries.

<Sysname> display mpls fast-forwarding cache verbose Fast-Forwarding Cache: Label 1044 Input_If GE0/0 total 2 items Len 4 Flg IP Used 15

Output_If Eth1/1

Fast-Forwarding Cache PreIpHead: FF 03 00 21 1049 Eth1/1 GE0/0 8 MPLS 13

Fast-Forwarding Cache PreMplsHead: FF 03 02 81 00 46 40 FE

Table 1 Command output Field

Label Input_If Output_If Len Flg Used Fast-Forwarding Cache PreIIpHead Fast-Forwarding Cache PreMPLSHead NOTE: A pre-header is the content prefixed to a packet according to the matched entry in the fast forwarding cache. It varies depending on the type of the outgoing packet:

Description
Label used as the index of the fast forwarding entry. Incoming interface. Outgoing interface. Length of the pre-header, in bytes. Flag for indicating the packet type. It can be IP, MPLS, or L2VPN. Number of times the entry has been used. Content of the pre-header when the Flg field is IP. Content of the pre-header when the Flg field is MPLS..

For an IP packet, the pre-header is a link layer header. For an MPLS packet, the pre-header consists of a link layer header and a label stack. An L2VPN packet is directly forwarded out of the outgoing interface. No pre-header is prefixed to the packet.

display mpls ilm

Use display mpls ilm to display information about ILM entries.

Syntax
display mpls ilm [ label ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
label: Specifies an incoming label in the range of 16 to 4294967295. verbose: Displays the detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
With no incoming label specified, the command displays information about all ILM entries.

Examples
# Display the ILM entry with a specific incoming label.
<Sysname> display mpls ilm 60 Inlabel In-Interface Token VRF-Index Oper LSP-Type Swap-Label

----------------------------------------------------------------------------60 Eth1/1 1 0 NULL STATIC LSP -

# Display all ILM entries.

<Sysname> display mpls ilm Total ILM Entry: 2 Inlabel In-Interface Token VRF-Index Oper LSP-Type Swap-Label

----------------------------------------------------------------------------60 80 Eth1/1 Eth1/2 1 2 0 0 NULL NULL STATIC LSP STATIC LSP -

Table 2 Command output Field

Total ILM Entry Inlabel In-Interface Token Oper LSP-Type Swap-Label

Description
Total number of ILM entries. Incoming label. Incoming interface. NHLFE entry index. Operation type: POP, POPGO, SWAPGO, or NULL. LSP type: LDP LSP, CR-LDP, RSVP LSP, BGP LSP, L3VPN LSP, STATIC LSP, STATIC CR-LSP, L2VPN LSP, or BGP IPv6 LSP. Label for swapping.

# Display the detailed information of all ILM entries.

<Sysname> display mpls ilm verbose Total ILM Entry: 2

**In Label LSP Type In Interface VRF Index Operation Swap Label Out Interface Status Create Time Last Change Time Tunnel ID

: 60 : STATIC LSP : Eth1/1 : 0 : NULL : : : MAIN : 07:55:06:921 : 07:55:06:921 : 0xc0001(Done) GrCount: 0

**In Label LSP Type

: 80 : STATIC LSP

In Interface VRF Index Operation Swap Label Out Interface Status Create Time Last Change Time Tunnel ID

: Eth1/2 : 0 : NULL : : : MAIN : 07:57:26:927 : 07:57:26:927 : 0xc0002(Done) GrCount: 0

Service

: Statistics(Succeeded)

Table 3 Command output Field

In Label LSP Type In Interface Operation Swap Label Out Interface Service Instance ID

Description
Incoming label. LSP type: LDP LSP, CR-LDP, RSVP LSP, BGP LSP, L3VPN LSP, STATIC LSP, STATIC CR-LSP, L2VPN LSP, or BGP IPv6 LSP. Incoming interface. Operation type: POP, POPGO, SWAPGO, or NULL. Label for swapping. Outgoing interface. L2VPN service instance ID. Tunnel status:

Status

MAINMain tunnel. BACKUPBackup tunnel. The BACKUP status is displayed only

when the tunnel is the backup tunnel in a 1+1 tunnel protection group.

Create Time Last Change Time Tunnel ID

Time when the entry was created. Time of the last update of the entry. Public tunnel ID and entry status (Done or Waiting). GrCountNumber of times that GR occurs. Service type and status. The service type is Statistics and the service status can be Succeeded (service has been enabled successfully) or Failed (service failed to be enabled).

Service

display mpls interface

Use display mpls interface to display information about one or all MPLS-enabled interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view
6

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Without this argument, the command displays information about all MPLS-enabled interfaces. verbose: Displays detailed information. Without this keyword, the command displays brief information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display brief information about all MPLS-enabled interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls interface Interface Eth1/1 Eth1/2 Status Up Up TE Attr Dis Dis LSP Count 2 2 CRLSP Count 0 0

# Display detailed information about the MPLS-enabled interface Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> display mpls interface ethernet 1/1 verbose No Interface Status TE Attribute LSPCount CR-LSPCount FRR : 1 : Eth1/1 : Up : Disable : 2 : 0 : Disabled

Table 4 Command output Field

TE Attr/TE Attribute LSP Count/LSPCount CR-LSP Count/CR-LSPCount FRR

Description
Indicates whether TE is enabled on the interface. Number of LSPs on the interface. Number of CR-LSPs on the interface. Indicates whether FRR is enabled on the interface. If FRR is enabled, the output will also include the bound tunnels. For information about FRR, see MPLS Configuration Guide.

Related commands
display mpls statistics interface mpls

display mpls label

Use display mpls label to display usage information about specified labels or all labels.

Syntax
display mpls label { label-value1 [ to label-value2 ] | all } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
label-value1: Specifies a label, or, when used with the label-value2 argument, the start label of a range of labels. The label value is in the range of 16 to 16204799. to label-value2: Specifies the end label of a range of labels, in the range of 16 to 204799. all: Specifies all labels. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about labels 900 to 1500.
<Sysname> display mpls label 900 to 1500 Label alloc state: '.' means not used, '$' means used ------------------------------Static Label-------------------------------900:........ ........ ........ ........ 964:........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ....

------------------------------Dynamic Label------------------------------1024:...$.... ........ ........ ........ 1088:........ ........ ........ ........ 1152:........ ........ ........ ........ 1216:........ ........ ........ ........ 1280:........ ........ ........ ........ 1344:........ ........ ........ ........ 1408:........ ........ ........ ........ 1472:........ ........ ........ ..... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........

display mpls ldp

Use display mpls ldp to display information about LDP.

Syntax
display mpls ldp [ all [ verbose ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Displays all information about LDP. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command will display all information about LDP in detail.

Examples
# Display all information about LDP in detail.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp all verbose LDP Global Information --------------------------------------------------------------Protocol Version Graceful Restart MTU Signaling Nonstop Routing : V1 : Off : Off : On LDP Instance Information --------------------------------------------------------------Instance ID Instance Status Hop Count Limit Loop Detection DU Re-advertise Timer DU Explicit Request : 0 : Active : 32 : Off : 30 Sec : Off DU Re-advertise Flag : On Request Retry Flag : On VPN-Instance LSR ID Path Vector Limit : : 1.1.1.1 : 32 Neighbor Liveness FT Reconnect Timer Recovery Timer : 60 Sec : 60 Sec : 60 Sec

Label Distribution Mode: Ordered

Label Retention Mode : Liberal

-----------------------------------------------------------------

Table 5 Command output Field

Protocol Version Neighbor Liveness

Description
Version of the LDP protocol. Setting of the GR neighbor liveness timer.

Field
Graceful Restart FT Reconnect Timer MTU Signaling Recovery Timer

Description
Indicates whether GR is enabled. Setting of the GR's FT reconnect timer. Indicates whether MTU signaling is supported. The device does not support MTU signaling. Setting of the GR's recovery timer. State of LDP NSR:

OnLDP NSR is enabled but the data backup is not

Nonstop Routing finished yet.

OffLDP NSR is disabled. ReadyLDP NSR is enabled and data backup is finished.
Instance ID VPN-Instance Hop Count Limit Path Vector Limit Loop Detection DU Re-advertise Timer DU Re-advertise Flag DU Explicit Request Request Retry Flag Label Distribution Mode Label Retention Mode Sequence number of the LDP instance. Instance name of the LDP-enabled VPN. For the default VPN, nothing is displayed. Maximum hop count for loop detection. Maximum path vector length. Indicates whether loop detection is enabled. Label re-advertisement interval for DU mode. Indicates whether label re-advertisement is enabled for DU mode. Indicates whether explicit request transmission is enabled for DU mode. Indicates whether request retransmission is enabled. Label distribution control mode of the instance: Ordered or Independent. Label retention mode used by the instance. The device only supports the Liberal mode.

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view)

display mpls ldp cr-lsp

Use display mpls ldp cr-lsp to display information about CR-LSPs established by CR-LDP.

Syntax
display mpls ldp cr-lsp [ lspid lsr-id lsp-id ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level
10

Parameters
lspid lsr-id lsp-id: Displays information about the specified CR-LSP. The lsr-id argument is the LSR ID of the ingress, in the form of IP address. The lsp-id argument is the local LSP ID of the ingress, in the range of 0 to 65535. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about CR-LSPs established by CR-LDP.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp cr-lsp Displaying All LDP CR-LSP(s) for public network ---------------------------------------------------------------CR-LSP ID DestAddress/Mask In/OutLabel In/Out-Interface ---------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.9:0 2.2.2.9:0 2.2.2.9/32 1.1.1.9/32 NULL/1027 1027/NULL -------/S2/0 S2/0/-------

---------------------------------------------------------------The Total LDP CR-LSP(s): 2

Related commands
display mpls lsp

display mpls ldp fec

Use display mpls ldp fec to display the label advertisement information of a specific FEC.

Syntax
display mpls ldp fec [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] dest-addr mask-length [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the label advertisement information of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. dest-addr mask-length: Displays the label advertisement information of a FEC. dest-addr specifies the FEC destination address. mask-length is the mask length of the destination address, in the range of 0 to 32.

|: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the label advertisement information of FEC 3.3.3.9/32.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp fec 3.3.3.9 32 ------------------------------------------------------------------------LDP FEC Information ------------------------------------------------------------------------Label Advertisement Policy: -----------------------------------------------------------------FEC IP-prefix Peer IP-prefix Upstream Info: -----------------------------------------------------------------No. Upstream peer Stale Label Request ID Label Space ID FEC Type Incoming Label State Hop Count : 1 : 3.3.3.9 : No : NULL : 0 : Generic : 1066 : Release_Awaited (Aging) : 1 : prefix-from-rt1 : peer-to-rt2

Path Vector Count : 0 Path Vector : NULL

Downstream Info: -----------------------------------------------------------------No. Downstream Peer Stale Label Request ID Label Type Outgoing Label State Hop Count Path Vector Received MTU OutIfCount OutGoing Info : 1 : 2.2.2.9 : No : NULL : Generic : 1036 : Established : 2 : 2.2.2.9 : 1500 : 2 : Interface Vlan200 Nexthop 21.21.21.2

Path Vector Count : 1

Vlan100

12.12.12.2

No. Downstream Peer Stale Label Request ID Label Type Outgoing Label State Backup State Hop Count Path Vector Received MTU

: 2 : 4.4.4.4 : No : NULL : Generic : 1025 : Established : Not in use : 2 : 4.4.4.4 : 65535 : 1 : Interface Vlan300 Nexthop 24.1.1.2

Path Vector Count : 1

OutIfCount OutGoing Info

Table 6 Command output Field

Label Advertisement Policy FEC IP-prefix Peer IP-prefix Stale Label Space ID Label Type

Description
Information about the label advertisement policy. IP prefix list for checking FEC destination addresses. IP prefix list for checking LSR IDs of LDP peers. Indicates whether the device is in GR process. 0 indicates that the entire LSR uses one label space. Label type, including Generic, ATM, and FR. The device supports Generic only. Current state:

State

EstablishedActive state. IDLEInactive state. Release_AwaitedWaiting to a Release message. Established (Sending Mapping)Sending the mapping message. Established (Delay to withdraw)Delay to withdraw the incoming label. IDLE (Sending Release)Sending the release message. Release_Awaited (Sending Withdraw)Sending the withdraw message. Release_Awaited (Aging)Aging the label.

Path Vector Count OutIfCount Interface Backup State

Number of LSRs included in the path vector. Number of outbound interfaces. Outbound interface. State of the backup LSP:

Not in use. In use.

display mpls ldp interface

Use display mpls ldp interface to display the LDP related information of one or more LDP-enabled interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls ldp interface [ all [ verbose ] | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ interface-type interface-number | verbose ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Displays all information. verbose: Displays detailed information. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the LDP related information of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. interface-type interface-number: Display the LDP information of an interface. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command will display the brief LDP information of all LDP-enabled interfaces.

Examples
# Display the brief LDP information of all LDP-enabled interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp interface LDP Interface Information in Public Network ------------------------------------------------------------------IF-Name Status LAM Transport-Address Hello-Sent/Rcv ------------------------------------------------------------------Ethernet1/1 Ethernet1/2 Serial2/0 Active Active Active DU DU DU 172.17.1.1 172.17.1.1 172.17.1.1 583/1017 578/1015 531/444

------------------------------------------------------------------LAM: Label Advertisement Mode IF-Name: Interface name

# Display the detailed LDP information of all LDP-enabled interfaces.

<Sysname> display mpls ldp interface verbose

LDP Interface Information in Public Network -------------------------------------------------------------Interface Name : Ethernet1/1 LDP ID Entity Status : 172.17.1.1:0 : Active : 15 Sec : 15 Sec : Downstream Unsolicited : 591/1033 (Message Count) Transport Address : 172.17.1.1 Interface MTU : 1500

Configured Hello Timer Negotiated Hello Timer Label Advertisement Mode Hello Message Sent/Rcvd

Configured Keepalive Timer : 45 Sec

------------------------------------------------------------Interface Name : Ethernet1/2 LDP ID Entity Status : 172.17.1.1:0 : Active : 15 Sec : 15 Sec : Downstream Unsolicited : 586/1031 (Message Count) Transport Address : 172.17.1.1 Interface MTU : 1500

Configured Hello Timer Negotiated Hello Timer Label Advertisement Mode Hello Message Sent/Rcvd Interface Name : Serial2/0 LDP ID Entity Status

Configured Keepalive Timer : 45 Sec

-----------------------------------------------------------

: 172.17.1.1:0 : Active : 15 Sec : 15 Sec

Transport Address : 172.17.1.1 Interface MTU : 1500

Configured Hello Timer Negotiated Hello Timer Label Advertisement Mode Hello Message Sent/Rcvd

Configured Keepalive Timer : 45 Sec : Downstream Unsolicited : 539/452 (Message Count)

-------------------------------------------------------------

Table 7 Command output Field

LDP ID

Description
LDP identifier. It identifies the label space of an LSR. An LDP ID consists of the LSR ID and label space ID. Now, the label space ID can only be 0, which indicates that the entire LSR uses one label space. LDP transport address. The device uses this address to establish a TCP connection with an LDP peer. Entity status, Active or Inactive. Counts of hello messages sent/received on the interface.

Transport Address Entity Status Hello Message Sent/Rcvd

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view)

display mpls ldp lsp

Use display mpls ldp lsp to display information about LSPs established by LDP.

Syntax
display mpls ldp lsp [ all | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ destination-address mask-length ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all LSPs established by LDP. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the LSP information of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument is the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. dest-addr mask-length: Displays the LSP information of a FEC. The dest-addr argument is the FEC destination address. mask-length is the mask length of the destination address, in the range of 0 to 32. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command will display information about all LSPs established by LDP.

Examples
# Display information about all LSPs established by LDP.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp lsp LDP LSP Information ------------------------------------------------------------------------------SN DestAddress/Mask In/OutLabel Next-Hop In/Out-Interface

------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 2 *3 3.3.3.3/32 10.1.1.0/24 100.1.1.1/32 3/NULL 3/NULL Liberal(1025) 127.0.0.1 10.1.1.1 -------/InLoop0 -------/Eth1/1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------A '*' before an LSP means the LSP is not established A '*' before a Label means the USCB or DSCB is stale A '*' before a DestAddress means backup LSPs for the FEC exist

Table 8 Command output Field

In/OutLabel

Description
Incoming/outgoing label. An asterisk (*) before a label means that the LSP is in process of GR. Liberal(number) means that the LSP is unavailable and the label value is number.

Related commands
display mpls ldp

display mpls ldp peer

Use display mpls ldp peer to display information about specified peers or all peers.

Syntax
display mpls ldp peer [ all [ verbose ] | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ peer-id | verbose ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Display information about all peers. verbose: Displays detailed information. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about all peers on the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. peer-id: Displays information about a peer. peer-id is the LSR ID of the peer. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display brief information about all peers.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp peer LDP Peer Information in Public network Total number of peers: 3 -------------------------------------------------------------Peer-ID 172.17.1.2:0 Transport-Address 172.17.1.2 Discovery-Source Ethernet1/1

--------------------------------------------------------------

168.1.1.1:0 100.10.1.1:0

168.1.1.1 100.10.1.1

Ethernet1/1 Serial2/0

--------------------------------------------------------------

Table 9 Command output Field

Peer-ID Discovery-Source

Description
LDP identifier of the peer. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7. Interface that discovers the peer.

# Display detailed information about all peers.

<Sysname> display mpls ldp peer verbose LDP Peer Information in Public network --------------------------------------------------------------Peer LDP ID : 172.17.1.2:0 Peer Transport Address : 172.17.1.2 Peer Path Vector Limit : 0 Peer Keepalive Timer Reconnect Timer : 45 Sec : ----

Peer Max PDU Length : 4096 Peer Loop Detection : Off Peer FT Flag Recovery Timer : Off : ----

Peer Label Advertisement Mode : Downstream Unsolicited Peer Discovery Source : Ethernet1/1 -----------------------------------------------------------Peer LDP ID : 168.1.1.1:0 Peer Transport Address : 168.1.1.1 Peer Path Vector Limit : 0 Peer Keepalive Timer Reconnect Timer : 45 Sec : ----

Peer Max PDU Length : 4096 Peer Loop Detection : Off Peer FT Flag Recovery Timer : Off : ----

Peer Label Advertisement Mode : Downstream Unsolicited Peer Discovery Source : Ethernet1/2 ------------------------------------------------------------Peer LDP ID : 100.10.1.1:0 Peer Transport Address : 100.10.1.1 Peer Path Vector Limit : 0 Peer Keepalive Timer Reconnect Timer : 45 Sec : ----

Peer Max PDU Length : 4096 Peer Loop Detection : Off Peer FT Flag Recovery Timer : Off : ----

Peer Label Advertisement Mode : Downstream Unsolicited Peer Discovery Source : Serial2/0 ------------------------------------------------------------

Table 10 Command output Field

Peer LDP ID

Description
LDP identifier of the peer. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7.

Field
Peer FT Flag Peer Discovery Source

Description
Indicates whether the peer has enabled the GR function for the session. If the L bit in the FT Session TLV is set to 1, it indicates that the GR function is enabled for the session. Interface that discovers the peer.

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view)

display mpls ldp remote-peer

Use display mpls ldp remote-peer to display information about remote LDP peers.

Syntax
display mpls ldp remote-peer [ remote-name remote-peer-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
remote-name remote-peer-name: Displays information about a remote peer. remote-peer-name indicates the name of the remote peer, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about remote peer BJI.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp remote-peer remote-name BJI LDP Remote Entity Information --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Remote Peer Name Remote Peer IP

: BJI : 3.3.3.3 LDP ID : 1.1.1.1:0

Transport Address : 1.1.1.1 Configured Keepalive Timer : 45 Sec Configured Hello Timer Negotiated Hello Timer : 45 Sec : 45 Sec

Hello Message Sent/Rcvd

: 3/2 (Message Count)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11 Command output Field

LDP ID Transport Address Hello Message Sent/Rcvd

Description
Local LDP identifier. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7. Local LDP transport address used to establish a TCP connection with this remote peer. Counts of hello messages sent to/received from this remote peer.

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view) remote-ip

display mpls ldp session

Use display mpls ldp session to display information about LDP sessions.

Syntax
display mpls ldp session [ all [ verbose ] | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ peer-id | verbose ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Displays all information. verbose: Displays detailed information. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about all LDP sessions of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument is the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. peer-id: Displays the LDP session information of a peer. The peer-id argument indicates the LSR ID of the peer. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays information about all public network LDP sessions.

Examples
# Display information about all public network LDP sessions.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp session LDP Session(s) in Public Network Total number of sessions: 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Peer-ID 1.1.1.1:0 Status Operational LAM DU SsnRole Active FT Off MD5 Off KA-Sent/Rcv 4582/4582

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------LAM : Label Advertisement Mode FT : Fault Tolerance

Table 12 Command output Field

Peer-ID

Description
LDP identifier of the peer. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7. Session status:

Status

Non ExistentThe TCP connection is not established yet. InitializedThe TCP connection is established. Open-ReceivedReceived an acceptable initialization message. Open-SentSent an initialization message. OperationalThe LDP session is established.

SsnRole FT KA-Sent/Rcv

Role of the current LSR in the session, Active or Passive. Indicates whether the peer has enabled the GR function for the session. If the L bit in the FT Session TLV is set to 1, it indicates that the GR function is enabled for the session. Counts of Keepalive messages sent by/received on the local LSR.

# Display detailed information about all public network LDP sessions.

<Sysname> display mpls ldp session verbose LDP Session(s) in Public Network -------------------------------------------------------------------------Peer LDP ID TCP Connection Session State : 1.1.1.1:0 : 3.3.3.3 -> 1.1.1.1 : Operational Session Role MD5 Flag : Active : Off Local LDP ID : 3.3.3.3:0

Session FT Flag : Off Reconnect Timer : ---

Recovery Timer : ---

Negotiated Keepalive Timer Keepalive Message Sent/Rcvd Label Advertisement Mode Peer Discovery Mechanism

: 45 Sec : 6/6 (Message Count) : Downstream Unsolicited : Extended

Label Resource Status(Peer/Local) : Available/Available

Session existed time LDP Extended Discovery Source

: 000:00:01

(DDD:HH:MM)

: Remote peer: 1

Addresses received from peer: (Count: 2) 10.1.1.1 1.1.1.1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------Peer LDP ID TCP Connection Session State : 2.2.2.2:0 : 3.3.3.3 -> 2.2.2.2 : Operational Session Role MD5 Flag : Active : Off Local LDP ID : 3.3.3.3:0

Session FT Flag : Off Reconnect Timer : ---

Recovery Timer : ---

Negotiated Keepalive Timer Keepalive Message Sent/Rcvd Label Advertisement Mode

: 45 Sec : 25/25 (Message Count) : Downstream Unsolicited

Label Resource Status(Peer/Local) : Available/Available Peer Discovery Mechanism Session existed time LDP Basic Discovery Source Label Acceptance Policy : Basic : 000:00:06 (DDD:HH:MM)

: Ethernet1/1 : prefix-from-rt1

Addresses received from peer: (Count: 3) 10.1.1.2 20.1.1.1 2.2.2.2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 13 Command output Field

Peer LDP ID Local LDP ID Session State Session Role Session FT Flag MD5 Flag Reconnect Timer Recovery Timer Label Resource Status(Peer/Local)

Description
LDP identifier of the peer. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7. Local LDP identifier. For a description of the LDP identifier, see the LDP ID field in Table 7. For the description of session states, see the Status field in Table 7. Role of the current LSR in the session, Active or Passive. Indicates whether the peer has enabled the GR function for the session. If the L bit in the FT Session TLV is set to 1, it indicates that the GR function is enabled for the session. Indicates whether MD5 authentication is enabled on the peer. FT reconnect timer. LDP recovery timer. Indicates whether the local and peer devices have free labels.

Field

Description
Peer discovery mechanism:

Peer Discovery Mechanism

BasicUses the basic discovery mechanism to discover peers. ExtendedUses the extended discovery mechanism to discover
peers.

Basic and extendedUses both the basic and extended

discovery mechanisms to discover peers. Session existed time LDP Basic Discovery Source LDP Extended Discovery Source Length of time that elapsed after the session was established. Interface where the session is established. The value is the name of the interface for basic discovery and name of the remote peer for extended discovery..

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view)

display mpls ldp session all statistics

Use display mpls ldp session all statistics to display statistics about all LDP sessions.

Syntax
display mpls ldp session all statistics [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
|: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display statistics about all LDP sessions.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp session all statistics Total number of sessions : 1024 Session(s) in Non-Existent state Session(s) in Initialized state : 100 : 200

Session(s) in Open-Received state : 400 Session(s) in Open-Sent state Session(s) in Operational state : 300 : 24

display mpls lsp

Use display mpls lsp to display information about LSPs.

Syntax
display mpls lsp [ incoming-interface interface-type interface-number ] [ outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number ] [ in-label in-label-value ] [ out-label out-label-value ] [ asbr | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ protocol { bgp | bgp-ipv6 | crldp | ldp | rsvp-te | static | static-cr } ] ] [ egress | ingress | transit ] [ { exclude | include } { ipv4-dest-addr mask-length | ipv6-dest-addr prefix-length } ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
incoming-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays information about the LSPs using the specified interface as the incoming interface. outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number: Displays information about the LSPs using the specified interface as the outgoing interface. in-label in-label-value: Displays information about the LSPs using the specified label as the incoming label. The value of the incoming label ranges from 0 to 1048575. out-label out-label-value: Displays information about the LSPs using the specified label as the outgoing label. The value of the outgoing label ranges from 0 to 1048575. asbr: Displays information about the LSPs established by ASBRs. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about the LSPs on the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument is the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. protocol: Displays information about the LSPs established by a specific protocol. bgp: Displays information about BGP LSPs. bgp-ipv6: Displays information about IPv6 BGP LSPs (BGP4+ LSPs). crldp: Displays information about CR-LSPs established by CR-LDP. ldp: Displays information about LDP LSPs. rsvp-te: Displays information about CR-LSPs established by RSVP-TE. static: Displays information about static LSPs. static-cr: Displays information about static CR-LSPs. egress: Displays information about the LSPs taking the current LSR as the egress. ingress: Displays information about the LSPs taking the current LSR as the ingress. transit: Displays information about the LSPs taking the current LSR as a transit LSR. exclude: Displays information about the LSPs other than the one for the specified FEC. include: Displays information about the LSP for the specified FEC.
24

ipv4-dest-addr mask-length: Specifies a FEC by an IPv4 destination address and the mask length of the destination address. The mask length ranges from 0 to 32. Ipv6-dest-addr mask-length: Specifies a FEC by its IPv6 destination address and the length of the mask. The mask length ranges from 0 to 128. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
With no parameters specified, the command displays information about all LSPs.

Examples
# Display information about all LSPs.
<Sysname> display mpls lsp ----------------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: L3VPN LSP ----------------------------------------------------------------------FEC 100.1.1.1 In/Out Label 1025/1024 In/Out IF Route-Distinguisher -/100:1 Vrf Name N/A (ASBR)

----------------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: LDP LSP ----------------------------------------------------------------------FEC 100.10.1.0/24 100.10.1.0/24 168.1.0.0/16 172.17.0.0/16 In/Out Label 3/NULL 3/NULL 3/NULL 3/NULL In/Out IF -/-/-/-/Vrf Name

Table 14 Command output Field Description

Forwarding equivalence class in either of these two forms: FEC

IP address/maskClassifies packets to FECs based on destination

addresses. hops.

IP addressClassifies packets to FECs based on the addresses of the next

MPLS L3VPN name. This field displays nothing for a public network or N/A (ASBR) for an ASBR LSP.

Vrf Name

# Display detailed information about all LSPs.

<Sysname> display mpls lsp verbose ---------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: BGP LSP

---------------------------------------------------------------No. VrfName Fec Nexthop In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Tunnel ID LsrType Outgoing Tunnel ID Label Operation : : : : : : : : : : : : : 4 vpn1 56.10.10.2 ------1024 NULL ------------------5121 0x0 Egress 0x0 POP

------------------------------------------------------------LSP Information: LDP LSP ------------------------------------------------------------No. VrfName Fec Nexthop In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface LspIndex Tunnel ID LsrType Outgoing Tunnel ID Label Operation Backup LSP Index : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1.1.1.9/32 127.0.0.1 3 NULL ------------------10241 0x0 Egress 0x0 POP 6154 1

Table 15 Command output Field

VrfName

Description
MPLS L3VPN name. This field displays nothing for a public network or N/A (ASBR) for an ASBR LSP. Forwarding equivalence class in either of these two forms:

Fec

IP address/maskClassifies packets to FECs based on destination

addresses. hops.

IP addressClassifies packets to FECs based on the addresses of the next

Tunnel ID LsrType Outgoing Tunnel ID Label Operation Tunnel ID (the public network). Role of the LSR for the LSP: Ingress, Transit, or Egress. Tunnel ID (inter-AS VPN). Label operation performed: POP, PUSH, or SWAP. 26

Field
Backup LSP Index

Description
Index of the backup LSP.

Related commands
display mpls lsp display mpls static-lsp display mpls statistics lsp

display mpls lsp statistics

Use display mpls lsp statistics to display LSP statistics.

Syntax
display mpls lsp statistics [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display LSP statistics.
<Sysname> display mpls lsp statistics Lsp Type STATIC LSP STATIC CRLSP LDP LSP CRLDP CRLSP RSVP CRLSP BGP LSP ASBR LSP BGP IPV6 LSP LSP CRLSP Total 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 Ingress 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 Transit 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 Egress 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 0

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 16 Command output Field

Ingress Transit Egress

Description
Number of LSPs taking the current LSR as ingress. Number of LSPs taking the current LSR as transit LSR. Number of LSPs taking the current LSR as egress.

display mpls nhlfe

Use display mpls nhlfe to display information about NHLFE entries.

Syntax
display mpls nhlfe [ token ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
token: Specifies an NHLFE entry index, in the range of 0 to 32767. verbose: Displays the detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
With the token argument not specified, the command displays information about all NHLFE entries.

Examples
# Display information about a specific NHLFE entry.
<Sysname> display mpls nhlfe 2 Out-Interface Token Oper Nexthop Deep Stack

---------------------------------------------------------------------S2/0 2 PUSH 88.1.1.2 1 1024

# Display information about all NHLFE entries.

<Sysname> display mpls nhlfe Total NHLFE Entry: 1 Out-Interface Token Oper Nexthop Deep Stack

---------------------------------------------------------------------S2/0 2 PUSH 88.1.1.2 1 1024

Table 17 Command output Field

Total NHLFE Entry Out-Interface Token Oper Deep Stack

Description
Total number of NHLFE entries. Outgoing interface. NHLFE entry index. Label operation type: PUSH, SWAP, or GO. Depth of the MPLS label stack. MPLS label.

# Display the detailed information of all NHLFE entries.

<Sysname> display mpls nhlfe verbose Total NHLFE Entry: 1

**Token VRF Index Next Hop Out Interface AT Index Label Stack Operation LSP Type Tunnel State FRR Tunnel ID FRR Flag FRR Inner Label FRR Tunnel State Next Tunnel ID Gr Count Create Time Last Change Time Service

: 1 : 0 : 1.1.1.1 : Vlan10 : 1 : 1024 : PUSH : LDP LSP : Done : 0x0 : False : -

Tunnel ID:0x7600001

: Waiting : 0x0 : 1 : 00:02:11:222 : 00:03:11:333 : Statistics(Succeeded)

Table 18 Command output Field

Total NHLFE Entry Token Tunnel ID Out Interface AT Index Operation LSP Type Tunnel State

Description
Total number of NHLFE entries. Index of the NHLFE entry. Index of the NHLFE tunnel. Outgoing interface. Adjacency table index. Label operation type: PUSH, SWAP, or GO. LSP type: LDP LSP, CR-LDP/RSVP LSP, BGP LSP, L3VPN LSP, STATIC LSP, STATIC CR-LSP, L2VPN LSP, BGP IPv6 LSP, or INVALID. Tunneling state: Done or Waiting. 29

Field
FRR Flag FRR Tunnel State Next Tunnel ID Gr Count Create Time Last Change Time Service

Description
Fast reroute flag: True or False. FRR tunnel state: Done or Waiting. ID of the nested tunnel. Number of times that GR occurs. Time when the entry was created. Time of the last update of the entry. Service type and status. The service type is Statistics. The service status can be Succeeded (service has been enabled successfully) or Failed (service failed to be enabled).

display mpls nhlfe reflist

Use display mpls nhlfe reflist to display the usage information of the NHLFE entries.

Syntax
display mpls nhlfe reflist token [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
token: Specifies an NHLFE entry index, in the range of 0 to 32767. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the usage information of the specified NHLFE entry.
<Sysname> display mpls nhlfe reflist 11 Total reference node: 7 No. Type Key-Info

------------------------------------------------------------1 2 3 4 5 6 ILM FTN LPW FRR INN OAM 1023(Inlabel) 1(VPN ID) ----(SRV ID) 11(Token) 11(Token) 1(Index) GE1/1(In-If) 2.2.2.2/32 GE1/2(Private-If) ----------

BFD

1(BFD Discr)

----

Table 19 Command output Field

Total reference node Type Key-Info NOTE: An asterisk (*) before the number of a node entry means that the node is invalid and is to be deleted.

Description
Total number of associated nodes. Type of the associated node. Key parameters of the entry.

Table 20 Types of associated nodes and their key parameters Node type
FTN ILM LPW FRR INN OAM

Description
FEC to NHLFE mapping. Incoming label mapping. Sending entries of VPWS PW. Primary NHLFE of FRR. Inner-layer NHLFE of layered LSP. Check the connectivity of the CR-LSP corresponding to the NHLFE through OAM. Check the connectivity of the NHLFE through BFD.

Key parameter VPN IDVPN instance ID Address prefix/mask In-LabelIncoming label In-IfIncoming interface SRV IDService instance ID Private-IfPrivate network interface
Token: Token of the primary NHLFE Token: Token of the inner NHLFE Index: OAM instance index BFD Discr: Local discriminator value of the BFD session

BFD

display mpls route-state

Use display mpls route-state to display the LSP information of routes.

Syntax
display mpls route-state [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ dest-addr mask-length ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the LSP information of the routes on the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument is the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. dest-addr mask-length: Displays the LSP information of routes to a destination address. The dest-addr argument is the destination IP address. The mask length ranges from 0 to 32.
31

Usage guidelines
With no VPN instance specified, the command displays the LSP information of the public routes. With no destination address and mask specified, the command displays the LSP information of all routes.

Examples
# Display LSP-related information about all routes.
<Sysname> display mpls route-state Flags: M: Master B: Backup I: Idle R: Ready S: Setting up N: No route U: Unknown

DestAddress/Mask

Next-Hop

Out-Interface

Flag

Lsp-Count

Vrf-Index

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.9/32 2.2.2.9/32 3.3.3.9/32 101.3.3.3/32 23.23.223.2 23.23.223.2 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 Vlan223 Vlan223 InLoop0 InLoop0 MR MR MR MR 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

Table 21 Command output Field

DestAddress/Mask Next-Hop Out-Interface

Description
Destination and mask of the route. Next hop of the route. Egress interface of the route. Route flag:

Flag

MPrimary route. BBackup route. IIdle route. RLSP for the route has been established. SLSP for the route is being established. NNo route. UUnknown state.

Lsp-Count Vrf-Index

Number of LSPs established for the route. VPN instance ID.

display mpls static-lsp

Use display mpls static-lsp to display static LSP information.

Syntax
display mpls static-lsp [ lsp-name lsp-name ] [ { exclude | include } dest-addr mask-length ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
lsp-name lsp-name: Displays information about the specified LSP. The LSP name is a string of 1 to 15 characters. exclude: Displays information about the LSPs other than the one for the given FEC. include: Displays information about the LSP for the given FEC. dest-addr mask-length: Specifies a FEC by a destination address and mask length. The mask length ranges from 0 to 32. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display brief information about all static LSPs.
<Sysname> display mpls static-lsp total statics-lsp : 1 Name lsp1 FEC 3.3.3.9/32 I/O Label NULL/100 I/O If -/Eth1/1 State Up

# Display detailed information about all static LSPs.

<Sysname> display mpls static-lsp verbose No LSP-Name LSR-Type FEC In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface NextHop : 1 : lsp1 : Ingress : 3.3.3.9/32 : NULL : 100 : : Ethernet1/1 : 30.1.1.2

Static-Lsp Type: IPTN Lsp Status : Up

Table 22 Command output Field

LSR-Type Static-Lsp Type

Description
Role of the LSR for the LSP: Ingress, Egress, or Transit. Type of the static LSP.

Related commands
display mpls lsp display mpls statistics lsp

display mpls statistics interface

Use display mpls statistics interface to display MPLS statistics for one or all interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls statistics interface { interface-type interface-number | all } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface-type interface-number: Displays MPLS statistics for the specified interface. all: Displays MPLS statistics for all interfaces. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
To view MPLS statistics, you must set the statistics reading interval. By default, the interval is 0, that is, the system does not read MPLS statistics and the statistics are all 0.

Examples
# Display MPLS statistics for all interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls statistics interface all Statistics for Interface IN : Incoming Interface Ethernet1/1 Octets Packets Errors Disables Failed Label Lookup : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0

Start Time End Time

: 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28

10:23:55 10:23:55

Statistics for Interface OUT : Outgoing Interface Ethernet1/1 Octets Packets Errors Disables Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28 10:23:55 10:23:55

Statistics for Interface IN : Incoming Interface Ethernet1/2 Octets Packets Errors Disables Failed Label Lookup Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28 10:24:04 10:24:04

Statistics for Interface OUT : Outgoing Interface Ethernet1/2 Octets Packets Errors Disables Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28 10:24:04 10:24:04

Statistics for Interface IN : Incoming Interface Serial2/0 Octets Packets Errors Disables Failed Label Lookup Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28 10:24:10 10:24:10

Statistics for Interface OUT : Outgoing Interface Serial2/0 Octets Packets Errors Disables Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2004/04/28 : 2004/04/28 10:24:10 10:24:10

Table 23 Command output Field

Statistics for Interface IN 35

Description
Statistics for an interface in the incoming direction.

Field
Statistics for Interface OUT Octets Packets Errors Disables Start Time End Time

Description
Statistics for an interface in the outgoing direction. Number of bytes processed. Number of packets processed. Number of errors. Number of packets dropped by the incoming interface/outgoing interface. Start time of the statistics. End time of the statistics.

Related commands
mpls statistics enable statistics interval

display mpls statistics lsp

Use display mpls statistics lsp to display MPLS statistics for all LSPs or the LSP with a specific index or name.

Syntax
display mpls statistics lsp { index | all | name lsp-name } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
index: Specifies an LSP by the index of the LSP. The LSP index ranges from 0 to 4294967295. all: Specifies all LSPs. name lsp-name: Specifies an LSP by its name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
To use this command to view MPLS statistics, you must first set the statistics reading interval with the statistics interval command. Otherwise, the statistics are all 0.

Examples
# Display MPLS statistics for all LSPs.
<Sysname> display mpls statistics lsp all Statistics for Lsp IN : LSP Name /LSP Index : InSegment Octets Packets Errors Down Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2006/05/20 : 2006/05/20 15:52:30 15:52:30 DynamicLsp/9217 DynamicLsp/9217

Statistics for Lsp OUT : LSP Name /LSP Index : OutSegment Octets Packets Errors Down Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0000/00/00 : 0000/00/00

00:00:00 00:00:00 DynamicLsp/9218

Statistics for Lsp IN : LSP Name /LSP Index : InSegment Octets Packets Errors Down Start Time End Time OutSegment Octets Packets Errors Down Start Time End Time : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 2006/05/20 : 2006/05/20 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0000/00/00 : 0000/00/00

00:00:00 00:00:00 DynamicLsp/9218

Statistics for Lsp OUT : LSP Name /LSP Index :

15:52:30 15:52:30

Table 24 Command output Field

Statistics for Lsp IN Statistics for Lsp OUT InSegment OutSegment Octets Packets Errors

Description
Statistics for LSP in the incoming direction. Statistics for LSP in the outgoing direction. Information about the LSP in the incoming direction. Information about the LSP in the outgoing direction. Bytes of data processed. Number of packets processed. Number of errors.

Field
Down Start Time End Time NOTE:

Description
Number of packets discarded. Start time of the statistics. End time of the statistics.

On an ingress, no statistics are collected in the incoming direction and the start time and end time in the
InSegment part of the command output are both 0.

On an egress, no statistics are collected in the outgoing direction and the start time and end time in the
OutSegment part of the command output are both 0.

Related commands
statistics interval

dscp
Use dscp to configure a DSCP value for outgoing LDP packets. Use undo dscp to restore the default.

Syntax
dscp dscp-value undo dscp

Default
The DSCP value for outgoing LDP packets is 48.

Views
MPLS LDP view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
dscp-value: DSCP value for outgoing LDP packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Examples
# Set the DSCP for outgoing LDP packets to 56.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] quit [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] dscp 56

du-readvertise
Use du-readvertise to enable label re-advertisement for DU mode. Use undo du-readvertise to disable the function.

Syntax
du-readvertise undo du-readvertise

Default
Label re-advertisement is enabled in DU mode.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enable DU mode label re-advertisement for the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] du-readvertise

# Enable DU mode label re-advertisement for LDP instance vpn1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] du-readvertise

du-readvertise timer
Use du-readvertise timer to set the interval for label re-advertisement in DU mode. Use undo du-readvertise timer to restore the default.

Syntax
du-readvertise timer value undo du-readvertise timer

Default
The label re-advertisement interval in DU mode is 30 seconds.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Specifies the label re-advertisement interval, in the range of 1 to 65535 seconds.

Examples
# Set the DU mode LDP label re-advertisement interval to 100 seconds for the public network.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] du-readvertise timer 100

# Set the DU mode LDP label re-advertisement interval to 100 seconds for VPN instance vpn1.
39

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] du-readvertise timer 100

graceful-restart (MPLS LDP view)

Use graceful-restart to enable MPLS LDP Graceful Restart (GR). Use undo graceful-restart to disable MPLS LDP GR.

Syntax
graceful-restart undo graceful-restart

Default
MPLS LDP GR is disabled.

Views
MPLS LDP view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Enabling or disabling GR also causes all LDP sessions and all LSPs based on the sessions to be removed and then reestablished.

Examples
# Enable MPLS LDP GR.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] quit [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] graceful-restart

graceful-restart mpls ldp

Use graceful-restart mpls ldp to restart MPLS LDP gracefully.

Syntax
graceful-restart mpls ldp

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Usage guidelines
Do not use this command in normal circumstances. The MPLS LDP GR capability is required for this command to take effect.
40

Examples
# Restart MPLS LDP gracefully.
<Sysname> graceful-restart mpls ldp

Related commands
graceful-restart (MPLS LDP view)

graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness

Use graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness to set the LDP neighbor liveness time. Use undo graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness to restore the default.

Syntax
graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness timer undo graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness

Default
The LDP neighbor liveness time is 120 seconds.

Views
MPLS LDP view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timer: Specifies the LDP neighbor liveness time, in the range of 60 to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines
Modifying the LDP neighbor liveness time also causes all LDP sessions and all LSPs based on the sessions to be removed and then reestablished. For LDP sessions with MD5 authentication configured, give the LDP neighbor liveness time a greater value so that the TCP connection can be reestablished.

Examples
# Set the LDP neighbor liveness time to 100 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness 100

graceful-restart timer reconnect

Use graceful-restart timer reconnect to set the FT reconnect time. Use undo graceful-restart timer reconnect to restore the default.

Syntax
graceful-restart timer reconnect timer undo graceful-restart timer reconnect

Default
The FT reconnect time is 300 seconds.

Views
MPLS LDP view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timer: Specifies the Fault Tolerance (FT) reconnect time, in the range of 60 to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines
The FT reconnect time refers to the maximum time that the stale flag will be preserved by the LSR after the TCP connection fails. Modifying the FT reconnect time will cause all LDP sessions and all LSPs based on the sessions to be removed and then reestablished.

Examples
# Set the FT reconnect time to 100 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] graceful-restart timer reconnect 100

graceful-restart timer recovery

Use graceful-restart timer recovery to set the LDP recovery time. Use undo graceful-restart timer recovery to restore the default.

Syntax
graceful-restart timer recovery timer undo graceful-restart timer recovery

Default
The LDP recovery time is 300 seconds.

Views
MPLS LDP view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timer: Specifies the LDP recovery time, in the range of 3 to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines
The LDP recovery time refers to the maximum time that the stale state label will be kept by the LSR after a TCP reconnection. Modifying the LDP recovery time will cause all LDP sessions and all LSPs based on the sessions to be removed and then reestablished.

Examples
# Set the LDP recovery time to 45 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] graceful-restart timer recovery 45

hops-count
Use hops-count to set the maximum hop count for loop detection. Use undo hops-count to restore the default.

Syntax
hops-count hop-number undo hops-count

Default
The maximum hop count for loop detection is 32.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
hop-number: Specifies the hop count, in the range of 1 to 32.

Usage guidelines
Configure this command before enabling LDP on any interface. The maximum hop count dictates how fast LDP detects a loop. Adjust this value as required.

Examples
# Set the maximum hop count for loop detection to 25 for the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] hops-count 25

# Set the maximum hop count for loop detection to 25 for LDP instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] hops-count 25

Related commands
loop-detect path-vectors

label advertise
Use label advertise to specify what type of label the egress should distribute to the penultimate hop. Use undo label advertise to restore the default.
43

Syntax
label advertise { explicit-null | implicit-null | non-null } undo label advertise

Default
The egress distributes an implicit null label to the penultimate hop.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
explicit-null: Specifies the egress to distribute an explicit null label of 0 to the penultimate hop. implicit-null: Specifies the egress to distribute an implicit null label of 3 to the penultimate hop. non-null: Specifies the egress to distribute a normal label of not less than 1024 to the penultimate hop.

Usage guidelines
The type of label for an egress to distribute depends on whether the penultimate hop supports PHP. If the penultimate hop supports PHP, you can configure the egress to distribute the explicit null or implicit null label to the penultimate hop. If the penultimate hop does not support PHP, configure the egress to distribute a normal label. If LDP sessions have been established, use the reset mpls ldp command to reset the sessions to bring the label advertise command into effect.

Examples
# Configure the egress to distribute an explicit null label to the penultimate hop.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] label advertise explicit-null

label-distribution
Use label-distribution to specify the label distribution control mode. Use undo label-distribution to restore the default.

Syntax
label-distribution { independent | ordered } undo label-distribution

Default
The label distribution control mode is ordered.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level
44

Parameters
independent: Specifies the independent label distribution control mode. In this mode, an LSR can advertise label bindings to its connected LSRs at any time. ordered: Specifies the ordered label distribution control mode. In this mode, an LSR advertises to its upstream a label binding for a FEC only when it receives a label binding for the FEC from its downstream or when it is the egress of the FEC.

Usage guidelines
You must use the reset mpls ldp command to reset LDP sessions so that this command takes effect for those sessions.

Examples
# Set the label distribution control mode to independent for the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] label-distribution independent

# Set the label distribution control mode to independent for LDP instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] label-distribution independent

loop-detect
Use loop-detect to enable loop detection. Use undo loop-detect to disable loop detection.

Syntax
loop-detect undo loop-detect

Default
Loop detection is disabled.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Enable loop detection before enabling LDP on any interface.

Examples
# Enable loop detection for the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] loop-detect

# Enable loop detection for LDP instance vpn1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] loop-detect

Related commands
hops-count path-vectors

lsp-trigger
Use lsp-trigger to configure the LSP establishment triggering policy. Use undo lsp-trigger to restore the default.

Syntax
lsp-trigger [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { all | ip-prefix prefix-name } undo lsp-trigger [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { all | ip-prefix prefix-name }

Default
Only host routes with 32-bit masks can trigger establishment of LDP LSPs.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. all: Specifies that all routing entries can trigger establishment of LDP LSPs. ip-prefix prefix-name: Specifies an IP prefix list to filter routing entries, so that static routes and IGP routes that denied by the IP prefix list cannot trigger LSP establishment. prefix-name indicates the name of the IP prefix list, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
An IP prefix list affects only static routes and IGP routes. For an LSP to be established, an exactly matching routing entry must exist on the LSR. For example, on an LSR, to establish an LSP to a loopback address with a 32-bit mask, there must be an exactly matching host routing entry on the LSR. If the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option is specified, the command configures an LSP establishment triggering policy for the specified VPN. Otherwise, the command configures an LSP establishment triggering policy for the public network routes. For information about IP prefix list, see Layer 3IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples
# Specify that all routing entries can trigger establishment of LDP LSPs.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] lsp-trigger all

lsr-id
Use lsr-id to configure an LDP LSR ID. Use undo lsr-id to remove a configured LDP LSR ID and all LDP sessions.

Syntax
lsr-id lsr-id undo lsr-id

Default
The LDP LSR ID takes the value of the MPLS LSR ID.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
lsr-id: Specifies the LDP LSR ID.

Examples
# Configure the LDP LSR ID of the public network as 2.2.2.3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] lsr-id 2.2.2.3

# Configure the LDP LSR ID of VPN instance vpn1 as 4.2.2.3.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] lsr-id 4.2.2.3

md5-password
Use md5-password to enable LDP MD5 authentication and set the key. Use undo md5-password to restore the default.

Syntax
md5-password { cipher | plain } peer-lsr-id password undo md5-password peer-lsr-id

Default
LDP MD5 authentication is disabled.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
cipher: Sets a ciphertext key. plain: Sets a plaintext key. peer-lsr-id: Specifies the MPLS LSR ID of a peer. password: Specifies the key string. This argument is case sensitive. If plain is specified, it must be a string of 1 to 16 characters. If cipher is specified, it must be a ciphertext string of 1 to 53 characters.

Usage guidelines
The key configured locally must be the same as that configured on the peer. Changing the key will remove the sessions and all related LSPs and then reestablish them. This command takes effect only after MPLS LDP is enabled in the corresponding view. For security purposes, all keys, including keys configured in plain text, are saved in cipher text to the configuration file.

Examples
# Enable LDP MD5 authentication for peer 3.3.3.3 in the public network, and configure a plaintext key of pass.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] md5-password plain 3.3.3.3 pass

# Enable LDP MD5 authentication for peer 3.3.3.3 in VPN instance vpn1, and configure a plaintext key of pass.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] md5-password plain 3.3.3.3 pass

mpls
Use mpls in system view to enable MPLS globally and enter MPLS view. Use undo mpls in system view to disable MPLS globally. Use mpls in interface view to enable MPLS for the interface. Use undo mpls in interface view to disable MPLS for the interface.

Syntax
mpls undo mpls

Default
MPLS capability is disabled globally and on all interfaces.

Views
System view, interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Configure the MPLS LSR ID before enabling MPLS capability. Enable MPLS globally before enabling it for an interface.

Examples
# Enable MPLS globally.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] quit

# Enable MPLS for Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls

Related commands
mpls lsr-id

mpls ldp (system view)

Use mpls ldp to enable LDP globally and enter MPLS LDP view. Use undo mpls ldp to disable LDP globally and remove all LDP instances.

Syntax
mpls ldp undo mpls ldp

Default
MPLS LDP is disabled.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
To configure the mpls ldp command, first configure the MPLS LSR ID and enable MPLS globally for the LSR.

Examples
# Enable LDP globally and enter MPLS LDP view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] quit [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp]

mpls ldp (interface view)

Use mpls ldp to enable LDP on an interface. Use undo mpls ldp to disable LDP on an interface.

Syntax
mpls ldp undo mpls ldp

Default
LDP is disabled on an interface.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
After you enable LDP on an interface, the interface will periodically send Hello messages. Before enabling LDP in interface view, be sure to complete the following tasks: Use the mpls lsr-id command in system view to set the node LSR-ID. Use the mpls command in system view to enable MPLS. Use the mpls ldp command in system view to enable MPLS LDP globally. Use the mpls command in interface view to enable MPLS for the interface.

If the interface is bound to a VPN instance, use the mpls ldp vpn-instance command to enable LDP for the VPN instance. For more information about the mpls ldp vpn-instance command, see "MPLS L3VPN commands."

Examples
# Enable LDP for Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp

mpls ldp remote-peer

Use mpls ldp remote-peer to create a remote peer entity and enter MPLS LDP remote peer view. Use undo mpls ldp remote-peer to remove a remote peer entity.

Syntax
mpls ldp remote-peer remote-peer-name undo mpls ldp remote-peer remote-peer-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
remote-peer-name: Specifiy a name for the remote peer, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples
# Create a remote peer entity named BJI and enter MPLS LDP remote peer view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer BJI [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji]

Related commands
remote-ip

mpls ldp timer hello-hold

Use mpls ldp timer hello-hold to set a Hello timer. Use undo mpls ldp timer hello-hold to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls ldp timer hello-hold value undo mpls ldp timer hello-hold

Default
The value of the link Hello timer is 15 seconds and that of the targeted Hello timer is 45 seconds.

Views
Interface view, MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Specifies the value of the Hello timer, in the range of 1 to 65535 seconds.

Usage guidelines
In interface view, you set the link Hello timer. In MPLS LDP remote peer view, you set the targeted Hello timer. Changing the values of the Hello timers does not affect any existing session.

Examples
# Set the link Hello timer to 100 seconds on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp timer hello-hold 100

# Set the targeted Hello timer to 1000 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer BJI [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] remote-ip 3.3.3.3 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] mpls ldp timer hello-hold 1000

Related commands
mpls ldp (interface view) mpls ldp (system view)

mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold

Use mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold to set a keepalive timer. Use undo mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold value undo mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold

Default
Both the link keepalive timer and targeted keepalive timer are 45 seconds.

Views
Interface view, MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Specifies the value of the Keepalive timer, in the range of 1 to 65535, in seconds.

Usage guidelines
In interface view, you set the link keepalive timer. In MPLS LDP remote peer view, you set the targeted keepalive timer. If more than one LDP-enabled link exists between two LSRs, for example, when the two LSRs are connected through multiple interfaces, the two LSRs use their respective keepalive timer configured on the interface that first triggered an LDP session to negotiate the keepalive timer with each other. Because the negotiation result is difficult to predict. Therefore, H3C recommends that you set the same keepalive timer for all the links. Changing keepalive timers does not affect existing LDP sessions. You can perform the reset mpls ldp command, so that the device uses the newly configured keepalive timer for LDP negotiation with the peers to reestablish the LDP sessions.

Examples
# Set the link Keepalive timer to 50 seconds on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold 50

# Set the targeted Keepalive timer to 1000 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer BJI [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] remote-ip 3.3.3.3 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold 1000

mpls ldp transport-address

Use mpls ldp transport-address to configure an LDP transport address. Use undo mpls ldp transport-address to restore the default.

Syntax
In interface view: mpls ldp transport-address { ip-address | interface } undo mpls ldp transport-address In MPLS LDP remote peer view: mpls ldp transport-address ip-address undo mpls ldp transport-address

Default
A transport address takes the value of the MPLS LSR ID.

Views
Interface view, MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Specifies the IP address to be used as the LDP transport address. interface: Uses the IP address of the current interface as the LDP transport address.

Usage guidelines
In interface view, you configure the link Hello transport address. In MPLS LDP remote peer view, you configure the targeted Hello transport address.

Examples
# On Ethernet 1/1, configure the link Hello transport address as the IP address of the current interface.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls ldp transport-address interface

# Configure the targeted Hello transport address to be 10.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer BJI [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] remote-ip 3.3.3.3 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] mpls ldp transport-address 10.1.1.1

mpls lsr-id
Use mpls lsr-id to configure the ID of an LSR. Use undo mpls lsr-id to remove the ID of an LSR.

Syntax
mpls lsr-id lsr-id undo mpls lsr-id

Default
No LSR ID is configured.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
lsr-id: Specifies the ID for identifying the LSR, in dotted decimal notation.

Usage guidelines
Configure the LSR ID of an LSR before configuring any other MPLS commands. H3C recommends that you use the address of a loopback interface on the LSR as the ID.

Examples
# Set the LSR ID to 3.3.3.3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 3.3.3.3

Related commands
display mpls interface

mpls mtu
Use mpls mtu to specify the MPLS MTU of an interface. Use undo mpls mtu to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls mtu value undo mpls mtu

Default
The MPLS MTU of an interface is not configured. In this case, MPLS packets will be fragmented based on the MTU of the interface, and the length of a fragment will not include that of the MPLS label. Thus, after an MPLS label is inserted into a fragment, the length of the MPLS fragment may be larger than the interface MTU.

Views
Interface view
54

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Specifies the MPLS MTU of the interface, in the range of 46 to 65535.

Usage guidelines
The command is effective only when MPLS is enabled on the interface. If the MPLS MTU is larger than the interface MTU, data forwarding may fail. The command does not apply to TE tunnel interfaces.

Examples
# Configure the MPLS MTU of Ethernet 1/1 as 1000.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] quit [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls mtu 1000

path-vectors
Use path-vectors to specify the path vector length. Use undo path-vectors to restore the default.

Syntax
path-vectors pv-number undo path-vectors

Default
The path vector length is 32, that is, the number of LSR IDs in a path vector cannot exceed 32.

Views
MPLS LDP view, MPLS LDP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
pv-number: Specifies the path vector length, in the range of 1 to 32.

Usage guidelines
This command must be configured before you enable LDP on any interface.

Examples
# Set the maximum hops of the path vector to 3 for the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp [Sysname-mpls-ldp] path-vectors 3

# Set the maximum hops of the path vector to 3 for LDP instance vpn1.
55

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1] path-vectors 3

Related commands
hops-count loop-detect

ping lsp ipv4

Use ping lsp ipv4 to check the connectivity of the LSP for a FEC.

Views
Any view

Default command level

0: Visit level

Parameters
-a source-ip: Specifies the source address for the echo request messages to be sent. -c count: Specifies the number of echo request messages to be sent. The count argument ranges from 1 to 4294967295 and defaults to 5. -exp exp-value: Specifies the EXP value for the echo request messages. The exp-value argument ranges from 0 to 7 and defaults to 0. -h ttl-value: Specifies the TTL value for the echo request messages. The ttl-value argument ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 255. -m wait-time: Specifies the interval for sending echo request messages. The wait-time argument ranges from 1 to 10000 milliseconds and defaults to 200 milliseconds. -r reply-mode: Specifies the reply mode of the receiver in response to the echo request messages. The reply-mode argument can be 1 or 2, where 1 means "Do not respond" and 2 means "Respond using a UDP packet." The default is 2. -s packet-size: Specifies the payload length of the echo request messages. The packet-size argument ranges from 65 to 8100 bytes and defaults to 100 bytes. -t time-out: Specifies the timeout interval for the response to an echo request message. The time-out argument ranges from 0 to 65535 milliseconds and defaults to 2000 milliseconds. -v: Displays detailed response information. ipv4 dest-addr mask-length: Specifies a FEC by an IPv4 destination address and the mask length. The mask-length argument ranges from 0 to 32. destination-ip-addr-header: Specifies the destination address in the IP header of MPLS echo request messages. It can be any address on subnet 127.0.0.0/8any local loopback address.

Examples
# Check the connectivity of the LSP to destination 3.3.3.9/32.
56

<Sysname> ping lsp ipv4 3.3.3.9 32 LSP Ping FEC: IPV4 PREFIX 3.3.3.9/32 : 100 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break

Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=0 time = 31 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 62 ms

--- FEC: IPV4 PREFIX 3.3.3.9/32 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 31/55/62 ms

prefix-label advertise
Use prefix-label advertise to configure LDP to advertise prefix-based labels through remote sessions. Use undo prefix-label advertise to restore the default.

Syntax
prefix-label advertise undo prefix-label advertise

Default
LDP does not advertise prefix-based label through a remote session.

Views
MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
A device can advertise prefix-based labels to its remote peers through remote sessions only after you have configured the prefix-label advertise command. However, a device can receive labels advertised by its remote peers no matter whether you have configured this command or not. After the device receives labels advertised by the peer, the corresponding LDP LSP can be established if the following conditions are satisfied: The FEC's outgoing interface is the MPLS TE tunnel interface. The destination address of the MPLS TE tunnel, the remote peer address specified through the remote-ip command, and the LSR ID of the remote peer are the same. The MPLS TE tunnel interface is enabled with the MPLS capability.

Examples
# Configure LDP to advertise prefix-based labels through a remote session.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer bji [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] prefix-label advertise

remote-ip
Use remote-ip to configure the remote peer IP address. Use undo remote-ip to remove the configuration.

Syntax
remote-ip ip-address undo remote-ip

Views
MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Specifies the remote peer IP address.

Usage guidelines
The remote peer IP address must be the MPLS LSR ID of the remote peer. Two peers use their MPLS LSR IDs as the transport addresses to establish a TCP connection.

Examples
# Configure the remote peer IP address as 3.3.3.3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer BJI [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] remote-ip 3.3.3.3

Related commands
mpls ldp remote-peer

remote-ip bfd
Use remote-ip bfd to enable BFD to detect the IP connectivity to the remote LDP peer. Use undo remote-ip bfd to disable BFD detection of the IP connectivity to the remote LDP peer.

Syntax
remote-ip bfd undo remote-ip bfd

Default
BFD detection is disabled.

Views
MPLS LDP remote peer view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enable BFD to detect the IP connectivity to the remote LDP peer bji.
58

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls ldp remote-peer bji [Sysname-mpls-ldp-remote-bji] remote-ip bfd

reset mpls fast-forwarding cache

Use reset mpls fast-forwarding cache to clear information in the MPLS fast forwarding cache.

Syntax
reset mpls fast-forwarding cache

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Clear information in the MPLS fast forwarding cache.
<Sysname> reset mpls fast-forwarding cache

reset mpls ldp

Use reset mpls ldp to reset LDP sessions.

Syntax
reset mpls ldp [ all | [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ fec mask | peer peer-id ] ]

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Resets sessions of all LDP instances (including the public one and the private ones). vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Resets the LDP sessions of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. fec mask: Resets the LDP sessions for the specified FEC. The fec mask argument specifies a FEC by a destination IP address and mask. peer peer-id: Resets the LDP session with the specified peer. The peer-id argument specifies a peer by its LSR ID.

Usage guidelines
With no parameters specified, the command resets all sessions of the public network LDP instance.

Examples
# Reset all sessions of the public network LDP instance.
<Sysname> reset mpls ldp

# Reset the sessions of all LDP instances.

<Sysname> reset mpls ldp all

# Reset the sessions of LDP instance vpn1.

<Sysname> reset mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1

# Reset the sessions for a FEC.

<Sysname> reset mpls ldp 2.2.2.2 24

# Reset the session with a specific peer.

<Sysname> reset mpls ldp peer 2.2.2.9

reset mpls statistics interface

Use reset mpls statistics interface to clear MPLS statistics for the specified MPLS interfaces.

Syntax
reset mpls statistics interface { interface-type interface-number | all }

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface-type interface-number: Clears statistics collected for the specified interface. all: Clears statistics collected for all interfaces.

Examples
# Clear MPLS statistics for Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> reset mpls statistics interface ethernet 1/1

Related commands
display mpls statistics interface

reset mpls statistics lsp

Use reset mpls statistics lsp to clear MPLS statistics for the specified LSPs.

Syntax
reset mpls statistics lsp { index | all | name lsp-name }

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
index: Clears statistics for the LSP with the specified index number. The LSP index ranges from 0 to 4294967295. all: Clears statistics for all LSPs. name lsp-name: Clears statistics for the LSP with the specified name. The LSP name is a string of 1 to 15 characters.
60

Examples
# Clear MPLS statistics for LSP lsp1.
<Sysname> reset mpls statistics lsp name lsp1

Related commands
display mpls statistics lsp

static-lsp egress
Use static-lsp egress to configure a static LSP taking the current LSR as the egress. Use undo static-lsp egress to remove a static LSP taking the current LSR as the egress.

Syntax
static-lsp egress lsp-name incoming-interface interface-type interface-number in-label in-label undo static-lsp egress lsp-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Configure a static LSP taking the current LSR as the egress, and specify the LSP's name as bj-sh, incoming interface as Serial 2/0, and incoming label as 233.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-lsp egress bj-sh incoming-interface serial 2/0 in-label 233

Related commands
display mpls static-lsp static-lsp ingress static-lsp transit

static-lsp ingress
Use static-lsp ingress to configure a static LSP taking the current LSR as the ingress. Use undo static-lsp ingress to remove a static LSP taking the current LSR as the ingress.

Syntax
static-lsp ingress lsp-name destination dest-addr { mask | mask-length } { nexthop next-hop-addr | outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number } out-label out-label undo static-lsp ingress lsp-name
61

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
lsp-name: Specifies an LSP name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. destination dest-addr: Specifies a destination IP address for the LSP. mask: Specifies the mask of the destination IP address. mask-length: Specifies the mask length of the destination address, in the range of 0 to 32. nexthop next-hop-addr: Specifies a next hop address. outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an outgoing interface by its type and number. This option is available only on point-to-point connections. out-label out-label: Specifies an outgoing label, which can be 0, 3, or a value in the range of 16 to 1023.

Usage guidelines
When you configure a static LSP on an ingress LSR, the next hop or outgoing interface specified must be consistent with the next hop or outgoing interface of the optimal route in the routing table. If you configure a static IP route for the LSP, be sure to specify the same next hop or outgoing interface for the static route and the static LSP. The next hop address cannot be any local public network IP address.

Examples
# Configure a static LSP taking the current LSR as the ingress, and specify the LSP's name as bj-sh, destination address as 202.25.38.1/24, next hop address as 202.55.25.33, and outgoing label as 237.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-lsp ingress bj-sh destination 202.25.38.1 24 nexthop 202.55.25.33 out-label 237

Related commands
display mpls static-lsp static-lsp egress static-lsp transit

static-lsp transit
Use static-lsp transit to configure a static LSP taking the current LSR as a transit LSR. Use undo static-lsp transit to remove a static LSP taking the current LSR as a transit LSR.

Syntax
static-lsp transit lsp-name incoming-interface interface-type interface-number in-label in-label { nexthop next-hop-addr | outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number } out-label out-label undo static-lsp transit lsp-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
lsp-name: Specifies an LSP name, a string of 1 to 15 characters. incoming-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an incoming interface by its type and number. in-label in-label: Specifies an incoming label, in the range of 16 to 1023. nexthop next-hop-addr: Specifies a next hop address. outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an outgoing interface by its type and number. This option is available only on point-to-point connections. out-label out-label: Specifies an outgoing label, which can be a 0, 3, or a value in the range of 16 to 1023.

Usage guidelines
The next hop address cannot be any local public network IP address.

Examples
# Configure a static LSP taking the local LSR as a transit LSR, and specify the LSP's name as bj-sh, incoming interface as Serial 2/0, incoming label as 123, next hop address as 202.34.1 14.7, and outgoing label as 253.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-lsp transit bj-sh incoming-interface serial 2/0 in-label 123 nexthop 202.34.114.7 out-label 253

Related commands
static-lsp egress static-lsp ingress

statistics interval
Use statistics interval to set the interval for reading collected statistics. Use undo statistics interval to restore the default.

Syntax
statistics interval interval-time undo statistics interval

Default
The LSP statistics reading interval is 0, which indicates that the system does not read collected LSP statistics.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
interval-time: Specifies the statistics reading interval, in the range of 30 to 65535 seconds.

Examples
# Set the LSP statistics reading interval to 30 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] statistics interval 30

Related commands
display mpls statistics interface display mpls statistics lsp

tracert lsp ipv4

Use tracert lsp ipv4 to locate errors on the LSP for a FEC.

Syntax
tracert lsp [ -a source-ip | -exp exp-value | -h ttl-value | -r reply-mode | -t time-out ] * ipv4 dest-addr mask-length [ destination-ip-addr-header ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

0: Visit level

Parameters
-a source-ip: Specifies the source IP address for the echo request messages. -exp exp-value: Specifies the EXP value for the echo request messages. The exp-value argument ranges from 0 to 7 and defaults to 0. -h ttl-value: Specifies the TTL value for the echo request messages. The ttl-value argument ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 30. -r reply-mode: Specifies the reply mode of the receiver in response to the echo request messages. The reply-mode argument can be 1 or 2, where 1 means "Do not respond" and 2 means "Respond using a UDP packet." The default is 2. -t time-out: Specifies the timeout interval for the response to an echo request message. The time-out argument ranges from 0 to 65535 milliseconds and defaults to 2000 milliseconds. ipv4 dest-addr mask-length: Specifies a FEC by an IPv4 destination address and the mask length. The mask-length argument ranges from 0 to 32. destination-ip-addr-header: Specifies the destination address in the IP header of the MPLS echo request messages. It can be any address on subnet 127.0.0.0/8any local loopback address.

Examples
# Locate errors along the LSP to 3.3.3.9/32.
<Sysname> tracert lsp ipv4 3.3.3.9 32

LSP Trace Route FEC: IPV4 PREFIX 3.3.3.9/32 , press CTRL_C to break. TTL 0 1 2 3 10.4.5.1 100.1.4.2 100.1.2.1 1 63 129 Replier Time Type Ingress Transit Transit Egress Downstream 10.4.5.1/[1025] 100.3.4.1/[1024] 100.1.2.1/[3]

ttl expiration enable

Use ttl expiration enable to enable the device to send back an ICMP TTL exceeded message when it receives an MPLS TTL expired packet. Use undo ttl expiration enable to disable sending back of ICMP TTL exceeded messages for MPLS TTL expired messages.

Syntax
ttl expiration enable undo ttl expiration enable

Default
This function is enabled.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Disable the system from sending back an ICMP TTL exceeded message when it receives an MPLS TTL expired message.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] undo ttl expiration enable

Related commands
ttl expiration pop

ttl expiration pop

Use ttl expiration pop to configure the system to use IP routes to send back the ICMP TTL exceeded messages for TTL-expired MPLS packets that have only one level of label. Use undo ttl expiration pop to configure the system to use LSPs to send back the ICMP TTL exceeded messages for TTL-expired MPLS packets that have only one level of label.

Syntax
ttl expiration pop undo ttl expiration pop

Default
An ICMP TTL exceeded message is sent back along an IP route when the TTL of an MPLS packet with a one-level label stack expires.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
The configuration does not take effect for an MPLS packet with multiple levels of labels. The ICMP TTL exceeded message is always sent back along the LSP when the TTL of such a packet expires.

Examples
# Configure the device to use LSPs to send back ICMP TTL exceeded messages for TTL-expired MPLS packets that have only one level of label.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] undo ttl expiration pop

Related commands
ttl propagate

ttl propagate
Use ttl propagate to enable MPLS TTL propagation for public network packets or VPN packets. Use undo ttl propagate to disable the function.

Syntax
ttl propagate { public | vpn } undo ttl propagate { public | vpn }

Default
MPLS TTL propagation is enabled only for public network packets.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
public: Specifies public network packets. vpn: Specifies VPN packets.

Examples
# Enable MPLS TTL propagation for VPN packets.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] ttl propagate vpn

Related commands
ttl expiration pop

MPLS L2VPN configuration commands

ccc interface in-label out-label
Use ccc interface in-label out-label to create a remote Circuit Cross Connect (CCC) connection between CEs connected to different PEs. Use undo ccc to delete a CCC connection.

Syntax
ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number in-label in-label-value out-label out-label-value { nexthop ip-address | out-interface interface-type interface-number } [ control-word | no-control-word ] [ ip-interworking ] undo ccc ccc-connection-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ccc-connection-name: Specifies the CCC connection name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 20 characters. It is used for uniquely identifying a CCC connection on a PE. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connecting the local CE by its type and number. in-label in-label-value: Specifies the incoming label, in the range of 16 to 1023. out-label out-label-value: Specifies the outgoing label, in the range of 16 to 1023. nexthop ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the next hop. out-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the outgoing interface by its type and number. control-word: Enables the control word function. no-control-word: Disables the control word function. ip-interworking: Enables the CCC connection to support IP interworking. If you specify this keyword, when the PE receives a packet from an AC, it extracts the IP packet from the packet, sends the IP packet to the peer PE over the CCC connection. When the PE receives a packet from the CCC connection, it encapsulates the IP packet according to the link type of the AC bound to the CCC connection, and sends the encapsulated packet to the AC link. In this way, the PEs at the two ends of a CCC connection shield the differences between two AC links, implementing communication between the ACs with different link types.

Usage guidelines
This command must be configured on both the local and remote PEs of a CCC connection. A PE uses connection names to identify different CCC connections. A CCC connection can have different names on different PEs.
68

If a P device is connected to a PE, you must configure static LSPs between them. Only L2VPNs that use encapsulation types of PPP, HDLC, FR DLCI, FR port mode, ATM AAL5 transparent transport, and ATM cell transparent transport support the control word function. Only when the link that the outgoing interface connects is a point-to-point link, can you use the out-interface keyword to specify the outgoing interface. If the link is not a point-to-point link but, for example, a link connecting to a Layer 3 Ethernet interface, VLAN interface, or Layer 3 aggregate interface, you must use the nexthop keyword to specify the IP address of the next hop.

Examples
# Create a remote CCC connection from CEA to CEB, setting the incoming interface to that connecting CEA, the outgoing interface to that connecting the P router, the incoming label to 100, and the outgoing label to 200.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ccc CEA-CEB interface serial 2/0 in-label 100 out-label 200 out-interface serial 2/1

ccc interface out-interface

Use ccc interface out-interface to create a local CCC connection between two CEs connected to the same PE. Use undo ccc to delete a CCC connection.

Syntax
ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number out-interface interface-type interface-number [ ip-interworking ] undo ccc ccc-connection-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ccc-connection-name: Specifies the CCC connection name, a string of 1 to 20 characters. It is used for uniquely identifying a CCC connection on a PE. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connected to one CE of the CCC connection. out-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connected to the other CE of the CCC connection. ip-interworking: Enables the CCC connection to support IP interworking. If you specify this keyword, when the PE receives a packet from an AC, it extracts the IP packet from the packet, sends the IP packet to the peer PE over the CCC connection. When the PE receives a packet from the CCC connection, it encapsulates the IP packet according to the link type of the AC bound to the CCC connection, and sends the encapsulated packet to the AC link. In this way, the PEs at the two ends of a CCC connection shield the differences between two AC links, implementing communication between the ACs with different link types.

Examples
# CE 1 and CE 2 are connected to the same PE. On the PE, create a local CCC connection for the two CEs.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ccc ccc-connect-1 interface ethernet 1/1 out-interface ethernet 1/2

ce
Use ce to create a CE, specify the CE name, CE ID, CE range, and the initial CE ID, and enter MPLS L2VPN CE view. Use undo ce to delete a CE.

Syntax
ce ce-name [ id ce-id [ range ce-range ] [ default-offset default-offset ] ] undo ce ce-name

Views
MPLS L2VPN view, MPLS L2VPN CE view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ce-name: Specifies the name that uniquely identifies a CE in the current VPN of the current PE, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 20 characters that cannot include hyphens (-). id ce-id: Specifies an ID for the CE in the VPN. range ce-range: Specifies the maximum number of CEs to which the specified CE can connect. The default is 10. default-offset default-offset: Specifies the initial CE ID in the VPN. It can be either 0 or 1. The default is 0.

Usage guidelines
All MSR routers support the command, but they have different value ranges for the following parameters: Parameter
ce-id ce-range

MSR 900
0 to 299 1 to 300

MSR 930
0 to 299 1 to 300

MSR 20-1X
0 to 299 1 to 300

MSR 20
0 to 199 1 to 200

MSR 30
0 to 299 1 to 300

MSR 50
0 to 499 1 to 500

Examples
# Create a CE for a VPN, and configure the CE name as ce1 and set the CE ID to 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ethernet [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] route-distinguisher 100:1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] ce ce1 id 1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-ce-vpn1-ce1]

connection
Use connection to create a Kompella connection. Use undo connection to delete a Kompella connection on a CE interface.

Syntax
connection [ ce-offset tunnel-policy-name ] ce-id ] interface interface-type interface-number [ tunnel-policy

undo connection { ce-offset id | interface interface-type interface-number }

Views
MPLS L2VPN CE view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ce-offset ce-id: Specifies the ID of the peer CE. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connecting the local CE. The encapsulation type must be same as that of the VPN. tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies a tunneling policy for the virtual circuit (VC), a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
When creating a Kompella connection on a PE, you must specify the ID of the peer CE and the PE's interface connected to the local CE. If you do not specify a tunneling policy, or if you specify a tunneling policy name but do not configure the policy, the default policy is used for the VC. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. For information about how to configure a tunneling policy, see MPLS Configuration Guide. All MSR routers support the command, but they have different value ranges for the following parameter: Parameter
ce-offset id

MSR 900
0 to 299

MSR 930
0 to 299

MSR 20-1X
0 to 299

MSR 20
0 to 199

MSR 30
0 to 299

MSR 50
0 to 499

Examples
# Create a Kompella connection.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] ce ce1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-ce-vpn1-ce1] connection ce-offset 1 interface serial 2/0

default-nexthop
Use default-nexthop to specify the default next hop. Use undo default-nexthop to restore the default.

Syntax
default-nexthop { ip ip-address | mac { mac-address | broadcast } } undo default-nexthop

Default
No default next hop is specified.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the default next hop. mac: Specifies the MAC address of the default next hop. mac-address: Specifies the MAC address of the default next hop. broadcast: Uses the broadcast MAC address as the MAC address of the default next hop.

Usage guidelines
In an MPLS L2VPN interworking scenario, if a CE is connected to a PE through a link by using the Ethernet encapsulation, configure the default next hop on the PE, so that the PE can correctly encapsulate a link layer header for the packets to be sent to the CE. If you specify the MAC address of the CE or a broadcast MAC address in this command, the PE uses this MAC address as the destination address of the packets to be sent to the CE. If you specify the IP address of the CE in this command, the PE resolves the IP address to a MAC address through ARP and then uses this MAC address as the destination MAC address of the packets sent to the CE.

Examples
# Specify the default next hop IP address as 1.1.1.1 on PE's Ethernet 1/1, the interface connecting the CE.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] default-nexthop ip 1.1.1.1

display bgp l2vpn

Use display bgp l2vpn to display information about BGP L2VPN in the BGP routing table.

Syntax
display bgp l2vpn { all | group [ group-name ] | peer [ [ ip-address ] verbose ] | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher [ ce-id ce-id [ label-offset label-offset ] ] } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Displays all L2VPN information in the BGP routing table. group group-name: Specifies the name of a BGP peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. peer: Displays L2VPN information of the specified BGP peer. ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a BGP peer. verbose: Displays detailed information. route-distinguisher route-distinguisher: Specifies an RD, a string of 3 to 21 characters. You can specify an RD in the following formats: 16-bit AS number:32-bit user-defined number, such as 101:3. 32-bit IP address:16-bit user-defined number, such as 192.168.122.15:1. 32-bit AS number:16-bit user-defined number, such as 65536:1. In this format, the minimum value of the AS number is 65536.

ce-id ce-id: Specifies the ID of the peer CE. label-offset label-offset: Specifies the label offset in the range of 0 to 65535. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
All MSR routers support the command, but they have different value ranges for the following parameter: Parameter
ce-id

MSR 900
0 to 299

MSR 930
0 to 299

MSR 20-1X
0 to 299

MSR 20
0 to 199

MSR 30
0 to 299

MSR 50
0 to 499

Examples
# Display all information about L2VPN in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn all BGP Local router ID : 2.2.2.9, local AS number : 100 Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete bgp.l2vpn: 1 destination Route Distinguisher: 100:1 CE ID 1 Label Offset 0 Label Base 8202 nexthop 3.3.3.9 pref 100 as-path

Table 25 Command output Field Description

Route origin codes:

i IGPThe network layer reachability information is from within

the AS. Origin codes

e EGPThe network layer reachability information is learned

through EGP.

? incompleteThe network layer reachability information is

learned through other ways. bgp.l2vpn CE ID nexthop pref as-path Number of remote CEs in the BGP L2VPN. CE number in the VPN. IP address of the next hop. Local preference. AS path of the route.

# Display brief information about L2VPN peers in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn peer

BGP local router ID : 4.4.4.9 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 1 Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent Peers in established state : 0 OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State

3.3.3.9

100

00:01:07 Active

Table 26 Command output Field

BGP local router ID Peers in established state Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State

Description
ID of the local BGP router. Number of peers with BGP sessions in the state of established. IP address of the peer. BGP version that the peer is using. AS number. Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer. Number of prefixes received. Duration that the BGP session is in the current status. Status of the peer: Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm, and Established.

# Display detailed information about L2VPN peer 3.3.3.9 in the BGP routing table.
74

<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn peer 3.3.3.9 verbose Peer: 3.3.3.9 Type: IBGP link BGP version 4, remote router ID 3.3.3.9 BGP current state: Established, Up for BGP current event: KATimerExpired BGP last state: OpenConfirm Port: Local - 179 Remote - 1034 Keep Alive Time:60 sec 00:21:15 Local: 2.2.2.9

Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Peer optional capabilities: Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Address family L2VPN: advertised and received Received: Total 26 messages, Update messages 2 Sent: Total 28 messages, Update messages 2 Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000 Threshold: 75% Minimum time between advertisement runs is 15 seconds Peer Preferred Value: 0 BFD: Enabled Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured

Table 27 Command output Field

Peer Local Type BGP current state BGP current event BGP last state Port Configured Received Negotiated Peer optional capabilities: Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability Address family IPv4 Unicast

Description
IP address of the peer. IP address of the local router. BGP type. Current status of the BGP session: Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm, and Established. Current event of the BGP session. Last status of the BGP session. Ports used by the BGP session, one is local or the other remote. Timers locally configured. Timers that the peer sends to the local device. Negotiated settings of the timers. Optional peer capabilities, including the support for BGP multicast protocol extension and the support for BGP route refreshing. IPv4 unicast address family capability.

Field
Address family L2VPN Received Sent Maximum allowed prefix number

Description
L2VPN address family. Total number of received messages and that of received update messages. Total number of sent messages and that of received update messages. Maximum number of routes allowed. When the number of IP prefixes received by the device to the maximum number of routes allowed by the device reaches this threshold value, the device generates a prompt. Preferred value specified for routes from the peer. Indicates whether BFD is enabled for the peer. Routing policy specified for the peer.

Threshold

Peer Preferred Value BFD Routing policy configured

# Display L2VPN information with the RD being 100:1 in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn route-distinguisher 100:1 BGP Local router ID : 2.2.2.9, local AS number : 100 Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete bgp.l2vpn: 1 destination CE ID 4 Label Offset 0 Label Base 132096 nexthop 3.3.3.9 pref 100 as-path

Table 28 Command output Field Description

Route origin codes:

i IGPThe network layer reachability information is from

within the AS. Origin codes

e EGPThe network layer reachability information is

learned through EGP.

? incompleteThe network layer reachability information is

learned through other ways. bgp.l2vpn CE ID nexthop pref as-path Number of remote CEs in the BGP L2VPN. CE number in the VPN. IP address of the next hop. Preference. AS path of the route.

# Display L2VPN information with the RD being 100:1 and the CE ID being 4 in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn route-distinguisher 100:1 ce-id 4 BGP Local router ID : 2.2.2.9, local AS number : 100 Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete CE ID 1 Label Offset 0 Label Base 8202 nexthop 3.3.3.9 pref 100 as-path

Table 29 Command output Field Description

Route origin codes:

i IGPTthe network layer reachability

information is from within the AS. Origin codes

e EGPThe network layer reachability

information is learned through EGP.

? incompleteThe network layer reachability

information is learned through other ways. CE ID nexthop pref as-path CE number in the VPN. IP address of the next hop. Preference. AS path of the route.

# Display L2VPN information with the RD being 100:1, the CE ID being 4, and the label offset being 0 in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp l2vpn route-distinguisher 100:1 ce-id 4 label-offset 0 BGP Local router ID : 2.2.2.9, local AS number : 100 Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete nexthop:3.3.3.9, pref :100, as-path : label base:132096,label range:10,layer-2 mtu:0,encap type:Unknown or Reserved label 132096 132097 132098 132099 132100 132101 132102 132103 132104 132105 state down up down down down down down down down down

Table 30 Command output Field Description

Route origin codes:

i IGPThe network layer reachability information

is from within the AS. Origin codes

e EGPThe network layer reachability

information is learned through EGP.

? incompleteThe network layer reachability

information is learned through other ways. nexthop pref as-path IP address of the next hop. Preference. AS path of the route.

Field
encap type

Description
VC encapsulation type.

Related commands
route-distinguisher

display ccc
Use display ccc to display information about CCC connections.

Syntax
display ccc [ ccc-name ccc-name | type { local | remote } ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ccc-name ccc-name: Specifies the name of a CCC connection, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 20 characters.. type: Specifies the type of the CCC connections. local: Specifies local CCC connections. remote: Specifies remote CCC connections. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify the connection name or type, this command displays information about all CCC connections.

Examples
# Display information about CCC connection c1.
<Sysname> display ccc ccc-name c1 ***Name Type State Intf In-label Out-label Nexthop : c1 : remote : down : Serial2/0 (up) : 100 : 200 : 20.1.1.1

# Display information about all local CCC connections.

<Sysname> display ccc type local ***Name Type State Intf1 Intf2 : c2 : local : up : Serial2/0 (up) : Serial2/1 (up)

# Display information about all CCC connections.

<Sysname> display ccc Total Local ***Name Type State Intf In-label Out-label Nexthop ccc vc ccc vc : 1 : 0, : 1, : c1 : remote : down : Serial2/0 (up) : 100 : 200 : 20.1.1.1 0 up 0 up

Remote ccc vc

Table 31 Command output Field

Total ccc vc Local ccc vc Remote ccc vc Name Type State Intf In-label Out-label Nexthop

Description
Total number of CCC connections. Number of local CCC connections, and number of local CCC connections in up state. Number of remote CCC connections, and number of remote CCC connections in up state. Name of the CCC connection. Type of the CCC connection. Status of the CCC connection. Interface of the CCC connection, and the interface state. Incoming label. Outgoing label. IP address of the next hop.

display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type

Use display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type to display information about specified L2VPN VC interfaces.

Syntax
display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type { all | bgp-vc | ccc | ldp-vc | static-vc } [ up | down ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view
79

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all interfaces, regardless of the VC type. bgp-vc: Specifies interfaces used by Kompella VCs. ccc: Specifies interfaces used by CCC VCs. ldp-vc: Specifies interfaces used by Martini VCs. static-vc: Specifies interfaces used by static VCs (SVC). up: Specifies VC interfaces in up state. down: Specifies VC interfaces in down state. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
This command does not display the interface information of the VCs created for service instances.

Examples
# Display interface information for all types of VCs.
<Sysname> display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type all

Total ccc-interface of BGP VC: 1 up (1), down (0) Interface Vlan20 Encap Type ethernet State up VC Type bgp-vc

Total ccc-interface of LDP VC: 1 up (0), down (1) Interface Vlan30 Total ccc-interface of SVC VC: 1 up (0), down (1) Interface Vlan40 Encap Type vlan State down VC Type static-vc Encap Type vlan State down VC Type ldp-vc

Total ccc-interface of CCC : 1 up (1), down (0) Interface Vlan10 Encap Type vlan State up VC Type ccc

# Display interface information for Kompella VCs.

<Sysname> display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type bgp-vc Total ccc-interface of BGP VC: 1 up (1), down (0) Interface S2/1 Encap Type ppp State up VC Type bgp-vc

# Display information about the interfaces that are used by static VCs and in up state.
<Sysname> display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type svc-vc up

Total ccc-interface of SVC VC: 1 up (1), down (0) Interface S2/2 Encap Type ppp State up VC Type static-vc

Table 32 Command output Field

Total ccc-interface of XXX VC Interface Encap Type State

Description
Total number of interfaces with VC type of xxx. Name of the interface. Encapsulation type of the interface. Status of the interface.

display mpls l2vc

Use display mpls l2vc to display information about Martini VCs configured on the device.

Syntax
display mpls l2vc [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] | remote-info ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connecting the CE by the interface type and number. service-instance instance-id: Specifies a service instance by its ID, which ranges from 1 to 4094. remote-info: Displays the Martini VC information received from the remote peer. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.
81

Usage guidelines
If you specify an interface, the command displays information about the Martini VC configured on the specified interface.

Examples
# Display information about all Martini VCs configured on the device.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vc Total ldp vc : 2 Transport VC ID 100 200 Client Intf Eth6/1/0.100 Eth6/1/0.200 0 up 2 down Service ID --VC State down down 0 blocked Local VC Label 1027 1028 Remote VC Label ---

Table 33 Command output Field

Total ldp vc Transport VC ID Client Intf

Description
Total number of Martini VCs. Remote VC ID. Interface connected with the CE.

# Display information about the Martini VC configured using service instance 100 on interface Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vc interface ethernet 1/1 service-instance 100 ***VC ID VC State Destination Client Intf Service instance ID Local Group ID Remote Group ID Local VC Label Remote VC Label Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID Local VCCV CC Type Local VCCV CV Type Remote VCCV CC Type Remote VCCV CV Type Backup VC VC ID VC State Destination Local Group ID Remote Group ID Local VC Label Remote VC Label : 2000000 : blocked : 2.2.2.2 : 0 : 0 : 1030 : 1030 : 10000000 : up : 1.1.1.1 : Ethernet1/1 is up : 100 : 0 : 0 : 1029 : 1029 : : lsp : 0x220020 : CW, RA : LSPV : RA : LSPV

Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID Remote VCCV CC Type Remote VCCV CV Type

: : lsp : 0x220021 : RA : LSPV

# Display information about the Martini VC connecting the CE through interface Serial 2/0:0.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vc interface Serial2/0:0 ***VC ID VC State Destination CEM Class Jitter Buffer Size Payload Size Idle Code Client Intf Local Group ID Remote Group ID Local VC Label Remote VC Label Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID Local VCCV CC Type Local VCCV CV Type Remote VCCV CC Type Remote VCCV CV Type : 1000/1001 : up : 1.1.1.1 : satopexam : 100 ms : 24 bytes : 0x99 : Seria2/0:0 is up : 0 : 0 : 1029/1030 : 1029/1030 : : lsp : 0x220020 : CW, RA : LSPV : RA : LSPV

Table 34 Command output Field

VC ID VC State Destination CEM Class Jitter Buffer Size Payload Size Idle Code Client Intf Local Group ID Remote Group ID Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID

Description
Remote VC ID. Status of the VC. Destination IP address. CEM class referenced by the interface. In milliseconds. Size of the payload of a packet, in bytes. Padding string to be used in case of packet loss. Interface connected to the CE. Local VC group ID. Remote VC group ID. Name of the tunneling policy used by the VC. If no tunneling policy is specified for the VC, this field displays a hyphen (-). Type of the tunnel. ID of the tunnel.

Field

Description
Virtual Circuit Connectivity Verification (VCCV) control channel types supported on the local end, including:

Local VCCV CC Type

CWControl word. RARouter alert (RA) label.

VCCV is a technology like ping. It is used to check the connectivity of L2VPN PWs.

Local VCCV CV Type Remote VCCV CC Type Remote VCCV CV Type Backup VC NOTE:

VCCV connectivity verification types supported on the local end. Only LSPV is supported, indicating that MPLS LSP ping is used to check the PW connectivity. VCCV control channel types supported on the remote end. VCCV connectivity verification types supported on the remote end. Information about the backup VC link.

You can use VCCV to verify the connectivity of a VC only if the two peers support at least one identical CC type and one identical CV type.

# Display information about Martini VCs received from the remote peer.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vc remote-info total remote ldp vc : 1 Transport VC ID 100 Group ID 0 Peer Addr 3.3.3.9 Remote Encap ppp Remote VC Label 1025 C Bit 0 Remote MTU 1500

Table 35 Command output Field

total remote ldp vc Transport VC ID Group ID Peer Addr Remote Encap C Bit Remote MTU

Description
Total number of remote LDP VCs. Remote VC ID. Remote VC group ID, used for the L2VPN VC FEC TLV field of LDP messages. IP address of the peer. VC encapsulation type of the remote end. Indicates whether the control word function is enabled or not. 0 means disabled and 1 means enabled. MTU of the remote interface.

display mpls l2vpn

Use display mpls l2vpn to display information about L2VPNs configured on a PE.

Syntax
display mpls l2vpn [ export-route-target-list | import-route-target-list | vpn-name vpn-name [ local-ce | remote-ce ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
export-route-target-list: Displays the export route target list. import-route-target-list: Displays the import route target list. vpn-name vpn-name: Specifies an L2VPN by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters that cannot include hyphens (-). local-ce: Displays the configurations and status of all local CEs in the specified L2VPN. remote-ce: Displays the configurations and status of remote CEs learned from other PEs. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify an L2VPN, the command displays information about all L2VPNs on the PE.

Examples
# Display the L2VPN export route target list.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn export-route-target-list export vpn target list: 755:7 888:8

Table 36 Command output Field

export vpn target list

Description
BGP VPN export route target list.

# Display information about all L2VPNs configured on the PE.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn VPN Number: 1 vpn-name vpn2 encap-type atm aal5 route-distinguisher 500:1 mtu 888 ce(L) 0 ce(R) 0

Table 37 Command output Field

VPN Number vpn-name encap-type mtu

Description
Number of created VPNs. Name of the MPLS L2VPN. VC encapsulation type. Maximum transmission unit.

Field
ce(L) ce(R)

Description
Number of local CEs. Number of remote CEs.

# Display information about L2VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn vpn-name vpn1 ***VPN name Encap type Local ce number(s) Remote ce number(s) Route distinguisher MTU Import vpn target Export vpn target : vpn1 : vlan : 0 : 0 : 100:2 : 1500 : 111:1 : 111:1

Table 38 Command output Field

VPN name Encap type Local ce number(s) Remote ce number(s) MTU Import vpn target Export vpn target

Description
Name of the MPLS L2VPN. VC encapsulation type. Number of local CEs. Number of remote CEs. Maximum transmission unit. Import route target of the VPN. Export route target of the VPN.

# Display information about local CEs of L2VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn vpn-name vpn1 local-ce ce-name ce1 ce-id 1 range 10 conn-num 0 LB 132096/0/10

LB stands for label block

Table 39 Command output Field

ce-name ce-id range conn-num LB

Description
Name of the CE. CE number. CE range. Number of connections. Label block, including the label base, label-block offset, and label range.

# Display information about remote CEs of L2VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn vpn-name vpn1 remote-ce no. 1 ce-id peer-id 4 3.3.3.9 route-distinguisher 100:1 LB 132096/0/10

Table 40 Command output Field

no ce-id peer-id LB

Description
Sequence number. CE ID. IP address of the peer. Label block.

display mpls l2vpn connection

Use display mpls l2vpn connection to display information about Kompella VCs.

Syntax
display mpls l2vpn connection [ interface interface-type interface-number | summary | vpn-name vpn-name [ remote-ce ce-id | down | up | verbose ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. summary: Displays summary information about VC connections. vpn-name vpn-name: Specifies an L2VPN by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters that cannot include hyphens (-). remote-ce ce-id: Specifies the ID of the remote CE, in the range of 0 to 249. down: Displays detailed information about the VCs that are down. up: Displays detailed information about the VCs that are up. If you specify neither the down nor the up keyword, the command displays detailed information about VCs that are either up or down. verbose: Displays detailed information. This keyword is valid only when you display information about all VCs in a VPN. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays information about all Kompella VCs.

Examples
# Display information about all Kompella VCs.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn connection 1 total connections, connections: 1 up, 0 down, 0 local, 1 remote, 0 unknown

VPN name: vpn1, 1 total connections, connections: 1 up, 0 down, 0 local, 1 remote, 0 unknown CE name: ce1, id: 1, Rid type status peer-id 4 rmt up 3.3.3.9 route-distinguisher 100:1 intf S2/0

Table 41 Command output Field

connections

Description
Connection statistics, including the number of connections in the state of Up, the number of connections in the state of Down, the number of local connections, the number of remote connections, and the number of unknown connections. Name of the MPLS L2VPN. Name of the local CE. ID of the local CE. ID of the remote CE. Type of the connection. Status of the connection. IP address of the peer. Interface for the connection.

VPN name CE name id Rid type status peer-id intf

# Display information about Kompella VCs for VPN vpn1.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn connection vpn-name vpn1 VPN name: vpn1, 1 total connections, connections: 1 up, 0 down, 0 local, 1 remote, 0 unknown

CE name: ce1, id: 1, Rid type status peer-id 4 rmt up 3.3.3.9 route-distinguisher 100:1 intf S2/0

For more information about the output fields of the command, see Table 41. # Display information about Kompella VCs on interface Serial 2/0.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn connection interface Serial 2/0 ***Conn-type Local vc state Remote vc state Local ce-id : remote : up : up : 1

Local ce name Remote ce-id Intf(state,encap) Peer id Route-distinguisher Local vc label Remote vc label Tunnel policy C bit is set Tunnel Type Tunnel ID

: ce1 : 4 : Serial2/0 (up,ppp) : 3.3.3.9 : 100:1 : 132100 : 132097 : policy1 : lsp : 0x226013

Table 42 Command output Field

Conn-type Local vc state Remote vc state Local ce-id Local ce name Remote ce-id Intf(state,encap) Peer id Local vc label Remote vc label Tunnel policy C bit is set Tunnel Type Tunnel ID

Description
Type of the connection. Local VC status. Remote VC status. ID of the local CE. Name of the local CE. ID of the remote CE. Interface name (interface status, interface encapsulation type). IP address of the peer. Local VC label. Remote VC label. Name of the tunneling policy. Control word is enabled. If this function is not enabled, this field will not be displayed. Type of the tunnel. ID of the tunnel.

# Display summary information about all Kompella VCs.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn connection summary 1 total connections, connections: 1 up, No. 1 vpn-name vpn1 0 down , 0 local, 1 remote, 0 unknown local-num remote-num unknown-num up-num total-num 0 1 0 1 1

Table 43 Command output Field

connections

Field
No. vpn-name local-num remote-num unknown-num up-num total-num

Description
Sequence number. Name of the MPLS L2VPN. Number of local connections. Number of remote connections. Number of unknown connections. Number of connections that are up. Total number of connections.

display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws

Use display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws to display Attachment Circuit (AC) information for the MPLS L2VPN.

Syntax
display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance service-instanceid ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connected to a CE by its type and number. service-instance service-instanceid: Specifies a service instance by its ID, in the range of 1 to 4094. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you specify an interface but do not specify a service instance, the command displays the AC entries of the VCs created on the Layer 3 interface. If you specify both an interface and a service instance, the command displays the AC entries of the VCs created for the service instance on the Layer 2 interface. If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays the AC entries of all VCs.

Examples
# Display the AC information for the MPLS L2VPN.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws Total AC Entry:2

**In Interface

: Eth1/1

Service Instance ID : 1 Access Mode CE Type AC Encapsulation **In Interface : Vlan : PortVlan : 100 : Eth1/1

Service Instance ID : 2 Access Mode CE Type AC Encapsulation : Vlan : Independent : s-vid 101 c-vid 400 to 500 600 700

# Display the AC information for service instance 1 on Layer 2 Ethernet interface Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws interface ethernet 1/1 service-instance 1 **In Interface : Eth1/1

Service Instance ID : 1 Access Mode CE Type AC Encapsulation InBytes OutBytes : Vlan : PortVlan : 2 : 34408752586 : 13202790780

Table 44 Command output Field

Total AC Entry In Interface AccessMode CEType

Description
Total number of VPWS AC entries, which is displayed only when you display all VPWS AC entries. Incoming interface, which is bound to L2VPN. Access mode at the AC side. Interface encapsulation type at the AC side, PortVlan or Independent. Encapsulation VLAN information at the AC side. For more information about the values of this field, see Layer 2LAN Switching Command Reference. Number of bytes received on the AC. This field is displayed only when inbound traffic statistics is enabled for the service instance. Number of bytes sent by the AC. This field is displayed only when outbound traffic statistics is enabled for the service instance.

AC Encapsulation

InBytes

OutBytes

display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws

Use display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws to display pseudowire (PW) entry information for the MPLS L2VPN.

Syntax
display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance service-instanceid ] ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connecting a CE by the interface type and number. service-instance service-instanceid: Specifies a service instance by its ID, in the range of 1 to 4094. verbose: Displays the detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you specify an interface but do not specify a service instance, the command displays the PW entries of the VCs created on the Layer 3 interface. If you specify both an interface and a service instance, the command displays the PW entries of the VCs created for the service instance on the Layer 2 interface. If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays the PW entries of all VCs.

Examples
# Display the PW information for the MPLS L2VPN.
<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws Total PW Entry:1

In Interface

ServiceID InVCLabel OutVCLabel TunnelID

-------------------------------------------------------------Ethernet2/0 1000 1000 1002 0x878ad000

Table 45 Command output Field

Total PW Entry In Interface ServiceID InVCLabel OutVCLabel TunnelID

# Display the detailed MPLS L2VPN PW information.

<Sysname> display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws verbose Total PW Entry:4 In Interface : S2/0:0 Service Instance ID : 0 In VC Label Out VC Label Out Interface Encapsulation Type Entry Type MTU Control Word Packets received Receives discarded Packets sent Sends discarded Tunnel ID : 1214 : 3758 : ---: TDM CESOPSN_BASIC : Send : 1500 : YES : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0xd2000(Done) GRCount:2 Backup PW In VC Label Out VC Label Packets received Receives discarded Packets sent Sends discarded Tunnel ID : 1216 : 3760 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0xd2000(Done) GRCount:2

Table 46 Command output Field

Total PW Entry In Interface Service Instance ID In VC Label Out VC Label Out Interface Encapsulation Type MTU Control Word Packets received Receives discarded Packets sent

Description
Total number of VPWS PW entries, which is displayed only when you display all VPWS PW entries. Incoming interface, which is bound to L2VPN. Service instance ID. Incoming VC label of the data packets. Outgoing VC label of the data packets. Outgoing interface, valid for a local CCC connection. For other connections, this field displays hyphens (----). VC encapsulation type. Maximum transmission unit. Indicates whether control word is used. Number of data packets received by the PW. Number of data packets dropped in the inbound direction of the PW. Number of data packets sent by the PW.

Field
Sends discarded

Description
Number of data packets dropped in the outbound direction of the PW. Public tunnel ID and entry state of data packets. The entry state can be Done or Waiting. GRCount: Number of times that GR occurs. Information about the backup PW.

Tunnel ID Backup PW

display mpls static-l2vc

Use display mpls static-l2vc to display information about static virtual circuits (SVCs) created on the device.

Syntax
display mpls static-l2vc [ interface interface-type interface-number [ service-instance instance-id ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Displays information about static VCs on the specified interface. The interface-type interface-number argument specifies a PE-CE interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays information about static VCs on all interfaces. service-instance instance-id: Displays information about static VCs created for the specified service instance. The instance-id argument specifies a service instance ID, in the range of 1 to 4094. If you do not specify a service instance, the command displays information about static VCs created for all service instances. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify an interface or a service instance, this command displays the brief SVC information. Otherwise, it displays the detailed SVC information.

Examples
# Display the brief information of all static VCs created on the device.
<Sysname> display mpls static-l2vc total connections: 1, 0 up, 1 down, 0 blocked

ce-intf Vlan23

state up

VCID --

SRVID tr-label rcv-label -23 24

Table 47 Command output Field

total connections ce-intfe state VCID SRVID tr-label rcv-label

Description
Connections statistics, including the total number of static VCs, and the number of static VCs in up, down, and blocked state, respectively. Interface connected to the CE. VC state: up, down, or blocked. ID of the VC. ID of the service instance of the VC. Outgoing label: label used when sending VPN packets. Incoming label: label used when receiving VPN packets.

# Display the detailed information of the static VCs created on interface Serial 2/0:0.
<Sysname> display mpls static-l2vc interface serial 2/0:0 ***CE-interface Service instance ID CEM Class Jitter Buffer Size Payload Size Idle Code VC State Destination VC ID Transmit-vpn-label Receive-vpn-label Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID Backup VC VC State Destination VC ID Transmit-vpn-label Receive-vpn-label Tunnel Policy Tunnel Type Tunnel ID : up/up : 3.3.4.9 : 200/201 : 500/600 : 700/800 : policy1 : lsp : 0x226013 : S2/0:0 is up : -: satopexam : 100 ms : 24 bytes : 0x99 : up/up : 3.3.3.9 : 100/101 : 100/200 : 300/400 : policy1 : lsp : 0x226013

Table 48 Command output Field

CE-interface CEM Class Jitter Buffer Size

Description
Interface connected to the CE. CEM class referenced by the interface. Jitter buffer size, in milliseconds. 95

Field
Payload Size Idle Code VC State Destination VC ID Transmit-vpn-label Receive-vpn-label Tunnel Type

Description
Size of the payload of a packet, in bytes. Padding string to be used in case of packet loss. Data VC and signaling VC state: up, down, or blocked. Destination IP address of the VC. VC IDs of the data VC and signaling VC. Outgoing label: label used by the data VC and signaling VC to send VPN packets. Incoming label: label used by the data VC and signaling VC to receive VPN packets. Type of the tunnel: LSP, CR-LSP, or GRE.

l2vpn
Use l2vpn to enable L2VPN and enter L2VPN view. Use undo l2vpn to disable L2VPN.

Syntax
l2vpn undo l2vpn

Default
L2VPN is disabled.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enable L2VPN and enter L2VPN view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] l2vpn [Sysname-l2vpn]

l2vpn-family
Use l2vpn-family to enter BGP L2VPN address family view. Use undo l2vpn-family to delete all configurations for the BGP L2VPN address family. For information about BGP L2VPN address family view, see Layer 3IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Syntax
l2vpn-family undo l2vpn-family
96

Views
BGP view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enter BGP L2VPN address family view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn]

mpls l2vc
Use mpls l2vc to create a Martini VC on a PE-CE interface of a PE. Use undo mpls l2vc to delete the Martini VC on the interface.

Syntax
mpls l2vc destination vcid [ { control-word | ethernet | ip-interworking | no-control-word | vlan } | [ tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name ] [ backup-peer ip-address vcid [ backup-tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name | revertive [ wtr-time wtr-time ] ] * ] ] * undo mpls l2vc

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
destination: Specifies the IP address of the peer PE. vc-id: Specifies the VC ID in the range of 1 to 4294967295. control-word: Enables the control word function. ethernet: Specifies the VC encapsulation type as Ethernet. ip-interworking: Enables the VC to support IP interworking. If you specify this keyword, when the PE receives a packet from an AC bound to the VC, it extracts the IP packet from the packet, sends the IP packet to the peer PE over the VC. When the PE receives a packet from the VC, it encapsulates the IP packet according to the link type of the AC bound to the VC, and sends the encapsulated packet to the AC link. In this way, the PEs at the two ends of a VC shield the differences between two AC links, implementing communication between the ACs with different link types. no-control-word: Disables the control word function. vlan: Specifies the VC encapsulation type as VLAN. tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies the tunneling policy for the VC. The tunneling policy name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 19 characters. backup-peer ip-address vcid: Specifies the IP address of the backup VC's peer PE and the VC ID of the backup VC. The VC ID ranges from 1 to 4294967295.
97

backup-tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies the tunneling policy for the backup VC. The tunneling policy name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 19 characters. revertive: Enables support for switchback. With this keyword specified, when the primary VC recovers, traffic is switched from the backup VC back to the primary VC automatically. If you do not specify this keyword, traffic will not be switched back automatically. wtr-time wtr-time: Specifies the switchback delay time. When the primary VC recovers, the device waits for the switchback delay time before switching the traffic from the backup VC back to the primary VC. The wtr-time argument ranges from 1 to 720 and defaults to 30, in minutes.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify a tunneling policy, or if you specify a nonexistent tunneling policy, the default policy is used for the VC. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. For information about how to configure a tunneling policy, see MPLS Configuration Guide. Only L2VPNs that use encapsulation types of PPP, HDLC, FR DLCI, FR port mode, ATM AAL5 transparent transport, and ATM cell transparent transport support the control word function. If the AC link type is Ethernet, the VC encapsulation type can be Ethernet or VLAN. The device allows you to specify the VC encapsulation type for only Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, VLAN interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces. When not specified, the VC encapsulation type is Ethernet on Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces and is VLAN on Layer 3 Ethernet subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet subinterfaces, and VLAN interfaces.

Examples
# Create a Martini VC, and specify the peer PE IP address as 2.2.2.9 and VC ID as 999.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface serial 2/0 [Sysname-Serial2/0] mpls l2vc 2.2.2.9 999

Related commands
tunnel-policy

mpls l2vc switchover

Use mpls l2vc switchover to switch traffic from the active VC to the standby VC manually.

Syntax
mpls l2vc switchover

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
This command applies only to Martini VCs create by using the mpls l2vc command. You can use this command to manage traffic on the network. After you execute this command, if the VC has an available primary or backup VC, the device switches traffic from the VC to the primary or backup VC. Otherwise, the device does not switch traffic.
98

Examples
# Assume that a primary VC and a backup VC are created on Ethernet 1/1. Switch traffic from the currently active VC to the standby VC on the interface.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls l2vc switchover

mpls l2vpn
Use mpls l2vpn to enable MPLS L2VPN. Use undo mpls l2vpn to disable MPLS L2VPN and delete all L2VPN configurations.

Syntax
mpls l2vpn undo mpls l2vpn

Default
MPLS L2VPN is disabled.

Views
L2VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
You must use the mpls l2vpn command to enable MPLS L2VPN before configuring other MPLS L2VPN commands.

Examples
# Enable MPLS L2VPN.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] l2vpn [Sysname-l2vpn] mpls l2vpn

mpls l2vpn vpn-name

Use mpls l2vpn vpn-name to create a Kompella VPN and enter MPLS L2VPN view. Use undo mpls l2vpn vpn-name to delete a VPN.

Syntax
mpls l2vpn vpn-name [ encapsulation { atm-aal5 | ethernet | fr | hdlc | ppp | vlan } [ control-word | no-control-word ] ] undo mpls l2vpn vpn-name

Views
System view, MPLS L2VPN view

Default command level

2: System level
99

Parameters
vpn-name: Specifies a name for the L2VPN, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters that cannot contain hyphens (-). The name uniquely identifies an L2VPN on a PE. encapsulation: Specifies the VC encapsulation type. atm-aal5: Uses ATM AAL5 transparent transport encapsulation. ethernet: Uses Ethernet encapsulation. fr: Uses FR encapsulation. hdlc: Uses HDLC encapsulation. ppp: Uses PPP encapsulation. vlan: Uses VLAN encapsulation. control-word: Enables the control word function. no-control-word: Disables the control word function.

Usage guidelines
The VC encapsulation type specified by this command must match that of the AC link. Only L2VPNs that use encapsulation types of PPP, HDLC, FR DLCI, FR port mode, ATM AAL5 transparent transport, and ATM cell transparent transport support the control word function. The following matrix shows the command and router compatibility: Parameter
Encapsulatio n types

MSR 900
Supports ethernet and vlan.

MSR 930
Supports all.

MSR 20-1X
Supports all.

MSR 20
Supports all.

MSR 30
Supports all.

MSR 50
Supports all.

Examples
# Create a Kompella MPLS L2VPN with the VPN name of vpn1 and the VC encapsulation type of PPP, and enter MPLS L2VPN view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ppp [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1]

# Create a Kompella MPLS L2VPN with the VPN name of vpn2 and VC encapsulation type of Ethernet, and enter MPLS L2VPN view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ppp [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] mpls l2vpn vpn2 encapsulation ethernet [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn2]

mpls static-l2vc (for primary-backup SVCs)

Use mpls static-l2vc to create a primary static VC and a backup static VC on a Layer 3 interface, and enter static-L2VC view. Use undo mpls static-l2vc to delete the static VCs on the interface.

100

Syntax
mpls static-l2vc destination vcid [ { control-word | ethernet | ip-interworking | no-control-word | vlan } | [ tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name ] [ backup-peer ip-address vcid [ backup-tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name | revertive [ wtr-time wtr-time ] ] * ] ] * undo mpls static-l2vc

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
destination: Specifies the IP address of the peer PE. vc-id: Specifies an ID for the VC, in the range of 1 to 4294967295. control-word: Enables the control word function. ethernet: Specifies the VC encapsulation type as Ethernet. ip-interworking: Enables the SVC to support IP interworking. If you specify this keyword, when the PE receives a packet from an AC bound to the SVC, it extracts the IP packet from the packet, sends the IP packet to the peer PE over the SVC. When the PE receives a packet from the SVC, it encapsulates the IP packet according to the link type of the AC bound to the SVC, and sends the encapsulated packet to the AC link. In this way, the PEs at the two ends of a SVC shield the differences between two AC links, implementing communication between the ACs with different link types. no-control-word: Disables the control word function. vlan: Specifies the VC encapsulation type as VLAN. tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies a tunneling policy for the VC by its name, a string of 1 to 19 case-insensitive characters. backup-peer ip-address vcid: Specifies the peer PE IP address and VC ID of the backup VC. The vc-id argument specifies a VC ID for the backup VC, in the range of 1 to 4294967295. backup-tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies a tunnel policy for the backup VC, a string of 1 to 19 case-insensitive characters. revertive: Enables support for switchback. With this keyword specified, when the primary VC recovers, traffic is switched from the backup VC back to the primary VC automatically. If you do not specify this keyword, traffic will not be switched back automatically. wtr-time wtr-time: Specifies the switchback delay time. When the primary VC recovers, the device waits for the switchback delay time before switching the traffic from the backup VC back to the primary VC. The wtr-time argument ranges from 1 to 720 and defaults to 30, in minutes.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify a tunneling policy or if you specify a nonexistent tunneling policy, the default policy is used for the VC. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. For information about how to configure a tunneling policy, see MPLS Configuration Guide. Only L2VPNs that use encapsulation types of PPP, HDLC, FR DLCI, FR port mode, ATM AAL5 transparent transport, and ATM cell transparent transport support the control word function.

101

If the AC link type is Ethernet, the VC encapsulation type can be Ethernet or VLAN. The device allows you to specify the VC encapsulation type for only Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, VLAN interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces. When not specified, the VC encapsulation type is Ethernet on Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces, and is VLAN on Layer 3 Ethernet subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet subinterfaces, and VLAN interfaces.

Examples
# Create a primary static VC and a backup static VC on interface Serial 2/0 and enter static-L2VC view. Specify the peer PE IP address and VC ID as 1.1.1.9 and 100 for the primary VC and as 2.2.2.9 and 200 for the backup VC.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface serial 2/0 [Sysname-Serial2/0] mpls static-l2vc 1.1.1.9 100 backup-peer 2.2.2.9 200 [Sysname-Serial2/0-static-l2vc]

Related commands
tunnel-policy

mpls static-l2vc (for ordinary SVC)

Use mpls static-l2vc to create a static VC between CEs connected to different PEs. Use undo mpls static-l2vc to delete the static VC.

Syntax
mpls static-l2vc destination destination-router-id transmit-vpn-label transmit-label-value receive-vpn-label receive-label-value [ { control-word | ethernet | ip-interworking | no-control-word | vlan } | tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name ] * undo mpls static-l2vc

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
destination dest-router-id: Specifies the IP address of the peer PE. transmit-vpn-label transmit-label-value: Specifies the label value for sending VPN packets, namely, the outgoing VC label. The label value ranges from 16 to 1023. receive-vpn-label receive-label-value: Specifies the label value for receiving VPN packets, namely, the incoming VC label. The value ranges from 16 to 1023. control-word: Enables the control word function. ethernet: Specifies the PW encapsulation type as Ethernet. ip-interworking: Enables the SVC to support IP interworking. If you specify this keyword, when the PE receives a packet from an AC bound to the SVC, it extracts the IP packet from the packet, sends the IP packet to the peer PE over the SVC. When the PE receives a packet from the SVC, it encapsulates the IP packet according to the link type of the AC bound to the SVC, and sends the encapsulated packet to the

102

AC link. In this way, the PEs at the two ends of a SVC shield the differences between two AC links, implementing communication between the ACs with different link types. no-control-word: Disables the control word function. vlan: Specifies the VC encapsulation type as VLAN. tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name: Specifies a tunneling policy for the VC, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
You must configure the command on both PEs. The destination address is the IP address of the peer PE. The outgoing label and incoming label are, respectively, the incoming label and outgoing label of the peer. If you do not specify a tunneling policy, or if you specify a nonexistent tunneling policy, the default policy is used for the VC. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. For information about how to configure a tunneling policy, see MPLS Configuration Guide. Only L2VPNs that use encapsulation types of PPP, HDLC, FR DLCI, FR port mode, ATM AAL5 transparent transport, and ATM cell transparent transport support the control word function. If the AC link type is Ethernet, the VC encapsulation type can be Ethernet or VLAN. The device allows you to specify the VC encapsulation type for only Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces and subinterfaces, VLAN interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces. When not specified, the VC encapsulation type is Ethernet on Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet interfaces, and VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces, and is VLAN on Layer 3 Ethernet subinterfaces, Layer 3 virtual Ethernet subinterfaces, and VLAN interfaces.

Examples
# Create a static VC to the peer PE 1.1.1.1, and specify the outgoing VC label as 1 1 1, incoming VC label as 222, and the tunneling policy as pol1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls static-l2vc destination 1.1.1.1 transmit-vpn-label 111 receive-vpn-label 222 tunnel-policy pol1

mpls static-l2vc switchover

Use mpls static-l2vc switchover to switch traffic from the active VC to the standby VC manually.

Syntax
mpls static-l2vc switchover

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
This command applies only to primary and backup SVCs create by using the mpls static-l2vc command. You can use this command to manage traffic on the network. After you execute this command, if the VC has an available primary or backup VC, the device switches traffic from the VC to the primary or backup VC. Otherwise, the device does not switch traffic.
103

Examples
# Assume that a primary static VC and a backup static VC are created on Ethernet 1/1. Switch traffic from the currently active VC to the standby VC on the interface.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls static-l2vc switchover

mtu (MPLS L2VPN view)

Use mtu to set the MTU for the Kompella connections. Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax
mtu mtu undo mtu

Default
The MPLS L2VPN MTU is 1500.

Views
MPLS L2VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
mtu-value: Specifies the MTU for the L2VPN, in the range of 128 to 1500.

Usage guidelines
H3C does not recommend using the mtu command, because it affects only parameter negotiations between PEs and does not instruct traffic forwarding.

Examples
# Set the MPLS L2VPN MTU to 1000.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] mtu 1000

ping lsp pw (for MPLS L2VPN)

Use ping lsp pw to check the connectivity of a Martini VC.

Views
Any view

Default command level

0: Visit level
104

Parameters
-a source-ip: Specifies the source IP address of the Echo Request messages to be sent. -c count: Specifies the number of request messages to be sent. The count argument ranges from 1 to 4294967295 and defaults to 5. -exp exp-value: Specifies the EXP value for the Echo Request messages. The exp-value argument ranges from 0 to 7 and defaults to 0. -h ttl-value: Specifies the TTL value for the Echo Request messages. The ttl-value argument ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 255. -m wait-time: Specifies the interval for sending Echo Request messages. The wait-time argument ranges from 1 to 10000 and defaults to 200, in milliseconds. -r reply-mode: Specifies the reply mode of a receiver in response to an Echo Request message. The reply-mode argument can be 1 or 2 where 1 means "Do not respond" and 2 means "Respond by using a UDP packet." The default is 2. -s packet-size: Specifies the payload length of the Echo Request messages. The packet-size argument ranges from 65 to 8100 and defaults to 100, in bytes. -t time-out: Specifies the timeout interval for waiting for the response to an echo request message. The time-out argument ranges from 0 to 65535 and defaults to 2000, in milliseconds. -v: Displays detailed response information. pw ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a peer PE. pw-id pw-id: Specifies the ID of the PW to the peer PE. The pw-id argument ranges from 1 to 4294967295.

Examples
# Check the connectivity of the VC whose peer PE is 3.3.3.9 and PW ID is 301.
<Sysname> ping lsp pw 3.3.3.9 pw-id 301 LSP Ping FEC: FEC 128 PSEUDOWIRE (NEW) 3.3.3.9 301 : 100 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=0 time = 31 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 62 ms --- FEC: FEC 128 PSEUDOWIRE (NEW) 3.3.3.9 301 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 31/55/62 ms

ppp ipcp ignore local-ip

Use ppp ipcp ignore local-ip to configure PPP to support IPCP negotiation without IP address. Use undo ppp ipcp ignore local-ip to restore the default.

Syntax
ppp ipcp ignore local-ip
105

undo ppp ipcp ignore local-ip

Default
PPP does not support IPCP negotiation without IP address, and the local interface must be configured with an IP address to perform IPCP negotiation with the peer.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
If you configure PPP to support IPCP negotiation without IP address on a PE, the PE ignores the local interface address when it performs IPCP negotiation with the peer CE in the PPP NCP phase. On an interface, the IPCP negotiation without IP address configuration takes precedence over the IPCP proxy IP address configuration, and the IPCP proxy IP address configuration takes precedence over the local interface IP address configuration.

Examples
# Configure PPP to support IPCP negotiation without IP address on interface serial 2/0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface serial 2/0 [Sysname-Serial2/0] link-protocol ppp [Sysname-Serial2/0] ppp ipcp ignore local-ip

ppp ipcp proxy

Use ppp ipcp proxy to specify an IPCP proxy IP address. Use undo ppp ipcp proxy to restore the default.

Syntax
ppp ipcp proxy ip-address undo ppp ipcp proxy

Default
No IPCP proxy IP address is specified.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Specifies the IPCP proxy IP address.

Usage guidelines
If you specify an IPCP proxy IP address on a device, the device uses this IP address to perform IPCP negotiation with the peer during the PPP NCP phase.

106

In an MPLS L2VPN interworking scenario, H3C recommends specifying the IPCP proxy IP address as the IP address of the peer CE. On an interface, the IPCP negotiation without IP address configuration takes precedence over the IPCP proxy IP address configuration, and the IPCP proxy IP address configuration takes precedence over the local interface IP address configuration.

Examples
# Specify the IPCP proxy IP address as 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface serial 2/0 [Sysname-Serial2/0] link-protocol ppp [Sysname-Serial2/0] ppp ipcp proxy 1.1.1.1

reset bgp l2vpn

Use reset bgp l2vpn to reset L2VPN BGP sessions.

Syntax
reset bgp l2vpn { as-number | ip-address | all | external | internal }

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
as-number: Resets L2VPN BGP sessions with the peers in the specified AS. The AS number must be in the range of 1 to 4294967295. ip-address: Resets the L2VPN BGP session to the peer with the specified IP address. all: Resets all L2VPN BGP sessions. external: Resets L2VPN eBGP sessions. internal: Resets L2VPN iBGP sessions.

Examples
# Reset all L2VPN BGP sessions.
<Sysname> reset bgp l2vpn all

route-distinguisher (MPLS L2VPN view)

Use route-distinguisher to configure an RD for the VPN.

Syntax
route-distinguisher route-distinguisher

Views
MPLS L2VPN view

Default command level

2: System level
107

Parameters
route-distinguisher: Specifies the RD in the format of nn:nn or IP-address:nn. It can be a string of 3 to 21 characters. An RD can be in one of these formats: 16-bit AS number:32-bit user-defined number. For example, 101:3. 32-bit IP address:16-bit user-defined number. For example, 192.168.122.15:1. 32-bit AS number:16-bit user-defined number, where the AS number must be equal to or greater than 65536. For example, 65536:1.

Usage guidelines
Different VPNs on a PE must have different RDs. A VPN can have the same or different RDs on different PEs. No RD is configured by default. You must configure an RD for each VPN. A VPN takes effect only when it is configured with an RD. Once you configure an RD for a VPN, you cannot remove the association between the RD and the VPN. You cannot change an RD directly. You can only delete the VPN and then re-create the VPN by using the new RD.

Examples
# Configure the RD of a VPN.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ppp [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] route-distinguisher 300:1

vpn-target (MPLS L2VPN view)

Use vpn-target to configure route targets for the MPLS L2VPN. Use undo vpn-target to remove the specified or all route targets of the MPLS L2VPN.

Syntax
vpn-target vpn-target&<1-16> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] undo vpn-target { all | { vpn-target&<1-16> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] }

Views
MPLS L2VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-target&<1-16>: Adds route target extended community attributes to the import route target extended community attribute list (Import Target) or export route target extended community attribute list (Export Target). &<1-16> means that you can add up to 16 route targets. A route target attribute can be a string of 3 to 21 characters in one of these formats: 16-bit AS number:32-bit user-defined number. For example, 101:3. 32-bit IP address:16-bit user-defined number. For example, 192.168.122.15:1.

108

32-bit AS number:16-bit user-defined number, where the AS number must be equal to or greater than 65536. For example, 65536:1.

both: Uses the specified route targets as both import targets and export targets. The both keyword is also used when you do not specify any of both, export-extcommunity, and import-extcommunity. export-extcommunity: Uses the specified route targets as export targets. import-extcommunity: Uses the specified route targets as import targets. all: Removes all route targets.

Usage guidelines
By default, an MPLS L2VPN has no route targets. You must configure route targets when creating an MPLS L2VPN.

Examples
# Configure export route targets as 1:1 and 1:2, and import route target as 1.2.3.4:1 1 for the MPLS L2VPN vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ppp [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] route-distinguisher 300:1 [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] vpn-target 1:1 2:2 export-extcommunity [Sysname-mpls-l2vpn-vpn1] vpn-target 1.2.3.4:11 import-extcommunity

109

MPLS L3VPN configuration commands

For information about the BGP-L2VPN address family, see MPLS Configuration Guide.

default local-preference (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use default local-preference to set the default value of the local preference. Use undo default local-preference to restore the default.

Syntax
default local-preference value undo default local-preference

Default
The default value of the local preference is 100.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Default value for the local preference, in the range of 0 to 4294967295. A greater value represents a higher priority.

Examples
# Devices A and B are connected to the outside AS. In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view of Device B, set the default local preference of Device B to 180, so that when a destination in the outside AS can be reached through both A and B, the BGP VPN-IPv4 route going through B to the destination is preferred.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] default local-preference 180

default med (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use default med to set the default value of the system MED. Use undo default med to restore the default.

Syntax
default med med-value undo default med

Default
The default system MED value is 0.

110

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
med-value: Default value of the Multi-Exit-Discriminator (MED), in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines
With other criteria the same, the system selects the route with a smaller MED value as the AS external route.

Examples
# Set the default MED to 10 in BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] default med 10

description (VPN instance view)

Use description to configure a description for a VPN instance. Use undo description to delete the description.

Syntax
description text undo description

Views
VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
text: Description for the VPN instance, a string of 1 to 80 characters.

Examples
# Configure the description of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] description This is vpn1

display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table to display all BGP VPNv4 routing information.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table [ [ network-address [ { mask | mask-length } [ longer-prefixes ] ] | as-path-acl as-path-acl-number | cidr | community [ aa:nn ]&<1-13> [ no-advertise | no-export |
111

no-export-subconfed ] * [ whole-match ] | community-list { { basic-community-list-number | comm-list-name } [ whole-match ] | adv-community-list-number } | different-origin-as | peer ip-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } [ statistic ] | statistic ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] | regular-expression as-regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
network-address: IP address of the destination segment. mask: Network mask, in dotted decimal notation. mask-length: Length of the network mask, in the range of 0 to 32. longer-prefixes: Displays each routing entry that meets the following conditions:
1. 2. 3.

Its destination IP address ANDed with the specified prefix equals the specified destination IP address ANDed with the specified prefix. Its prefix length is shorter than or equal to the specified prefix length. Its prefix length is the longest among the entries meeting the above two conditions.

as-path-acl as-path-acl-number: Filters routing information using the specified AS_PATH list. The as-path-acl-number argument ranges from 1 to 256. cidr: Displays Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) information. community: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community in the routing table. aa:nn&<1-13>: Community number. Both the aa and nn parameters range from 0 to 65535. &<1-13> means that you can enter the parameter combination up to 13 times. no-advertise: A route with this attribute is not advertised to any other BGP peer. no-export: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or, if existing, the confederation. However, it is advertised to the other sub-ASs in the confederation. no-export-subconfed: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or to the other sub-ASs in the confederation. whole-match: Performs exact match. community-list: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community list in the routing table. basic-community-list-number: Basic community list number, in the range of 1 to 99. comm-list-name: Name of a community attribute list, a string of 1 to 31 characters that contains at least one non-digit character. adv-community-list-number: Advanced community list number, in the range of 100 to 199. different-origin-as: Displays information about routes with different AS origins. peer ip-address: Specifies a peer by its IP address. advertised-routes: Specifies the routing information sent to the specified peer. received-routes: Specifies the routing information received from the specified peer. statistic: Displays BGP VPNv4 route statistics.
112

Examples
# Display all BGP VPNv4 routing information.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table

BGP Local router ID is 2.2.2.2 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

Total number of routes from all PE: 2

Route Distinguisher: 100:1 Network NextHop In/Out Label MED LocPrf

i 10.0.0.0

1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1

1025 /NULL 1024 /NULL

0 0

100 100

*^ i 123.1.1.1/32

Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 5 Network NextHop In/Out Label MED LocPrf

^>i 10.0.0.0 > * > * > 10.1.1.0/24 20.0.0.0 124.1.1.1/32

1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 NULL /1024 NULL /1025 NULL /1026

0 0 0 0 0

100

* >i 123.1.1.1/32

100

# Display the detailed information of the BGP VPNv4 routes with prefix 1.1.1.2 /32.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table 1.1.1.2 32

BGP local router ID : 3.3.3.9 Local AS number : 100

Route Distinguisher: 100:1 Paths: 1 available, 0 best, 1 VPN best

BGP routing table entry information of 1.1.1.2/32: Label information (Received/Applied): 1034/NULL

113

From

: 1.1.1.9 (1.1.1.9)

Original nexthop: 1.1.1.9 Ext-Community AS-path Origin State : <RT: 111:1> : 65410 : incomplete : valid, internal, VPN best,

Attribute value : MED 0, localpref 100, pref-val 0, pre 255

Not advertised to any peers yet

Total Number of Routes: 1(vpna) Paths: 1 available, 1 best, 0 VPN best

BGP routing table entry information of 1.1.1.2/32: From Relay Nexthop : 1.1.1.9 (1.1.1.9) : 0.0.0.0

Original nexthop: 1.1.1.9 Ext-Community AS-path Origin State : <RT: 111:1> : 65410 : incomplete : valid, internal, best,

Attribute value : MED 0, localpref 100, pref-val 0, pre 255

Not advertised to any peers yet Not advertised to any VPN peers yet

Table 49 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. Valid values include: * - validValid route. ^ - VPN bestVPN best route. > - bestCommon best route.

Status codes

d dampedRoute damped for route flap. h - historyHistory route. i - internalInternal route. s - suppressedSuppressed route. S - StaleStale route. Route origin codes. Valid values include: i - IGP (learned from within the AS). e - EGP (learned through EGP). ? - incomplete (learned in any other way). Total number of VPNv4 routes from all PEs. Network address. Address of the next hop. 114

Origin

Total number of routes from all PE Network NextHop

Field
In/Out Label MED LocPrf Paths

Description
Incoming and outgoing labels. Metric associated with the destination network. Local preference value. Counts of routes, including:

availableNumber of available routes. bestNumber of best routes.

Route label information.

Label information Ext-Community AS-path Attribute value localpref pref-val pre

ReceivedReceived label information. AppliedLocally generated label information.

Extended community attribute. The route's AS path attribute (AS_PATH), which records all ASs the route has passed, and can avoid route loops. BGP routing attribute information. Local precedence. Preference value. Protocol priority. Route status:

State

validValid route. internalInternal route. externalExternal route. localLocally generated route. synchronizeSynchronized route. bestBest route.

display bgp vpnv4 group

Use display bgp vpnv4 group to display information about a specific BGP VPNv4 peer group or all BGP VPNv4 peer groups.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } group [ group-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about the BGP VPNv4 peer group a for the VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 group a

BGP peer-group is a remote AS number not specified Type : external Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000 Threshold: 75% Configured hold timer value: 180 Keepalive timer value: 60 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Optional capabilities: ORF advertise capability based on Prefix(type 64): Local : both Peer Preferred Value: 99 No routing policy is configured Members: Peer 10.1.1.1 AS 200 MsgRcvd 18 MsgSent 21 OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down 0 1 State

00:12:58 Established

Table 50 Command output Field

BGP peer-group remote AS number Type Maximum allowed prefix number

Description
Name of the BGP peer group. Number of the remote AS. Type of the BGP peer group. Maximum number of routes that can be learned from the peers in the peer group. Threshold for warning. When the percentage of the number of the received route prefixes to the maximum number of routes supported reaches this value, the device generates a prompt. Setting of the hold timer. Keepalive interval. Optional extended capabilities enabled for the peer group.

Threshold

Configured hold timer value Keepalive timer value Optional capabilities

116

Field
ORF advertise capability

Description
Outbound Route Filtering (ORF) capability supported by the peer group. Indicates whether the local device supports sending and receiving Route-refresh packets with ORF information. The value can be:

BothSupports sending and receiving

Local

Route-refresh messages with ORF information. with ORF information.

SendSupports sending Route-refresh messages ReceiveSupports receiving Route-refresh

messages with ORF information. Peer Preferred Value Peer AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State Preference value configured for routes received from the peer. IP address of the peer. AS number of the peer group. Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer. Number of prefixes received. Duration of the BGP session in the current state. Status of the peer.

display bgp vpnv4 network

Use display bgp vpnv4 network to display information about BGP VPNv4 routes injected into a specific VPN instance or all VPN instances.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } network [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display information about BGP VPNv4 routes injected into VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 network BGP Local Router ID is 1.1.1.1. Local AS Number is 100. Network 10.0.0.0 Mask 255.0.0.0 Route-policy Short-cut

Table 51 Command output Field

BGP Local Router ID Network Mask Route-policy Short-cut

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Advertised network route. Mask of the advertised network route. Routing policy configured. Indicates whether this route is a short-cut route.

display bgp vpnv4 paths

Use display bgp vpnv4 paths to display the BGP VPNv4 AS path information.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } paths [ as-regular-expression | { | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression } ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all VPNv4 peers. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. as-regular-expression: Regular expression for filtering the AS path information to be displayed. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.
118

Examples
# Display the BGP VPNv4 AS path information of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 paths

Address 0x6E72D18 0x6E72E50 0x6E72B78 0x6E72BE0

Hash 0 0 1 1

Refcount 1 1 1 2

MED 0 0 0 0

Path/Origin 200? i ? ?

# Display all BGP VPNv4 AS path information.

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all paths

Address 0x6E72D80 0x6E72CB0

Hash 4 15

Refcount 1 2

MED 0 0

Path/Origin 200? ?

Table 52 Command output Field

Address Hash Refcount MED Path/Origin

Description
Routing address in the local database. Hash bucket for storing routes. Number of times that the path is referenced. Metric for routes. AS_PATH and origin attributes of the route. For more information, see Table 49.

display bgp vpnv4 peer

Use display bgp vpnv4 peer to display information about BGP VPNv4 peers.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 all peer [ ip-address verbose | verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name peer [ group-name log-info | ip-address { log-info | verbose } | verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

log-info: Displays log information. ip-address: IP address of the peer. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about BGP VPNv4 peers of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 peer BGP local router ID : 2.2.2.2 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 1 Peers in established state : 1

Peer 10.1.1.1

AS 200

MsgRcvd 24

MsgSent 29

OutQ PrefRcv 0 1

Up/Down

State

00:18:47 Established

Table 53 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Peers in established state Peer AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Number of peers in the state of established. IP address of the peer. AS number of the peer group. Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer. Number of received prefixes. Duration of the BGP session in the current state. Status of the peer.

# Display detailed information about BGP VPNv4 peers of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 peer verbose

Peer: 10.1.1.1 Type: EBGP link

Local: 2.2.2.2

BGP version 4, remote router ID 10.1.1.1 BGP current state: Established, Up for 00h19m26s BGP current event: KATimerExpired BGP last state: OpenConfirm Port: Local - 179 Remote - 1025

120

Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Keepalive Time:60 sec

Received: Total 25 messages, Update messages 1 Sent: Total 30 messages, Update messages 4 Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000 Threshold: 75% Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Optional capabilities: ORF advertise capability based on Prefix(type 64): Local: both Negotiated: send Peer Preferred Value: 99 BFD: Enabled

Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured

Table 54 Command output Field

Peer Local Type BGP version remote router ID BGP current state Up for BGP current event BGP last state Port Configured Received Negotiated Peer optional capabilities Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability

121

Field
Address family IPv4 Unicast Received Sent Maximum allowed prefix number

Description
IPv4 unicast family capability. Total number of received messages and the number of received update messages. Total number of sent messages and the number of sent update messages. Maximum number of routes that can be learned from the peer. Threshold for warning. When the percentage of the number of the received route prefixes to the maximum number of routes supported reaches this value, the device generates a prompt. Local optional capabilities. The ORF address prefix capability is supported. The capability value is 64. Indicates whether the local device supports sending and receiving Route-refresh packets with ORF information. The value can be:

Threshold

Optional capabilities ORF advertise capability based on prefix (type 64):

bothSupports sending and receiving

Local

Route-refresh messages with ORF information. with ORF information.

sendSupports sending Route-refresh messages receiveSupports receiving Route-refresh

messages with ORF information. ORF capability negotiated by the local and remote peers. The value can be:

sendThe local peer can send Route-refresh

Negotiated

messages with ORF information and the remote peer can receive Route-refresh messages with ORF information. messages with ORF information and the remote peer can send Route-refresh messages with ORF information.

receiveThe local peer can receive Route-refresh

This field is displayed only when the ORF capability negotiation is successful. Peer Preferred Value BFD Preference value configured for the routes from the peer. Indicates whether BFD is enabled for the peer.

# Display all BGP VPNv4 peer information.

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all peer

BGP local router ID : 2.2.2.2 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 1 Peers in established state : 1

Peer

MsgRcvd

MsgSent

OutQ

PrefRcv

Up/Down

State

122

1.1.1.1

100

00:45:16

Established

Table 55 Command output Field

Peer AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ Up/Down State

Description
IP address of the peer. AS number. Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer. Duration of the BGP session in the current state. Status of the peer.

# Display detailed information about BGP VPNv4 peer 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all peer 1.1.1.1 verbose Peer: 1.1.1.1 Type: IBGP link BGP version 4, remote router ID 1.1.1.1 BGP current state: Established, Up for 00h46m01s BGP current event: RecvKeepalive BGP last state: OpenConfirm Port: Local - 1039 Remote - 179 Keepalive Time:60 sec Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec Local: 2.2.2.2

Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Peer optional capabilities: Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Address family VPNv4: advertised and received Received: Total 52 messages, Update messages 2 Sent: Total 65 messages, Update messages 5 Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000 Threshold: 75% Minimum time between advertisement runs is 15 seconds Optional capabilities: ORF advertise capability based on Prefix(type 64): Local: both Negotiated: send Connect-interface has been configured Peer Preferred Value: 0 BFD: Enabled Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured

123

Table 56 Command output Field

Description
IP address of the peer. IP address of the local router. BGP type. Version of BGP that the peer runs. Router ID of the remote router. Current status of BGP. Duration since the peer is established. Current event of the peer. State that BGP was in before transitioning to the current status. Local and remote BGP port numbers. Settings of the local timers, including the active hold interval and keepalive interval. Received active hold interval. Negotiated active hold interval. Optional capabilities of the peer. The peer supports multiprotocol extension. The peer supports route refresh capability. IPv4 unicast family capability. IPv4 address group VPNv4 capability. Total number of received messages and the number of received update messages. Total number of sent messages and the number of sent update messages. Maximum number of routes that can be learned from the peer. Threshold for warning. When the percentage of the number of the received route prefixes to the maximum number of routes supported reaches this value, the device generates a prompt. Local optional capabilities. The ORF address prefix capability is supported. The capability value is 64.

Threshold

Optional capabilities ORF advertise capability based on prefix (type 64):

124

Field

Description
Indicates whether the local device supports sending and receiving Route-refresh packets with ORF information. The value can be:

bothSupports sending and receiving

Local

Route-refresh messages with ORF information. with ORF information.

sendSupports sending Route-refresh messages receiveSupports receiving Route-refresh

messages with ORF information. ORF capability negotiated by the local and remote peers. The value can be:

sendThe local peer can send Route-refresh

Negotiated

receiveThe local peer can receive Route-refresh

This field is displayed only when the ORF capability negotiation is successful. Connect-interface Peer Preferred Value BFD Indicates whether a source interface is configured for TCP connection establishment. Preference value configured for routes from the peer. Indicates whether BFD is enabled for the peer.

# Display the log information of the BGP VPNv4 peer whose address is 1.1.1.1.
<sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 peer 1.1.1.1 log-info

Peer : 1.1.1.1

Date

Time

State Notification Error/SubError

10-Jul-2008 15:46:17 Down

Send Notification with Error 1/1 Message Header Error/Connection Not Synchronized

10-Jul-2008 09:23:00 Up 10-Jul-2008 07:46:17 Down Receive Notification with Error 3/2 UPDATE Message Error/Unsupported optional Parameter 10-Jul-2008 06:23:00 Up 10-Jul-2008 05:46:17 Down Send Notification with Error 6/4 Administrative Reset

Table 57 Command output Field

Peer

Description
IPv4 address of the peer.

125

Field
Date Time State Notification Error/SubError

Description
Date when the notification message is sent or received. Time when the notification message is sent or received. Connection state of the peer:

UpThe BGP session is in the Established state. DownThe BGP session has been cut down.
Notification message. Error: Notification message error code, which specifies the error type. SubError: Notification message's error subcode, which specifies the detailed information of the error.

display bgp vpnv4 peer received ip-prefix

Use display bgp vpnv4 peer received ip-prefix to display the IP prefix information of the ORF packets received from the specified BGP peer.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } peer ip-address received ip-prefix [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all VPNv4 peers. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ip-address: IP address of the BGP peer. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Example
# Display the ORF IP prefix information received from BGP peer 10.1 10.25.20.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all peer 10.110.25.20 received ip-prefix ORF ip-prefix entries: 2 ge: greater-equal index 10 rule le: less-equal ge 26 le 32

prefix

permit 111.111.111.0/24

126

deny

2.1.1.0/24

Table 58 Command output Field

ORF ip-prefix entries index rule ge le

Description
Number of ORF IP prefix entries. Index of the IP prefix. Matching rule of the IP prefix. greater-equal, which means the mask length is greater than or equal to the displayed value. less-equal, which means the mask length is less than or equal to the displayed value.

display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher routing-table to display the BGP VPNv4 routes with a specific RD.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher route-distinguisher routing-table [ [ network-address [ mask | mask-length ] | as-path-acl as-path-acl-number | cidr | community [ aa:nn ]&<1-13> [ no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed ] * [ whole-match ] | community-list { { basic-community-list-number | comm-list-name } [ whole-match ] | adv-community-list-number } | different-origin-as ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] | regular-expression as-regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
route-distinguisher: Route distinguisher (RD). network-address: IP address of the destination segment. mask: Network mask, in the format of X.X.X.X. mask-length: Length of the network mask, in the range of 0 to 32. as-path-acl as-path-acl-number: Filters routing information using the specified AS_PATH list. The as-path-acl-number argument ranges from 1 to 256. cidr: Displays Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) information. community: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community in the routing table. aa:nn&<1-13>: Community number. Both the aa and nn parameters range from 0 to 65535. &<1-13> means that you can enter the parameter combination up to 13 times. no-advertise: A route with this attribute is not advertised to any other BGP peer. no-export: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or, if existing, the confederation. However, it is advertised to the other sub-ASs in the confederation.

127

no-export-subconfed: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or to the other sub-ASs in the confederation. whole-match: Performs exact matching. community-list: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community list. basic-community-list-number: Basic community list number, in the range of 1 to 99. comm-list-name: Name of a community attribute list, a string of 1 to 31 characters that contains at least one non-digit character. adv-community-list-number: Advanced community list number, in the range of 100 to 199. different-origin-as: Displays information about routes with different AS origins. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters. regular-expression as-regular-expression: Displays routing information matching the specified AS regular expression.

Examples
# Display the BGP VPNv4 routes with the RD 100:1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher 100:1 routing-table

BGP Local router ID is 2.2.2.2 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

Route Distinguisher: 100:1 Total number of routes: 2

Network

NextHop

In/Out Label

MED

LocPrf

i 10.0.0.0

1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1

1025 /NULL 1024 /NULL

0 0

100 100

*^ i 123.1.1.1/32

Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 5 Network NextHop In/Out Label MED LocPrf

^>i 10.0.0.0 > * > 10.1.1.0/24 20.0.0.0

1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 NULL /1024 NULL /1025 NULL /1026

0 0 0 0 0

100

* >i 123.1.1.1/32 * > 124.1.1.1/32

100

# Display the BGP VPNv4 routing information with the RD 100:1 and IP address 1.1.1.2.
128

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher 100:1 routing-table 1.1.1.2 32

BGP local router ID : 3.3.3.9 Local AS number : 100

Route Distinguisher: 100:1 Paths: 1 available, 0 best, 1 VPN best

BGP routing table entry information of 1.1.1.2/32: Label information (Received/Applied): 1034/NULL From : 1.1.1.9 (1.1.1.9) Original nexthop: 1.1.1.9 Ext-Community AS-path Origin : <RT: 111:1> : 65410 : incomplete

Attribute value : MED 0, localpref 100, pref-val 0, pre 255 State : valid, internal, VPN best, Not advertised to any peers yet

Total Number of Routes: 1(vpna) Paths: 1 available, 1 best, 0 VPN best

BGP routing table entry information of 1.1.1.2/32: From Relay Nexthop : 1.1.1.9 (1.1.1.9) : 0.0.0.0

Original nexthop: 1.1.1.9 Ext-Community AS-path Origin : <RT: 111:1> : 65410 : incomplete

Attribute value : MED 0, localpref 100, pref-val 0, pre 255 State : valid, internal, best, Not advertised to any peers yet

Table 59 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes Origin Network NextHop In/Out Label MED LocPrf

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Network address. Address of the next hop. Incoming/outgoing label. Metric associated with the destination network. Local preference value.

129

Field
Paths

Description
Counts of routes, including:

availableNumber of available routes. bestNumber of best routes.

Route label information:

Label information Ext-Community AS-path Attribute value localpref pref-val pre State

ReceivedReceived label information. AppliedLocally generated label information.

Extended community attribute. The route's AS path attribute (AS_PATH), which records all ASs the route has passed to avoid route loops. BGP routing attribute information. Local preference value. Preference value of the route. Protocol priority. Current state of the peer, which can be valid, internal, or best.

# Display the BGP VPNv4 routing information with RD being 100:1 and the network segment address being 10.0.0.0.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher 100:1 routing-table 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0

BGP Local router ID is 2.2.2.2 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

Route Distinguisher: 100:1 Total number of routes: 1

Network

NextHop

In/Out Label

MED

LocPrf

*^ i 10.0.0.0

1.1.1.1

1025 /NULL

100

Total Number of Routes: 1(vpn1) Network * >i 10.0.0.0 NextHop 1.1.1.1 In/Out Label MED 0 LocPrf 100

Table 60 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes Origin

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For valid values, see Table 49.

130

Field
Network NextHop In/Out Label MED LocPrf Total Number of Routes

Description
Network address in the BGP routing table. Address of the next hop. Incoming/outgoing label. Metric associated with the destination network. Local preference value. Total number of routes of the specified VPN instance.

Related commands
route-distinguisher

display bgp vpnv4 routing-table label

Use display bgp vpnv4 routing-table label to display information about labeled routes in the BGP routing table.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } routing-table label [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all VPNv4 peers. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays information about the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies the instance name of an MPLS L3VPN, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about labeled routes in the BGP routing table.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table label

BGP Local router ID is 2.2.2.2 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale

Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

131

Total number of routes from all PE: 1

Route Distinguisher: 100:1

Network *^ i 123.1.1.1

NextHop 1.1.1.1

In/Out Label NULL/1024

Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 4 Network * > * > * >i * > 10.1.1.0 20.0.0.0 123.1.1.1 124.1.1.1 NextHop 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 In/Out Label 1025/NULL 1026/NULL NULL/1024 1024/NULL

Table 61 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status Origin Route Distinguisher Network NextHop In/Out Label

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For valid values, see Table 49. RD. Network address. Address of the next hop. Incoming/outgoing label. exp-null indicates an explicit null label.

display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance routing-table to display the BGP VPNv4 routing information of a VPN.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name routing-table [ [ network-address [ { mask | mask-length } [ longer-prefixes ] ] | as-path-acl as-path-acl-number | cidr | community [ aa:nn ]&<1-13> [ no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed ] * [ whole-match ] | community-list { { basic-community-list-number | comm-list-name } [ whole-match ] | adv-community-list-number } | dampened | dampening parameter | different-origin-as | flap-info [ network-address [ { mask | mask-length } [ longer-match ] ] | as-path-acl as-path-acl-number ] | peer ip-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } | statistic ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] | [ flap-info ] regular-expression as-regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.
132

network-address: IP address of the destination segment. mask: Network mask, in the format of X.X.X.X. mask-length: Length of the network mask, in the range of 0 to 32. longer-prefixes: Displays each routing entry that meets the following conditions:
1. 2. 3.

as-path-acl as-path-acl-number: Filters routing information using the specified AS_PATH list. The as-path-acl-number argument ranges from 1 to 256. cidr: Displays Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR) information. community: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community in the routing table. aa:nn&<1-13>: Community number. Both the aa and nn parameters range from 0 to 65535. &<1-13> means that you can enter the parameter combination up to 13 times. no-advertise: A route with this attribute is not advertised to any other BGP peer. no-export: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or, if existing, the confederation. However, it is advertised to the other sub-ASs in the confederation. no-export-subconfed: A route with this attribute is not advertised out of the local AS or to the other sub-ASs in the confederation. whole-match: Performs exact match. community-list: Displays routing information of the specified BGP community list. basic-community-list-number: Basic community list number, in the range of 1 to 99. comm-list-name: Name of a community attribute list, a string of 1 to 31 characters that contains at least one non-digit character. adv-community-list-number: Advanced community list number, in the range of 100 to 199. dampened: Displays information about dampened BGP VPNv4 routes. dampening parameter: Displays information about configured BGP VPNv4 route dampening parameters. different-origin-as: Displays information about routes with different AS origins. flap-info: Displays BGP VPNv4 route flap statistics. longer-match: Displays flap statistics for routes with masks longer than that specified by the network-address { mask | mask-length } combination. peer ip-address: Specifies a peer by its IP address. advertised-routes: Displays routing information sent to the specified peer. received-routes: Displays routing information received from the specified peer. statistic: Displays BGP VPNv4 route statistics. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow.
133

exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters. regular-expression as-regular-expression: Displays routing information matching the specified AS regular expression.

Examples
# Display the BGP VPNv4 routing information of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn1 routing-table

Total Number of Routes: 5 BGP Local router ID is 2.2.2.2 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *^>i 10.0.0.0 * > * > * > 10.1.1.0/24 20.0.0.0 124.1.1.1/32 NextHop 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 MED 0 0 0 0 0 100 LocPrf 100 PrefVal Path/Ogn 0 0 99 0 0 i ? 200? ? ?

* >i 123.1.1.1/32

Table 62 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes Origin Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path/Ogn

Description
ID of the BGP-enabled local router. Route status codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For valid values, see Table 49. Network address in the BGP routing table. Address of the next hop. Metric associated with the destination network. Local preference value. Preference value of the route. AS_PATH attribute/route origin of the route, see Table 49.

display fib vpn-instance

Use display fib vpn-instance to display FIB information for a VPN.

Syntax
display fib vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

134

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. acl acl-number: Displays the FIB information of the VPN instance permitted by the specified ACL. acl-number is the number of the ACL, in the range of from 2000 to 2999. If the specified ACL does not exist, the command displays all FIB information of the VPN instance. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Displays the FIB information of the VPN instance permitted by the specified IP prefix list. ip-prefix-name is the name of the IP prefix list, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 19 characters. If the specified IP prefix list does not exist, the command displays all FIB information of the VPN instance. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If no parameter is specified, all FIB information for the VPN will be displayed.

Examples
# Display all FIB information for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display fib vpn-instance vpn1 Destination count: 4 FIB entry count: 4

Flag: U:Useable R:Relay G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

Destination/Mask 10.2.0.0/16 10.2.1.1/32 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1/32

Nexthop 10.2.1.1 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1

Flag U UH U UH

OutInterface Eth1/1 InLoop0 InLoop0 InLoop0

InnerLabel Token Null Null Null Null Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid

# Display the FIB information that begins with the line containing the string 127 for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display fib vpn-instance vpn1 | begin 127 Destination/Mask 10.2.1.1/32 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1/32 Nexthop 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 Flag UH U UH OutInterface InLoop0 InLoop0 InLoop0 InnerLabel Token Null Null Null Invalid Invalid Invalid

# Display the FIB information permitted by ACL 2000 for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view

135

[Sysname] acl number 2000 [Sysname-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 10.2.0.0 0.0.255.255 [Sysname-acl-basic-2000] display fib vpn-instance vpn1 acl 2000 Destination count: 2 FIB entry count: 2

Flag: U:Useable R:Relay Destination/Mask 10.2.0.0/16 10.2.1.1/32 Nexthop 10.2.1.1 127.0.0.1 Flag U UH OutInterface Eth1/1 InLoop0 InnerLabel Token Null Null Invalid Invalid G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

# Display the FIB information permitted by the IP prefix abc0 for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip ip-prefix abc0 permit 10.2.0.0 16 [Sysname] display fib vpn-instance vpn1 ip-prefix abc0 Destination count: 1 FIB entry count: 1

Flag: U:Useable R:Relay Destination/Mask Nexthop 10.2.0.0/16 10.2.1.1 Flag U OutInterface Eth1/1 InnerLabel Token Null Invalid G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

Table 63 Command output Field

Destination count FIB entry count Destination/Mask Nexthop

Description
Number of destination addresses. Number of entries in the FIB. Destination address/mask length. Address of the next hop. Flag of the route. Possible values are:

Flag

UUsable route. GGateway route. HHost route. BBlackhole route. DDynamic route. SStatic route. RRecursive route.

OutInterface Token

Forwarding interface. LSP index number, used to associate an Next Hop Label Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) entry.

136

display fib vpn-instance ip-address

Use display fib vpn-instance ip-address to display the FIB information that matches the specified destination IP address in the specified VPN.

Syntax
display fib vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ip-address: Destination IP address, in dotted decimal format. mask: Mask of the IP address, in dotted decimal format. mask-length: Length of the IP address mask, in the range of 0 to 32. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If neither the mask nor the mask-length argument is specified, the command displays the FIB information that matches the specified destination IP address and has the longest mask in the specified VPN. Otherwise, the command displays the FIB information that exactly matches the specified destination IP address and mask in the specified VPN.

Examples
# Display the FIB information that matches the destination IP address 10.2.1.1 in VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display fib vpn-instance vpn1 10.2.1.1 Destination count: 1 FIB entry count: 1

Flag: U:Useable R:Relay Destination/Mask 10.2.1.1/32 Nexthop 127.0.0.1 Flag UH OutInterface InLoop0 InnerLabel Token Null Invalid G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

For information about the command output, see Table 63.

137

display ip vpn-instance
Use display ip vpn-instance to display information about VPN instances.

Syntax
display ip vpn-instance [ instance-name vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
instance-name vpn-instance-name: Displays information about the specified VPN instance. The vpn-instance-name argument represents the VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays brief information about all VPN instances.

Examples
# Display information about all VPN instances.
<Sysname> display ip vpn-instance Total VPN-Instances configured : 2

VPN-Instance Name vpn1 vpn2

RD 22:1 33:3

Create Time 2003/10/13 09:32:45 2003/10/13 09:42:59

Table 64 Command output Field

VPN-Instance Name RD Create Time

Description
Name of the VPN instance. RD of the VPN instance. Time when the VPN instance was created.

# Display detailed information about a VPN instance.

<Sysname> display ip vpn-instance instance-name vpn1 VPN-Instance Name and ID : vpn1, 1 Create time : 2010/08/16 05:27:29 Up time : 0 days, 00 hours, 01 minutes and 39 seconds

138

Route Distinguisher : 101:1 Description : This is vpn1 Export VPN Targets : Import VPN Targets : 1:1 1:1

Import Route Policy : policy3 Export Route Policy : policy2 Tunnel Policy : policy1 Maximum Routes Limit : 600 IPv6 Export VPN Targets : IPv6 Import VPN Targets : 1:1 1:1

IPv6 Import Route Policy : policy4 IPv6 Export Route Policy : policy1 IPv6 Tunnel Policy : policy1 IPv6 Maximum Routes Limit : 600 Interfaces : Ethernet1/1

Table 65 Command output Field

VPN-Instance Name and ID Create time Up time Route Distinguisher Description Export VPN Targets Import VPN Targets Import Route Policy Export Route Policy Tunnel Policy Maximum Routes Limit IPv6 Export VPN Targets IPv6 Import VPN Targets IPv6 Import Route Policy IPv6 Export Route Policy IPv6 Tunnel Policy IPv6 Maximum Routes Limit Interfaces

Description
Name and ID of the VPN instance. Time when the VPN instance was created. Duration of the VPN instance. RD of the VPN instance. Description of the VPN instance. Export target attribute of the IPv4 VPN. Import target attribute of the IPv4 VPN. Import routing policy of the IPv4 VPN. Export routing policy of the IPv4 VPN. Tunneling policy of the IPv4 VPN. Maximum number of IPv4 VPN routes. Export target attribute of the IPv6 VPN. Import target attribute of the IPv6 VPN. Import routing policy of the IPv6 VPN. Export routing policy of the IPv6 VPN. Tunneling policy of the IPv6 VPN. Maximum number of IPv6 VPN routes. Interface to which the VPN instance is bound.

display mpls ldp vpn-instance

Use display mpls ldp vpn-instance to display information about an LDP instance.

Syntax
display mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]
139

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor view

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.

Examples
# Display information about the LDP instance named vpn1.
<Sysname> display mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 LDP Global Information -------------------------------------------------------------------Protocol Version Graceful Restart MTU Signaling : V1 : Off : Off Neighbor Liveness FT Reconnect Timer Recovery Timer : 60 Sec : 60 Sec : 60 Sec

LDP Instance Information -------------------------------------------------------------------Instance ID Instance Status Hop Count Limit Loop Detection DU Re-advertise Timer DU Explicit Request : 1 : Active : 32 : Off : 30 Sec : Off DU Re-advertise Flag : On Request Retry Flag : On VPN-Instance LSR ID Path Vector Limit : vpn1 : 1.1.1.9 : 32

Label Distribution Mode : Ordered

Label Retention Mode : Liberal

Table 66 Command output Field

Protocol Version Neighbor Liveness Graceful Restart FT Reconnect Timer MTU Signaling Recovery Timer VPN-Instance Loop Detection 140

Description
Version of the LDP protocol. Neighbor liveness timer of LDP GR. Indicates whether GR is enabled for LDP. FT reconnect timer of LDP GR. Indicates whether MTU signaling is supported. The device does not support MTU signaling. Recover timer of LDP GR. Name of the LDP-enabled VPN instance. Indicates whether loop detection is enabled.

Field
DU Re-advertise Timer DU Re-advertise Flag DU Explicit Request Request Retry Flag Label Distribution Mode Label Retention Mode

Description
Label re-advertisement timer for DU mode. Indicates whether label re-advertisement is enabled for DU mode. Indicates whether explicit request transmission is enabled for DU mode. Indicates whether request retransmission is enabled. Label distribution control mode of the instance, Ordered or Independent. Label retention mode of the instance. The device supports only the Liberal mode.

Related commands
mpls ldp vpn-instance

display ospf sham-link

Use display ospf sham-link to display information about sham links.

Syntax
display ospf [ process-id ] sham-link [ area area-id ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. area area-id: Specifies an OSPF area by the area ID, which can be an integer in the range of 0 to 4294967295 or in the format of an IPv4 address. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
With neither process ID nor area ID specified, the command displays information about all configured sham links.

Examples
# Display information about all OSPF sham links.
<Sysname> display ospf sham-link

141

OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 100.1.1.2 Sham Link: Area 0.0.0.1 NeighborId 120.1.1.2 Source-IP 3.3.3.3 Destination-IP 5.5.5.5 State Cost P-2-P 10

Table 67 Command output Field

Area NeighborId Source-IP Destination-IP State Cost

Description
OSPF area to which the sham link belongs. Router ID of the sham link neighbor. Source IP address of the sham link. Destination IP address of the sham link. Status of the sham link interface. Cost of the sham link.

# Display information about OSPF sham links in area 1.

<Sysname> display ospf sham-link area 1

OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 100.1.1.2 Sham-Link: 3.3.3.3 --> 5.5.5.5 Neighbor ID: 120.1.1.2 Area: 0.0.0.1 Cost: 10 State: P-2-P Type: Sham State: Full

Timers: Hello 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5, Transmit Delay 1

Table 68 Command output Field

Sham-Link Neighbor ID State Area Cost State Type Timers

Description
Sham link expressed in the format of source IP address to destination IP address. Router ID of the sham link neighbor. Status of the sham link neighbor. OSPF area where the sham link resides. Cost of the sham link. Status of the sham link. Type of the sham link. Timers of the sham link.

Related commands
sham-link

display tunnel-policy
Use display tunnel-policy to display information about a tunneling policy or all tunneling policies.

142

Syntax
display tunnel-policy { all | policy-name tunnel-policy-name } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
all: Specifies all tunneling policies. tunnel-policy-name: Name of a tunneling policy, a string of 1 to 19 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display all tunneling policies.
<Sysname> display tunnel-policy all Tunnel policy name : 1 Preferred paths : not configured Select-Seq : CR-LSP Load balance number : 1

Tunnel policy name : 2 Preferred paths : not configured Select-Seq : LSP Load balance number : 8 Tunnel policy name : 3 Preferred paths : Number Interface Tunnel type Fallback -----------------------------------------------------2 Tunnel2 TE enabled

Select-Seq : LSP GRE CR-LSP Load balance number : 1

# Display tunneling policy aaa.

<Sysname> display tunnel-policy policy-name aaa Tunnel policy name : aaa Preferred paths : not configured Select-Seq : CR-LSP Load balance number : 1

143

Table 69 Command output Field

Tunnel policy name Preferred paths Number Interface Tunnel type

Description
Name of the tunneling policy. Preferred tunnels. Path number. Tunnel interface. Tunnel type: GRE or TE. Whether fallback is enabled (fallback enables selecting another tunnel when the preferred tunnel is unavailable):

Fallback

Enabled. Disabled.
Preference order for tunnel selection. Number of tunnels for load balancing.

Select-Seq Load balance number

Related commands
tunnel-policy tunnel select-seq

display vpn label operation

Use display vpn label operation to display the VPN label processing mode on an egress PE.

Syntax
display vpn label operation [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display the VPN label processing mode.
<Sysname> display vpn label operation Pop VPN label and forward.

The above output indicates that the VPN label processing mode on the current egress PE is outbound interface based forwarding.
144

# Display the VPN label processing mode.

<Sysname> display vpn label operation Pop VPN label and look up FIB entry.

The above output indicates that the VPN label processing mode on the current egress PE is FIB based forwarding.

domain-id
Use domain-id to configure an OSPF domain ID. Use undo domain-id to restore the default.

Syntax
domain-id domain-id [ secondary ] undo domain-id [ domain-id ]

Default
The OSPF domain ID is 0.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
domain-id: OSPF domain ID, which can be in one of these formats: Integer, in the range of 0 to 4294967295. For example, 1. Dotted decimal notation. For example, 0.0.0.1. Dotted decimal notation:16-bit user-defined number, in the range of 0 to 65535. For example, 0.0.0.1:512.

secondary: Uses the domain ID as secondary. With this keyword not specified, the domain ID configured is primary.

Usage guidelines
After you configure a domain ID for an OSPF process by using the domain-id command, when you redistribute OSPF routes into BGP, BGP adds the configured OSPF domain ID to the redistributed BGP VPN routes as a BGP extended community attribute and advertises the routes to the BGP peer. When you redistribute the BGP VPN routes into OSPF on the BGP peer, OSPF uses the domain ID to determine whether the routes belong to the same OSPF routing domain. If yes and the routes are intra-area routes, OSPF advertises these routes in Summary LSAs (Type 3). If yes but the routes are not intra-area routes, OSPF advertises these routes in AS External LSAs (Type 5) or NSSA External LSAs (Type 7). If not, OSPF advertises these routes in Type 5 or Type 7 LSAs. With no parameter specified, the undo domain-id command deletes all domain IDs.

Examples
# Configure the OSPF domain ID.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] domain-id 234

145

export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view)

Use export route-policy to apply a routing policy to filter outgoing routes for the VPN instance. Such a routing policy is referred to as an export routing policy. Use undo export route-policy to remove the application.

Syntax
export route-policy route-policy undo export route-policy

Default
No routing policy is applied to filter the routes to be advertised.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv4 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
route-policy: Name of a routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines
You can specify an export routing policy when the VPN route advertisement control provided by the extended community attributes is not enough. An export routing policy specified in VPN instance view applies to both the IPv4 VPN and IPv6 VPN. An export routing policy specified in IPv4 VPN view applies to only the IPv4 VPN. An export routing policy specified in IPv4 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify an export routing policy in both IPv4 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv4 VPN uses the policy specified in IPv4 VPN view.

Examples
# Apply export routing policy poly-1 to VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] export route-policy poly-1

# Apply export routing policy poly-2 to the IPv4 VPN of VPN instance vpn2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] export route-policy poly-2

ext-community-type
Use ext-community-type to configure the type code of an OSPF extended community attribute. Use undo ext-community-type to restore the default.

Syntax
ext-community-type { domain-id type-code1 | router-id type-code2 | route-type type-code3 }
146

undo ext-community-type { domain-id | router-id | route-type }

Default
The type codes for the OSPF extended community attributes of Domain ID, Router ID, and Route Type are 0x0005, 0x0107, and 0x0306, respectively.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
domain-id type-code1: Specifies the type code for the OSPF extended community attribute of Domain ID. Valid values are 0x0005, 0x0105, 0x0205, and 0x8005. router-id type-code2: Specifies the type code for the OSPF extended community attribute of Router ID. Valid values are 0x0107 and 0x8001. router-type type-code3: Specifies the type code for the OSPF extended community attribute of Route Type. Valid values are 0x0306 and 0x8000.

Examples
# Configure the type codes of OSPF extended community attributes Domain ID, Router ID, and Route Type as 0x8005, 0x8001, and 0x8000 for OSPF process 100.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] ext-community-type domain-id 8005 [Sysname-ospf-100] ext-community-type router-id 8001 [Sysname-ospf-100] ext-community-type route-type 8000

filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use filter-policy export to filter all or certain types of routes to be advertised. Use undo filter-policy export to remove the configuration.

Syntax
filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ direct | isis process-id | ospf process-id | rip process-id | static ] undo filter-policy export [ direct | isis process-id | ospf process-id | rip process-id | static ]

Default
MP-BGP does not filter routes to be advertised.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
acl-number: IP ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999.

147

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies an IP address prefix list by its name, a string of 1 to 19 characters. direct: Filters direct routes to be advertised. isis process-id: Filters ISIS routes to be advertised that are from a specific ISIS process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. ospf process-id: Filters OSPF routes to be advertised that are from a specific OSPF process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. rip process-id: Filters RIP routes to be advertised that are from a specific RIP process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. static: Filters static routes to be advertised.

Usage guidelines
If you specify no routing protocol parameters for the filter-policy export command, all routes to be advertised will be filtered. Only routes that survive the filtering are advertised by MP-BGP.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, use ACL 2555 to filter routes to be advertised by MP-BGP.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] filter-policy 2555 export

filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use filter-policy import to filter received routes. Use undo filter-policy import to remove the configuration.

Syntax
filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } import undo filter-policy import

Default
Received routes are not filtered.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
acl-number: IP ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies an IP address prefix list by its name, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
Only routes that survive the filtering are added into the BGP routing table.

148

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, use ACL 2255 to filter received routes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] filter-policy 2255 import

import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view)

Use import route-policy to apply a routing policy to filter incoming routes for the VPN instance. Such a routing policy is referred to as an import routing policy. Use undo import route-policy to remove the application.

Syntax
import route-policy route-policy undo import route-policy

Default
All routes matching the import target attribute are accepted.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv4 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
route-policy: Name of a routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines
You can specify an import routing policy when the route redistribution control provided by the extended community attributes is not enough. An import routing policy specified in VPN instance view applies to both the IPv4 VPN and IPv6 VPN. An import routing policy specified in IPv4 VPN view applies to only the IPv4 VPN. An import routing policy specified in IPv4 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify an import routing policy in both IPv4 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv4 VPN uses the policy specified in IPv4 VPN view.

Examples
# Apply import routing policy poly-1 to VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] import route-policy poly-1

# Apply import routing policy poly-2 to the IPv4 VPN of VPN instance vpn2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] import route-policy poly-2

149

ip binding vpn-instance
Use ip binding vpn-instance to associate an interface with a VPN instance. Use undo ip binding vpn-instance to remove the association.

Syntax
ip binding vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo ip binding vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

Default
An interface is associated with no VPN instance; it belongs to the public network.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance to be associated, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines
When configured on an interface, the ip binding vpn-instance command clears the IP address of the interface. You must re-configure the IP address of the interface after configuring the command.

Examples
# Associate Ethernet1/1 with VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1

ip vpn-instance
Use ip vpn-instance to create a VPN instance and enter VPN instance view. Use undo ip vpn-instance to delete a VPN instance.

Syntax
ip vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo ip vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name for the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

150

Usage guidelines
A VPN instance takes effect only after you configure an RD for it. You can create up to 128 VPN instances for a router.

Examples
# Create a VPN instance named vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1]

Related commands
route-distinguisher

ipv4-family vpnv4
Use ipv4-family vpnv4 in BGP view to enter BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view. Use undo ipv4-family vpnv4 to remove all settings configured in BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view.

Syntax
ipv4-family vpnv4 undo ipv4-family vpnv4

Views
BGP view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
The VPN instance must have been created before you enter BGP-VPN instance view.

Examples
# Enter BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4]

ipv4-family (VPN instance view)

Use ipv4-family in VPN instance view to enter IPv4 VPN view. Use undo ipv4-family to remove all configurations performed in IPv4 VPN view.

Syntax
ipv4-family undo ipv4-family

Views
VPN instance view
151

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enter IPv4 VPN view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn1]

mpls ldp vpn-instance

Use mpls ldp vpn-instance to enable LDP for a VPN instance, create an LDP instance, and enter MPLS LDP VPN instance view. Use undo mpls ldp vpn-instance to disable LDP for a VPN instance and remove the LDP instance.

Syntax
mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

Default
A VPN instance is not enabled with LDP.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines
Before configuring the mpls ldp vpn-instance command, you must configure the MPLS LSR ID and enable MPLS for the device.

Examples
# Enable LDP for VPN instance vpn1, create the LDP instance, and enter the MPLS LDP VPN instance view.
<Sysname> System-view [Sysname] mpls ldp vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-mpls-ldp-vpn-instance-vpn1]

Related commands
mpls mpls lsr-id

nesting-vpn
Use nesting-vpn to enable the nested VPN function.
152

Use undo nesting-vpn to disable the nested VPN function.

Syntax
nesting-vpn undo nesting-vpn

Default
The nested VPN function is disabled.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
If a nested VPN peer connected to a PE needs to advertise VPNv4 routes, you must enable nested VPN on the PE.

Examples
# Enable nested VPN.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 10 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] nesting-vpn

peer advertise-community (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer advertise-community to specify to advertise community attributes to a peer or peer group. Use undo peer advertise-community to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } advertise-community undo peer { group-name | ip-address } advertise-community

Default
No community attributes are advertised to any peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, specify to advertise community attributes to peer 3.3.3.3.
153

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 3.3.3.3 advertise-community

peer allow-as-loop
Use peer allow-as-loop to allow the local AS number to appear in the AS-PATH attribute of a received route and to set the allowed maximum number of repetitions. Use undo peer allow-as-loop to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } allow-as-loop [ number ] undo peer { group-name | ip-address } allow-as-loop

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. number: Maximum number that the local AS number can appear repeatedly in the AS-PATH attribute. It ranges from 1 to 10 and defaults to 1.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, allow the local AS number to appear repeatedly in the AS-PATH attribute of a route received from peer 1.1.1.1 for up to twice.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, allow the local AS number to appear repeatedly in the AS-PATH attribute of a route received from peer 1.1.1.1 for up to twice.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2

peer as-path-acl (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer as-path-acl to specify to filter routes received from, or to be advertised to, a specific peer or peer group based on an AS_PATH list. Use undo peer as-path-acl to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } as-path-acl as-path-acl-number { import | export }
154

undo peer { group-name | ip-address } as-path-acl as-path-acl-number { import | export }

Default
No AS filtering list is applied to a peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. as-path-acl-number: AS_PATH filtering list number, in the range of 1 to 256. import: Filters the received routes. export: Filters the routes to be advertised.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, apply AS filtering list 3 to routes advertised by peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test as-path-acl 3 export

peer capability-advertise orf ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer capability-advertise orf ip-prefix to enable the ORF capability for a BGP peer or peer group. Use undo peer capability-advertise orf ip-prefix to disable the ORF capability for a BGP peer or peer group.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } capability-advertise orf ip-prefix { both | receive | send } undo peer { group-name | ip-address } capability-advertise orf ip-prefix { both | receive | send }

Default
The ORF capability is not enabled for a BGP peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.
155

both: Supports sending and receiving Route-refresh messages with ORF information. receive: Supports receiving Route-refresh messages with ORF information. send: Supports sending Route-refresh messages with ORF information.

Usage guidelines
With the ORF capability enabled, the local BGP router negotiates the ORF capability with the BGP peer through Open messages. After the negotiation succeeds, the BGP router can process Route-refresh messages with the standard ORF information from the peer or send Route-refresh messages with the standard ORF information to the peer. If you disable the ORF capability, the local BGP router does not negotiate the ORF capability with the specified peer or peer group. Table 70 Description of the both, send, and receive parameters and the negotiation result Local parameter
send

Peer parameter
receive both send both both

Negotiation result
The ORF sending capability is enabled locally and the ORF receiving capability is enabled on the peer. The ORF receiving capability is enabled locally and the ORF sending capability is enabled on the peer. Both the ORF sending and receiving capabilities are enabled locally and on the peer.

receive

both

Examples
# Enable both the ORF sending and receiving capabilities for the BGP peer 18.10.0.9. Then, after the negotiation succeeds, the local router can exchange VPNv4 ORF information with the peer 18.10.0.9.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 18.10.0.9 as-number 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 18.10.0.9 enable [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 18.10.0.9 capability-advertise orf ip-prefix both

peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance

Use peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance to advertise a default VPN route to the specified peer or peer group. Use undo peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } default-route-advertise vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo peer { group-name | ip-address } default-route-advertise vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

Default
No default route is advertised to a peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view
156

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines
After you execute this command, the device always advertises a default route with the local address as the next hop for the specified VPN instance to the specified peer or peer group, regardless of whether the default route is present in the local routing table for the VPN.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, advertise a default route for VPN instance vpn1 to peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 enable [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 upe [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 default-route-advertise vpn-instance vpn1

peer enable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use peer enable to enable a peer or peer group for an address family and enable the exchange of BGP routing information of the address family. Use undo peer enable to disable the capability.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } enable undo peer { group-name | ip-address } enable

Default
Only IPv4 routing information is exchanged between BGP peers/peer groups.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Examples
# Configure peer 1.1.1.1 and enable the peer for the BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family.
<Sysname> system-view

157

[Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 enable

# Configure peer 1.1.1.1 and enable the peer for the BGP-L2VPN address family.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer 1.1.1.1 enable

peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer filter-policy to apply a filtering policy to a peer or peer group. Use undo peer filter-policy to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } filter-policy acl-number { export | import } undo peer { group-name | ip-address } filter-policy [ acl-number ] { export | import }

Default
No filtering policy is applied to a peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. acl-number: IP ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999. acl6-number: IPv6 ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999. export: Filters the routes to be advertised to the specified peer or peer group. import: Filters the routes received from the specified peer or peer group.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, apply a filtering policy to filter the routes received from peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test filter-policy 2003 import

Related commands
peer as-path-acl

158

peer group (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use peer group to add a peer into an existing peer group. Use undo peer group to remove a peer from a peer group.

Syntax
peer ip-address group group-name undo peer ip-address group group-name

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, add peer 1.1.1.1 into peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] group test external [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 200 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 group test [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test enable [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 group test [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] quit

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, add peer 1.1.1.1 into peer group test.
[Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer test enable [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer 1.1.1.1 group test [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] quit

peer ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer ip-prefix to apply a route filtering policy based on IP prefix list to a peer or peer group. Use undo peer ip-prefix to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } ip-prefix prefix-name { export | import } undo peer { group-name | ip-address } ip-prefix { export | import }

Default
No route filtering policy based on IP prefix list is applied to a peer or peer group.
159

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. prefix-name: Name of the IP prefix list, a string of 1 to 19 characters. export: Filters the routes to be advertised to the specified peer or peer group. import: Filters the routes received from the specified peer or peer group.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, filter the routes received from peer group group1 by using IP prefix list list1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer group1 ip-prefix list1 import

peer label-route-capability (BGP view/BGP VPN instance view)

Use peer label-route-capability to enable the exchange of labeled routes with an IPv4 peer or peer group. Use undo peer label-route-capability to disable the capability.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } label-route-capability undo peer { group-name | ip-address } label-route-capability

Default
The device does not advertise labeled routes to an IPv4 peer.

Views
BGP view, BGP VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
According to the networking scheme, the peer label-route-capability command enables the exchange of labeled IPv4 routes with: ASBR PEs in the same AS.
160

PEs in the same AS. The peer ASBR PE.

Examples
# Specify to exchange labeled IPv4 routes with peer 2.2.2.2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 2.2.2.2 label-route-capability

peer next-hop-invariable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer next-hop-invariable to configure the device not to change the next hop of a route when advertising it to a peer. Use undo peer next-hop-invariable to restore the default.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } next-hop-invariable undo peer { group-name | ip-address } next-hop-invariable

Default
A device uses its address as the next hop when advertising a route to its eBGP peer.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
In the inter-AS option C application, you need to configure next-hop-invariable on the RR for multi-hop eBGP neighbors and reflector clients to make sure that the next hop of a VPN route will not be changed.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, configure the device not to change the next hop of a route when advertising it to eBGP peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 next-hop-invariable

Related commands
peer ebgp-max-hop (Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference)

peer next-hop-local
Use peer next-hop-local to configure the device to use the local address as the next hop of a route when advertising it to a peer or peer group.
161

Use undo peer next-hop-local to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } next-hop-local undo peer { group-name | ip-address } next-hop-local

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, configure the device to use the local address as the next hop of a route when advertising it to peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test next-hop-local

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, configure the device to use the local address as the next hop of a route when advertising it to peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer test next-hop-local

peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer preferred-value to specify the preference value for the routes received from the specified peer/peer group. Use undo peer preferred-value to restore the default.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } preferred-value value undo peer { group-name | ip-address } preferred-value

Default
The preference value for the routes received from a peer/peer group is 0.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

162

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. value: Preference value to be specified, in the range of 0 to 65535.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, set the preference value for the routes received from peer 131.108.1.1 to 50.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 131.108.1.1 preferred-value 50

peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer public-as-only to make outbound BGP updates carry no private AS numbers. Use undo peer public-as-only to make outbound BGP updates carry private AS numbers.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } public-as-only undo peer { group-name | ip-address } public-as-only

Default
A BGP update carries private AS numbers.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
If a BGP update to be sent carries any public AS number, this command does not take effect. The private AS number ranges from 64512 to 65535.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, configure the device to exclude private AS numbers from the BGP updates to be sent to the peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test public-as-only

163

peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use peer reflect-client to configure the local device as a route reflector (RR) and a peer or peer group as the client of the RR. Use undo peer reflect-client to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } reflect-client undo peer { group-name | ip-address } reflect-client

Default
No RR or RR client is configured.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
For more information about RR, see Layer 3IP Routing Configuration Guide. The BGP view, BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, and BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view support the peer reflect-client command. If you configure this command in BGP view, you configure the local device to reflect public network routes. If you configure this command in BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view or BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, you configure the local device to reflect VPN routes. For more information about BGP view, see Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, configure the local device as RR and peer group test as the client of the RR.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test reflect-client

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, configure the local device as an RR and peer group test as the client of the RR.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer test reflect-client

peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view)

Use peer route-policy to apply a routing policy to a peer or peer group.
164

Use undo peer route-policy to remove the application.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } route-policy route-policy-name { export | import } undo peer { group-name | ip-address } route-policy route-policy-name { export | import }

Default
No routing policy is applied to a peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. route-policy-name: Name of the routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. export: Filters the routes to be advertised to the peer or peer group. import: Filters the routes received from the peer or peer group.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, apply routing policy test-policy to filter the routes received from peer group test.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer test route-policy test-policy import

peer upe
Use peer upe to configure a BGP peer or peer group as an HoVPN UPE for a BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family. Use undo peer upe to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } upe undo peer { group-name | ip-address } upe

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.
165

Usage guidelines
UPE is a kind of special VPNv4 peer. It accepts only one default route for each related VPN instance on an SPE and routes from SPEs that are permitted by the routing policy. An SPE is a common VPN peer.

Examples
# Configure peer 1.1.1.1 as a UPE.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 upe

peer upe route-policy

Use peer upe route-policy to specify to advertise routes permitted by a routing policy to UPEs. Use undo peer upe route-policy to restore the default.

Syntax
peer { group-name | ip-address } upe route-policy route-policy-name export undo peer { group-name | ip-address } upe route-policy route-policy-name export

Default
No routes are advertised to peers.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. route-policy-name: Name of the routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. export: Applies the filtering policy to routes to be advertised.

Usage guidelines
This command must be used together with the peer upe command

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, configure peer 1.1.1.1 as a UPE and specify to advertise routes permitted by routing policy hope to 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 200 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 enable [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 upe [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 upe route-policy hope export

166

Related commands
peer upe

peer vpn-instance enable

Use peer vpn-instance enable to activate a nested VPN peer or peer group and enable the capability of exchanging BGP-VPNv4 routes with the peer or peer group. Use undo peer vpn-instance enable to disable the capability of exchanging BGP-VPNv4 routes with a nested VPN peer or peer group.

Syntax
peer { group-name | peer-address } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name enable undo peer { group-name | peer-address } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name enable

Default
Nested VPN peers/peer groups can exchange only IPv4 routes; they cannot exchange BGP-VPNv4 routes.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. peer-address: IP address of the peer. vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines
This configuration takes effect only after the nested VPN function is enabled. Before specifying a nested VPN peer or peer group, be sure to configure the corresponding CE peer or peer group by using the peer as-number command in BGP-VPN instance view. Deleting the VPN instance to which a peer belongs will also delete the configuration of this command.

Examples
# Activate a nested VPN peer group named ebgp.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 10 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] group ebgp external [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] quit [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer ebgp vpn-instance vpn1 enable

peer vpn-instance group

Use peer vpn-instance group to add a peer to a nested VPN peer group.
167

Use undo peer vpn-instance group to remove a peer from a nested VPN peer group.

Syntax
peer peer-address vpn-instance vpn-instance-name group group-name undo peer peer-address vpn-instance vpn-instance-name group group-name

Default
A peer is not in any nested peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
peer-address: IP address of the peer. vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters.

Usage guidelines
This configuration takes effect only after the nested VPN function is enabled. Deleting the VPN instance to which a peer belongs will also delete the configuration of this command.

Examples
# Add peer 1.1.1.1 to the nested VPN peer group named ebgp.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 10 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] group ebgp external [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 600 [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] peer 1.1.1.1 group ebgp [Sysname-bgp-vpn1] quit [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer ebgp vpn-instance vpn1 enable [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 vpn-instance vpn1 group ebgp

peer vpn-instance route-policy import

Use peer vpn-instance route-policy import to specify the routing policy to be applied to VPNv4 routes received from a nested VPN peer or peer group. Use undo peer vpn-instance route-policy import to restore the default.

Syntax
peer { group-name | peer-address } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name route-policy route-policy-name import undo peer { group-name route-policy-name import | peer-address } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name route-policy

168

Default
No routing policy is applied.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. peer-address: IP address of the peer, in dotted decimal notation. vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. route-policy-name: Name of the routing policy to be applied, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines
A routing policy for a peer and a routing policy for the peer group to which the peer belongs are of the same priority; the one configured last takes effect. This configuration takes effect only after the nested VPN function is enabled. Deleting the VPN instance to which a peer belongs will also delete the configuration of this command.

Examples
# Specify to apply routing policy comtest to VPNv4 routes received from peer group ebgp.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 10 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer ebgp vpn-instance vpn1 route-policy comtest import

policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use policy vpn-target to enable route target filtering for received VPNv4 routes. Use undo policy vpn-target to disable the filtering, permitting all VPNv4 routes.

Syntax
policy vpn-target undo policy vpn-target

Default
The route target filtering function is enabled for received VPNv4 routes.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

169

Usage guidelines
This command applies to inter-AS option B VPN. Only VPNv4 routes with export route target attributes matching the local import route target attributes are added into the routing table.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, disable route target filtering for received VPNv4 routes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] undo policy vpn-target

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, disable route target filtering for received VPNv4 routes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] undo policy vpn-target

preferred-path
Use preferred-path interface tunnel to configure a preferred tunnel and specify a tunnel interface for it. Use undo preferred-path to remove a preferred tunnel.

Syntax
preferred-path number interface tunnel tunnel-number [ disable-fallback ] undo preferred-path number

Default
No preferred tunnel exists.

Views
Tunneling policy view

Default command level

2: System view

Parameters
number: Specifies the number of the preferred tunnel, in the range of 0 to 63. A smaller number means a higher priority. interface tunnel tunnel-number: Specifies a tunnel interface for the preferred tunnel. The tunnel-number argument represents the tunnel interface number in the range of 0 to 1023. disable-fallback: With this keyword specified, the tunneling policy does not select other paths when this preferred tunnel is matched (the tunnel's destination address and encapsulation type are both matched) but is unavailable.

Usage guidelines
In a tunneling policy, you can configure up to 64 preferred tunnels. The tunnel interfaces specified for the preferred tunnels can have the same destination address and the tunnel encapsulation type must be GRE or MPLS TE.
170

Examples
# Tunnel interfaces Tunnel 0, Tunnel 2, and Tunnel 3 have the same destination address 1.1.1.1. Configure a tunneling policy po1 for the device, so that the device selects tunnels for traffic destined for 1.1.1.1 in this order: Tunnel 0, Tunnel 2, Tunnel 3. If all three tunnels are unavailable, tunnel selection is stopped and traffic destined for 1.1.1.1 cannot be transmitted. For traffic going to other destinations, the device selects tunnels by type and only one CR-LSP tunnel can be selected.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] tunnel-policy po1 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] preferred-path 0 interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] preferred-path 2 interface tunnel 2 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] preferred-path 3 interface tunnel 3 disable-fallback [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] tunnel select-seq cr-lsp load-balance-number 1

reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use reflect between-clients to enable route reflection between clients. Use undo reflect between-clients to disable the function.

Syntax
reflect between-clients undo reflect between-clients

Default
Route reflection between clients is enabled.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
If fully meshed interconnections exist between the clients, route reflection is not required. Otherwise, an RR is required for routes to be reflected from one client to every other client.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, disable route reflection between clients.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] undo reflect between-clients

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, disable route reflection between clients.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] undo reflect between-clients

171

reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use reflector cluster-id to specify a cluster ID for an RR. Use undo reflector cluster-id to remove the cluster ID.

Syntax
reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | ip-address } undo reflector cluster-id

Default
Each RR in a cluster uses its own router ID as the cluster ID.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
cluster-id: Cluster ID of the route reflector (RR), in the range of 1 to 4294967295. ip-address: IP address of the peer, which is to be used as the cluster ID of the RR.

Usage guidelines
Generally, a cluster contains only one RR, and the router ID of the RR is used for identifying the cluster. Setting multiple RRs can improve network reliability. If more than one RR exists in a cluster, use the reflector cluster-id command to configure the same cluster ID for all RRs in the cluster to avoid routing loops.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, set the RR's cluster ID to 50.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] reflector cluster-id 50

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, set the RR's cluster ID to 50.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] reflector cluster-id 50

refresh bgp vpn-instance

Use refresh bgp vpn-instance to soft reset the BGP connections in a VPN instance.

Syntax
refresh bgp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name { ip-address | all | external | group group-name } { export | import }

172

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ip-address: Soft resets the BGP connection with the BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Soft resets all BGP connections in the specified VPN instance. external: Soft resets eBGP sessions. group group-name: Soft resets the connections with the BGP peer group identified by this name. The group-name argument is a string of 1 to 47 characters. export: Performs a soft reset in the outbound direction. import: Performs a soft reset in the inbound direction.

Usage guidelines
Soft reset of BGP connections refers to updating BGP routing information without breaking BGP neighbor relationships.

Examples
# Soft reset all BGP connections in VPN instance vpn1 in the inbound direction to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> refresh bgp vpn-instance vpn1 all import

refresh bgp vpnv4

Use refresh bgp vpnv4 to soft reset BGP VPNv4 connections.

Syntax
refresh bgp vpnv4 { ip-address | all | external | group group-name | internal } { export | import }

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ip-address: Soft resets the BGP VPNv4 connection with the BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Soft resets all BGP VPNv4 connections. external: Soft resets eBGP sessions. group group-name: Soft resets the VPNv4 connections with the BGP peer group identified by this name. internal: Soft resets iBGP sessions. export: Performs a soft reset in the outbound direction. import: Performs a soft reset in the inbound direction.
173

Usage guidelines
Soft reset of BGP connections refers to updating BGP routing information without breaking BGP neighbor relationships.

Examples
# Soft reset all BGP VPNv4 connections in the inbound direction to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> refresh bgp vpnv4 all import

reset bgp vpn-instance

Use reset bgp vpn-instance to reset the BGP connections in a VPN instance.

Syntax
reset bgp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name { as-number | ip-address | all | external | group group-name }

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Resets BGP connections with the peers in a VPN instance. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. as-number: Resets BGP connections with the peers in an AS. The AS number is in the range of 1 to 4294967295. ip-address: Resets the connection with the BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Resets all BGP connections in the specified VPN instance. external: Resets eBGP sessions. group group-name: Resets the connections with the BGP peer group identified by this name. The group-name argument is a string of 1 to 47 characters.

Examples
# Reset all BGP connections in VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> reset bgp vpn-instance vpn1 all

reset bgp vpn-instance dampening

Use reset bgp vpn-instance dampening to clear the route flap dampening information of a VPN instance.

Syntax
reset bgp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name dampening [ network-address [ mask | mask-length ] ]

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

174

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. network-address: Network address. mask: Network mask, in the format of X.X.X.X. mask-length: Length of the network mask, in the range of 0 to 32.

Examples
# Clear the route flap dampening information of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> reset bgp vpn-instance vpn1 dampening

reset bgp vpn-instance flap-info

Use reset bgp vpn-instance flap-info to clear the route flap history information about BGP peers of a VPN instance.

Syntax
reset bgp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ip-address flap-info reset bgp vpn-instance vpn-instance-name flap-info [ ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] | as-path-acl as-path-acl-number | regexp as-path-regexp ]

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ip-address: IP address of the BGP peer. mask: Network mask, in the format of X.X.X.X. mask-length: Length of the network mask, in the range of 0 to 32. as-path-acl-number: Number of the AS_PATH list, in the range of 1 to 256. as-path-regexp: AS_PATH regular expression.

Examples
# Clear route flap history information about BGP peer 2.2.2.2 of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> reset bgp vpn-instance vpn1 2.2.2.2 flap-info

reset bgp vpnv4

Use reset bgp vpnv4 to reset BGP VPNv4 connections.

Syntax
reset bgp vpnv4 { as-number | ip-address | all | external | internal | group group-name }

Views
User view

175

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
as-number: Resets VPNv4 connections with the peers in an AS identified by this number. as-number ranges from 1 to 4294967295. ip-address: Resets the VPNv4 connection with a BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Resets all BGP VPNv4 connections. external: Resets eBGP VPNv4 connections. internal: Resets iBGP VPNv4 connections. group group-name: Resets the VPNv4 connections with a BGP peer group identified by this name.

Examples
# Reset all BGP VPNv4 connections to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> reset bgp vpnv4 all

route-distinguisher (VPN instance view)

Use route-distinguisher to configure an RD for a VPN instance.

Syntax
route-distinguisher route-distinguisher

Views
VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
route-distinguisher: RD for the VPN instance, a string of 3 to 21 characters in one of these formats: 16-bit AS number:32-bit user-defined number. For example, 101:3. 32-bit IP address:16-bit user-defined number. For example, 192.168.122.15:1. 32-bit AS number:16-bit user-defined number, where the minimum value of the AS number is 65536. For example, 65536:1.

Usage guidelines
An RD is used to create the routing and FIB of a VPN. By prefixing an RD to an IPv4 prefix, you get a VPN IPv4 prefix unique globally. No RD is configured by default; you must configure an RD for each VPN instance. A VPN instance takes effect only after you configure an RD for it. Once you configure an RD for a VPN, you cannot remove the association. You cannot change an RD directly; you can only delete the VPN instance, and then re-create the VPN instance and re-configure a new RD.

Examples
# Configure the RD of VPN instance vpn1.
176

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 22:1

route-tag
Use route-tag to configure an external route tag for imported VPN routes. Use undo route-tag to restore the default.

Syntax
route-tag tag-value undo route-tag

Default
If BGP is running in the MPLS backbone and the BGP's AS number is not greater than 65535, the first two octets of the default external route tag is always 0xD000 and the last two octets is the AS number of the local BGP. For example, if the local BGP AS number is 100, the default value of the external route tag is 3489661028, which equals the decimal value of 0xD0000000 (3489660928) + 100. If the BGP's AS number is greater than 65535 or the MPLS backbone does not use BGP, the default external route tag is 0.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tag-value: External route tag for imported VPN routes, in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines
If PE-CE routing protocol is OSPF, the local PE redistributes the BGP VPNv4 routes received from the peer PE into the OSPF routing table, and advertises these routes to the locally connected CE through OSPF. If the routes are advertised to the CE through Type 5 or 7 LSAs, Type 5/7 LSAs must contain the external route tag. An external route tag can be configured by different commands and has different priorities. The following lists the commands used to configure the external route tag (in the descending order of tag priority): import-route route-tag default tag

The external route tag is used to avoid routing loops. If the external route tag carried in a Type 5 or 7 LSA received by a PE is the same as the locally configured external route tag, the PE neglects the LSA in route calculation to avoid routing loops. H3C recommends configuring the same external route tag for PEs in the same area. An external route tag is not transferred in any BGP extended community attribute. It is only locally significant and takes effect only on the PEs that receive BGP routes and generate OSPF Type 5 or 7 LSAs. You can configure the same external route tag for different OSPF processes.

177

Examples
# In OSPF process 100, set the external route tag for imported VPN routes to 100.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] route-tag 100

Related commands
import-route default (Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference)

routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view)

Use routing-table limit to limit the maximum number of routes in a VPN instance, preventing too many routes from being accepted by a PE. Use undo routing-table limit to restore the default.

Syntax
routing-table limit number { warn-threshold | simply-alert } undo routing-table limit

Views
VPN instance view, IPv4 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
number: Specifies the maximum number of routes supported. warn-threshold: Specifies a threshold for warning, in the range of 1 to 100, in percentages. When the percentage of the number of existing routes to the maximum number of routes supported exceeds the specified threshold, the system gives an alarm message but still allows new routes. If the number of routes in the VPN instance reaches the maximum supported, no more routes are added. simply-alert: Specifies that when the number of routes exceeds the maximum number of routes supported, the system still accepts routes but generates a system log (Syslog) message.

Usage guidelines
A limit configured in VPN instance view is applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. A limit configured in IPv4 VPN view is applicable to only the IPv4 VPN. A limit configured in IPv4 VPN view takes precedence over that configured in VPN instance view. If you configure a limit in both IPv4 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv4 VPN uses the limit configured in IPv4 VPN view. All MSR routers support the command, but they have different value ranges and default values for the following parameter:

178

Parameter
number

MSR 900
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 930
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 20-1X
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 20
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 30
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 50
1 to 10000. 10000 by default.

Examples
# Specify that VPN instance vpn1 supports up to 1000 routes and can receive new routes after the number of existing routes exceeds the limit.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 100:1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] routing-table limit 1000 simply-alert

# Specify that the IPv4 VPN vpn2 supports up to 1000 routes and generates an alarm message when the number of routes in the VPN instance reaches 700, 70% of the maximum.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] route-distinguisher 100:2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] routing-table limit 1000 70

rr-filter (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view)

Use rr-filter to create an RR reflection policy so that only iBGP routes whose Extended Communities attribute matches the specified one are reflected. Use undo rr-filter to restore the default.

Syntax
rr-filter extended-community-number undo rr-filter

Default
An RR does not filter the reflected routes.

Views
BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
extended-community-number: Number of the Extended Communities attribute supported by the RR, in the range of 1 to 199.

Usage guidelines
By configuring different RR reflection policies on different RRs, you can implement load balancing among the RRs.

179

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, specify an Extended Communities attribute for the RR to filter the incoming VPNv4 route update packets.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv4] rr-filter 10

# In BGP-L2VPN address family view, specify an Extended Communities attribute for the RR to filter the incoming VPNv4 route update packets.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] l2vpn-family [Sysname-bgp-af-l2vpn] rr-filter 10

sham-link
Use sham link to configure a sham link. Use undo sham link source-ip-address destination-ip-address to remove a sham link. Use undo sham link source-ip-address destination-ip-address with optional keywords to restore the defaults of the corresponding parameters for a sham link.

Syntax
sham-link source-ip-address destination-ip-address [ cost cost | dead dead-interval | hello hello-interval | retransmit retrans-interval | trans-delay delay | simple [ cipher | plain ] password1 | { md5 | hmac-md5 } key-id [ cipher | plain ] password2 ] * undo sham-link source-ip-address destination-ip-address [ cost | dead | hello | retransmit | trans-delay | simple | { md5 | hmac-md5 } key-id ] *

Views
OSPF area view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
source-ip-address: Source IP address for the sham link. destination-ip-address: Destination IP address for the sham link. cost: Cost for the sham link. It ranges from 1 to 65,535 and defaults to 1. dead-interval: Dead Interval in seconds. It ranges from 1 to 32,768 and defaults to 40. It must be equal to the dead interval of the router on the other end of the virtual link and must be at least four times the hello interval. hello-interval: Interval at which the interface sends hello packets. It ranges from 1 to 8,192 seconds and defaults to 10 seconds. It must be equal to the hello interval of the router on the other end of the virtual link. retrans-interval: Interval at which the interface retransmits LSAs. It ranges from 1 to 8,192 seconds and defaults to 5 seconds.

180

delay: Delay interval before the interface sends an LSA. It ranges from 1 to 8,192 seconds and defaults to 1 second. simple [ cipher | plain ] password1: Uses simple authentication. cipher: Sets a ciphertext key. plain: Sets a plaintext key. password1: Specifies the key string. This argument is case sensitive. If cipher is specified, it must be a ciphertext string of 1 to 41 characters. If plain is specified, it must be a string of 1 to 8 characters. If neither cipher nor plain is specified, you set a plaintext key string.

md5: Uses MD5 algorithm for authentication. hmac-md5: Uses HMAC-MD5 algorithm for authentication. key-id: Authentication key ID of the interface, in the range of 1 to 255. It must be the same as that of the peer. cipher: Sets a ciphertext key. plain: Sets a plaintext key. password2: Specifies the key string. This argument is case sensitive. If cipher is specified, it must be a ciphertext string of 1 to 53 characters. If plain is specified, it must be a string of 1 to 16 characters. If neither cipher nor plain is specified, you can set a plaintext key of 1 to 16 characters or a ciphertext key of 33 to 53 characters.

Usage guidelines
If two PEs belong to the same AS and a backdoor link is present, a sham link can be established between them. If you configure authentication for a sham link, you must configure the same area authentication mode for all routers in the area. For security purposes, all keys, including keys configured in plain text, are saved in cipher text to the configuration file.

Examples
# Create a sham link with the source address of 1.1.1.1 and the destination address of 2.2.2.2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf [Sysname-ospf-1] area 0 [Sysname-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0] sham-link 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2

tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view)

Use tnl-policy to associate the current VPN instance with a tunneling policy. Use undo tnl-policy to remove the association.

Syntax
tnl-policy tunnel-policy-name undo tnl-policy

Views
VPN instance view, IPv4 VPN view

181

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-policy-name: Name of the tunneling policy for the VPN instance, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
If a VPN instance is not associated with any tunneling policy or the associated tunneling policy is not configured, the VPN instance selects tunnels according to the default tunneling policy. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. A tunneling policy specified in VPN instance view is applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. A tunneling policy specified in IPv4 VPN view is applicable to only the IPv4 VPN. A tunneling policy specified in IPv4 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify a tunneling policy in both IPv4 VPN view and VPN instance view, the tunneling policy specified in IPv4 VPN view is applied to the IPv4 VPN (or IPv6 VPN).

Examples
# Associate VPN instance vpn1 with tunneling policy po1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] tunnel-policy po1 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] tunnel select-seq lsp load-balance-number 1 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] quit [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 22:33 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] tnl-policy po1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] quit

# Associate the IPv4 VPN of VPN instance vpn2 with tunneling policy po1.
[Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] route-distinguisher 11:22 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] tnl-policy po1 [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] quit [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] quit

Related commands
tunnel select-seq

tunnel-policy
Use tunnel-policy to establish a tunneling policy and enter tunneling policy view. Use undo tunnel-policy to delete a tunneling policy.

Syntax
tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name undo tunnel-policy tunnel-policy-name

Views
System view
182

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-policy-name: Name for the tunneling policy, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Examples
# Establish a tunneling policy named po1 and enter tunneling policy view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] tunnel-policy po1 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1]

Related commands
tunnel select-seq

tunnel select-seq
Use tunnel select-seq to configure the preference order for tunnel selection and the number of tunnels for load balancing. Use undo tunnel select-seq to restore the default.

Syntax
tunnel select-seq { cr-lsp | gre | lsp } * load-balance-number number undo tunnel select-seq

Default
The tunnel selection preference order is: LSP tunnels, GRE tunnels, CR-LSP tunnels, and the number of tunnels for load balancing is 1no load balancing.

Views
Tunneling policy view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
cr-lsp: Specifies CR-LSP tunnels. gre: Specifies GRE tunnels. lsp: Specifies LSP tunnels. load-balance-number number: Specifies the number of tunnels for load balancing, in the range of 1 to 8.

Usage guidelines
Only tunnels of the types specified in the tunnel select-seq command can be used. A tunnel type closer to the select-seq keyword has a higher priority. The number of tunnels for load balancing refers to the number of tunnels that an application can use. CR-LSP tunnels are preferred in this order:
1.

CR-LSPs configured with ACLs

183

2. 3.

CR-LSPs bound with VPN Ordinary CR-LSPs

These three types of CR-LSPs are mutually exclusive. Only one of the three types is selected at a time.

Examples
# Define a tunneling policy, specifying that only GRE tunnels can be used and the number of tunnels for load balancing be 2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] tunnel-policy po1 [Sysname-tunnel-policy-po1] tunnel select-seq gre load-balance-number 2

vpn popgo
Use vpn popgo on an egress PE to specify the VPN label processing mode as POPGO forwarding, which will pop the label and then search for the outbound interface according to the label to forward the traffic. Use undo vpn popgo to restore the default.

Syntax
vpn popgo undo vpn popgo

Default
The VPN label processing mode of an egress PE is POP forwarding, which will pop the label and then search the FIB table to find the outbound interface to forward the traffic.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
After you execute the vpn popgo or undo vpn popgo command on the device, you must reboot the device to validate the configuration. After the command is executed successfully, the device does not inform you of the result. You can use the display vpn label operation command to view the current VPN label processing mode. The following matrix shows the command and router compatibility: Command
vpn popgo

MSR 900
No

MSR 930
No

MSR 20-1X
No

MSR 20
No

MSR 30
No

MSR 50
Yes

Examples
# Specify the VPN label processing mode of an egress PE as outbound interface based forwarding.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] vpn popgo

# Specify the VPN label processing mode of an egress PE as FIB based forwarding.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] undo vpn popgo

184

vpn-instance-capability simple
Use vpn-instance-capability simple to disable routing loop detection for the VPN OSPF process. Use undo vpn-instance-capability to restore the default.

Syntax
vpn-instance-capability simple undo vpn-instance-capability

Default
Routing loop detection is enabled for a VPN OSPF process.

Views
VPN OSPF process view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
In an MCE network, you must disable the routing loop detection function for a VPN OSPF process on the MCE. Otherwise, the MCE does not receive OSPF routes from the PE.

Examples
# Disable routing loop detection for the VPN OSPF process.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 vpn-instance vpna [Sysname-ospf-100] vpn-instance-capability simple

vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view)

Use vpn-target to configure route targets for a VPN instance, an IPv4 VPN, or an IPv6 VPN. Use undo vpn-target to remove the specified or all route targets of a VPN instance, an IPv4 VPN, or an IPv6 VPN.

Syntax
vpn-target vpn-target&<1-8> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] undo vpn-target { all | vpn-target&<1-8> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] }

Default
No route targets are configured and you must configure route targets when creating a VPN instance, an IPv4 VPN, or an IPv6 VPN.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv4 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

185

Parameters
vpn-target&<1-8>: Adds route target extended community attributes to the import route target extended community attribute list (Import Target) or export route target extended community attribute list (Export Target). &<1-8> means that you can add up to eight route targets. A route target attribute can be a string of 3 to 21 characters in one these formats: 16-bit AS number:32-bit user-defined number. For example, 101:3. 32-bit IP address:16-bit user-defined number. For example, 192.168.122.15:1. 32-bit AS number:16-bit user-defined number, where the AS number must not be less than 65536. For example, 65536:1.

Usage guidelines
Route targets configured in VPN instance view are applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. Route targets configured in IPv4 VPN view are applicable to only the IPv4 VPN. Route targets configured in IPv4 VPN view take precedence over those configured in VPN instance view. If you configure route targets in both IPv4 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv4 VPN uses the route targets configured in IPv4 VPN view.

Examples
# Configure route targets for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn-target 3:3 export-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn-target 4:4 import-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn-target 5:5 both

# Configure route targets for the IPv4 VPN of VPN instance vpn2.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn2 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn2] ipv4-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] vpn-target 3:3 export-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] vpn-target 4:4 import-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn2] vpn-target 5:5 both

186

IPv6 MPLS L3VPN commands

This chapter describes only IPv6 MPLS L3VPN-specific commands. For information about the commands available for both IPv4 MPLS L3VPN and IPv6 MPLS L3VPN, see "MPLS L3VPN configuration commands."

default local-preference (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use default local-preference to set the default value of the local preference. Use undo default local-preference to restore the default.

Syntax
default local-preference value undo default local-preference

Default
The default value of the local preference is 100.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Default value for the local preference, in the range of 0 to 4294967295. A greater value represents a higher priority.

Examples
# Devices A and B are connected to the outside AS. In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family of Device B, set the default local preference of device B to 180, so that when a destination in the outside AS can be reached through both A and B, the BGP VPN-IPv6 route going through B to the destination is preferred.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] default local-preference 180

default med (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use default med to set the default value of the system MED. Use undo default med to restore the default.

Syntax
default med med-value undo default med

187

Default
The default system MED value is 0.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
med-value: Default value of the Multi-Exit-Discriminator (MED), in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines
With other criteria the same, the system selects the route with a smaller MED value as the AS external route.

Examples
# Set the default MED to 10 in BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] default med 10

display bgp vpnv6 all peer

Use display bgp vpnv6 all peer to display information about the BGP VPNv6 peers established between PEs.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv6 all peer [ ipv4-address verbose | verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor

Parameters
ipv4-address: Specifies a peer by its IPv4 address. verbose: Displays the detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any parameter, the command displays the brief information of all peers.
188

Examples
# Display the brief information of all BGP VPNv6 peers.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 all peer

BGP local router ID : 192.168.1.40 Local AS number : 200 Total number of peers : 1 Peers in established state : 1

Peer 192.168.1.40

AS 100

MsgRcvd 24

MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down 27 0 1

State

00:02:10 Established

Table 71 Command output Field

Peer AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State

Description
IP address of the peer. AS number of the peer. Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages to be sent to the peer. Number of prefixes received. Duration of the BGP session in the current state. Current state of the peer.

# Display the detailed information of the BGP VPNv6 peer 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 all peer 1.1.1.1 verbose Peer: 1.1.1.1 Type: IBGP link BGP version 4, remote router ID 1.1.1.1 BGP current state: Established, Up for 00h46m01s BGP current event: RecvKeepalive BGP last state: OpenConfirm Port: Local - 1039 Remote - 179 Keepalive Time:60 sec Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec Local: 2.2.2.2

189

Minimum time between advertisement runs is 15 seconds Optional capabilities: ORF advertise capability based on Prefix(type 64): Local: both Negotiated: send Connect-interface has been configured Peer Preferred Value: 0 BFD: Enabled Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured

Table 72 Command output Field

Description
IP address of the peer. IP address of the local router. BGP type. Version of BGP that the peer runs. Router ID of the remote router. Current state of the BGP session. Duration since the peer is established. Current event of the BGP session. State that the BGP session was in before transitioning to the current state. Local and remote ports of the BGP session. Settings of the local timers, including the active hold interval and keepalive interval. Received active hold interval. Negotiated active hold interval. Optional capabilities of the peer. The peer supports multiprotocol extension. The peer supports route refreshing. IPv4 unicast family capability. VPNv6 address family capability. Total number of received messages and the number of received update messages. Total number of sent messages and the number of sent update messages. Maximum number of routes that can be learned from the peer. Threshold for warning. When the percentage of the number of the received route prefixes to the maximum number of routes supported reaches this value, the device generates a prompt. 190

Field
Minimum time between advertisement runs Optional capabilities ORF advertise capability based on prefix (type 64):

Description
Minimum interval between route advertisements. Local optional capabilities. Supports the ORF address prefix capability and the capability value is 64. Indicates whether the local device supports sending and receiving Route-refresh packets with ORF information. The value can be:

bothSupports sending and receiving Route-refresh messages with

Local ORF information. information. information.

sendSupports sending Route-refresh messages with ORF receiveSupports receiving Route-refresh messages with ORF
ORF capability negotiated by the local and remote peers. The value can be:

sendThe local peer can send Route-refresh messages with ORF

Negotiated

information and the remote peer can receive Route-refresh messages with ORF information. information and the remote peer can send Route-refresh messages with ORF information.

receiveThe local peer can receive Route-refresh messages with ORF

This field is displayed only when the ORF capability negotiation is successful. Connect-interface Peer Preferred Value BFD Indicates whether a source interface is configured for TCP connection establishment. Preference value configured for the routes from the peer. Indicates whether BFD is enabled for the peer.

display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table to display all BGP VPNv6 routing information.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table [ network-address prefix-length [ longer-prefixes ] | peer ip-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } [ statistic ] | statistic ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor

Parameters
network-address: IPv6 address of the destination network segment. prefix-length: Length of the prefix, in the range of 0 to 128.

191

longer-prefixes: Displays each routing entry that meets the following conditions:
1. 2. 3.

Its destination IPv6 address ANDed with the specified prefix equals the specified destination IPv6 address ANDed with the specified prefix. Its prefix length is shorter than or equal to the specified prefix length. Its prefix length is the longest among the entries meeting the above two conditions.

peer ip-address: Displays the routing information sent to or received from the specified peer. ip-address is the IPv4 address of the peer. advertised-routes: Displays the routing information sent to the specified peer. received-routes: Displays the routing information received from the specified peer. statistic: Displays BGP VPNv6 route statistics. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display all BGP VPNv6 routing information.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table BGP Local router ID is 30.30.30.1 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale

Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Total number of routes from all PE: 1

Route Distinguisher: 100:1

*^ i Network : 30:30:: NextHop : ::FFFF:101:102 PrefVal : 0 MED : 0

PrefixLen : 64 LocPrf Label : 100 : 1024

Path/Ogn: ?

Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 1

*^>

Network : 30:30:: NextHop : ::FFFF:101:102 PrefVal : 0 MED : 0

PrefixLen : 128 LocPrf Label : 100 : 1024

Path/Ogn: ?

192

Table 73 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes Origin Total number of routes from all PE Network PrefixLen NextHop LocPrf PrefVal Label MED Path/Ogn

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For more information, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For more information, see Table 49. Total number of VPNv6 routes from all PEs. Destination network address. Prefix length of the destination network address. IPv6 address of the next hop. Local preference value. Preference value of the route. Received label. Metric associated with the destination network. AS_PATH attribute/route origin of the route.

# Display all BGP VPNv6 route statistics.

<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table statistic

Total number of routes from all PE: 1 Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 2

Table 74 Command output Field

Total number of routes from all PE

Description
Total number of VPNv6 routes from all PEs.

display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher routing-table to display the BGP VPNv6 routing information of a specific RD.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher route-distinguisher routing-table [ network-address prefix-length ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
route-distinguisher: Route distinguisher (RD). network-address: IPv6 address of the destination segment.
193

prefix-length: Prefix length, in the range of 0 to 128. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the BGP VPNv6 routing information of RD 100:1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher 100:1 routing-table

BGP Local router ID is 30.30.30.1 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale

Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

*^ i Network : 30:30:: NextHop : ::FFFF:101:102 PrefVal : 0 MED : 0

PrefixLen : 64 LocPrf Label : 100 : 1025

Path/Ogn: ?

Table 75 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes Origin Network PrefixLen NextHop LocPrf PrefVal Label MED Path/Ogn

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For more information, see Table 49. Route origin codes. For more information, see Table 49. Destination network address. Prefix length of the destination network address. IPv6 address of the next hop. Local preference value. Preference value of the route. Received label. Metric associated with the destination network. AS_PATH attribute/route origin of the route.

Related commands
route-distinguisher

194

display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance peer

Use display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance peer to display information about the IPv6 BGP peers in the specified VPN instance.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name peer [ ipv6-address verbose | verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of a VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. verbose: Displays the detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any optional parameters, the command displays the brief information of all IPv6 BGP peers.

Examples
# Display brief information about the IPv6 BGP peers in the VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance vpn1 peer

BGP local router ID : 2.2.2.2 Local AS number : 100 Total number of peers : 1 Peer 2001::1 AS 200 MsgRcvd 4 Peers in established state : 1 MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down 6 0 State

2 00:00:09 Established

Table 76 Command output Field

BGP local router ID Peer AS

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. IPv6 address of the peer. AS number of the peer.

195

Field
MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up/Down State

Description
Number of messages received. Number of messages sent. Number of messages to be sent to the peer. Number of prefixes received. Duration of the BGP session in the current state. Current state of the peer.

# Display detailed information about the IPv6 BGP peers in the VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance vpn1 peer verbose

BGP Peer is 2001::1, Type: EBGP link

remote AS 200,

BGP version 4, remote router ID 2.2.2.2 BGP current state: Established, Up for 00h00m54s BGP current event: RecvUpdate BGP last state: OpenConfirm Port: Local - 179 Remote - 1024 Keepalive Time: 60 sec

Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Peer optional capabilities:

Keepalive Time:60 sec

Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability Address family IPv6 Unicast: advertised and received

Received: Total 4 messages, Update messages 2 Sent: Total 6 messages, Update messages 3 Maximum allowed prefix number: 4294967295 Threshold: 75% Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Optional capabilities: Route refresh capability has been enabled Peer Preferred Value: 0

Routing policy configured: No routing policy is configured

Table 77 Command output Field

BGP Peer remote AS Type BGP version

Description
IPv6 address of the BGP peer. AS number of the peer. BGP type. Version of BGP that the peer runs.

196

Field
remote router ID BGP current state Up for BGP current event BGP last state Port Configured Received Negotiated Peer optional capabilities Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability Address family IPv6 Unicast Received Sent Maximum allowed prefix number Threshold Minimum time between advertisement runs Optional capabilities Route refresh capability Peer Preferred Value

Description
Router ID of the peer. Current state of the BGP session. Duration since the peer is established. Current event of the BGP session. State that the BGP session was in before transitioning to the current state. Local and remote ports of the BGP session. Settings of the local timers, including the active hold interval and keepalive interval. Received active hold interval. Negotiated active hold interval. Optional capabilities of the peer. The peer supports multiprotocol extension. The peer supports route refreshing. IPv6 unicast family capability. Total number of received messages and the number of received update messages. Total number of sent messages and the number of sent update messages. Maximum number of routes that can be learned from the peer. Threshold for warning. When the percentage of the number of the received route prefixes to the maximum number of routes supported reaches this value, the device generates a prompt. Minimum interval between route advertisements. Local optional capabilities. Indicates whether route refreshing is enabled. Preference value specified for routes from the peer.

display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance routing-table

Use display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance routing-table to display the BGP VPNv6 routing information of the specified VPN.

Syntax
display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name routing-table [ network-address prefix-length [ longer-prefixes ] | peer ipv6-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

197

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. network-address: IPv6 address of the destination network segment. prefix-length: Length of the prefix, in the range of 0 to 128. longer-prefixes: Displays each routing entry that meets the following conditions:
1. 2. 3.

peer ipv6-address: Displays the routing information sent to or received from the specified BGP VPNv6 peer. ipv6-address is the IPv6 address of the peer. advertised-routes: Displays the routing information sent to the specified peer. received-routes: Displays the routing information received from the specified peer. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the BGP VPNv6 routing information of VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance vpn1 routing-table BGP Local router ID is 1.1.1.1 Status codes: * - valid, ^ - VPN best, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale

Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Total routes of vpn-instance vpn1: 1

*^>

Network : 324:: NextHop : 100::2 PrefVal : 0 MED : 0 Path/Ogn: ?

PrefixLen : 64 LocPrf Label : 100 : NULL

Table 78 Command output Field

BGP Local router ID Status codes

Description
Router ID of the local BGP router. Route status codes. For more information, see Table 49.

198

Field
Origin Network PrefixLen NextHop LocPrf PrefVal Label MED Path/Ogn

Description
Route origin codes. For more information, see Table 49. Destination network address. Prefix length of the destination network address. IPv6 address of the next hop. Local preference value. Preference value of the route. Received label. Metric associated with the destination network. AS_PATH attribute/route origin of the route. For more information, see Table 49.

display ipv6 fib vpn-instance

Use display ipv6 fib vpn-instance to display IPv6 FIB information for a VPN.

Syntax
display ipv6 fib vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ acl6 acl6-number | ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. acl6 acl6-number: Displays the IPv6 FIB information of the VPN instance permitted by the specified ACL. acl6-number is the number of the ACL, in the range of from 2000 to 2999. If the specified ACL does not exist, the command displays all IPv6 FIB information of the VPN instance. ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name: Displays the IPv6 FIB information of the VPN instance permitted by the specified prefix list. ipv6-prefix-name is the name of the IPv6 prefix list, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 19 characters. If the specified IPv6 prefix list does not exist, the command displays all IPv6 FIB information of the VPN instance. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify any optional parameters, the command displays all IPv6 FIB information of the VPN.
199

Examples
# Display all IPv6 FIB information for VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display ipv6 fib vpn-instance vpn1 FIB Table: Total number of Routes : 1

Flag: U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

Destination: NextHop Label Interface : : :

::1 ::1 Null InLoopBack0

PrefixLength : 128 Flag Token : UH : Invalid

Table 79 Command output Field

Total number of Routes

Description
Total number of matched routes in the FIB. Flag of the route. Possible values are:

Flag

UUsable route. GGateway route. HHost route. BBlackhole route. DDynamic route. SStatic route.

Label Token Interface

Label value added to a packet. LSP index, used to associate an NHLFE entry. Outgoing interface of packets.

display ipv6 fib vpn-instance ipv6-address

Use display ipv6 fib vpn-instance ipv6-address to display a VPN's IPv6 FIB information that matches a destination IPv6 address.

Syntax
display ipv6 fib vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ipv6-address [ prefix-length ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ipv6-address: Destination IPv6 address.

200

prefix-length: Prefix length of the destination IPv6 address, in the range of 0 to 128. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify the prefix length, the command displays the matched IPv6 FIB information that has the longest prefix. If you specify the prefix length, the command displays the matched IPv6 FIB information that has the exact prefix length.

Examples
# Displays the IPv6 FIB information with the destination address of ::1 in the VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> display ipv6 fib vpn-instance vpn1 ::1 FIB Table: Total number of Routes : 1 Flag: U:Useable Destination: NextHop Label Interface : : : G:Gateway ::1 ::1 Null InLoopBack0 H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static

PrefixLength : 128 Flag Token : UH : Invalid

Table 80 Command output Field

Total number of Routes

Description
Total number of matched routes in the FIB. Flag of the route. Possible values are:

Flag

UUsable route. GGateway route. HHost route. BBlackhole route. DDynamic route. SStatic route.

Label Token Interface

Label value added to a packet. LSP index, used to associate an NHLFE entry. Outgoing interface of packets.

export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view)

Use export route-policy to apply a routing policy to filter outgoing routes for the VPN instance. Such a routing policy is referred to as an export routing policy.
201

Use undo export route-policy to remove the application.

Syntax
export route-policy route-policy undo export route-policy

Default
No routing policy is applied to filter the routes to be advertised.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv6 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
route-policy: Name of a routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines
You can specify an export routing policy when the VPN route advertisement control provided by the extended community attributes is not enough. An export routing policy specified in VPN instance view applies to both the IPv4 VPN and IPv6 VPN. An export routing policy specified in IPv6 VPN view applies to only the IPv6 VPN. An export routing policy specified in IPv6 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify an export routing policy in both IPv6 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv6 VPN uses the policy specified in IPv6 VPN view.

Examples
# Apply export routing policy poly-1 to VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] export route-policy poly-1

# Apply export routing policy poly-3 to the IPv6 VPN of VPN instance vpn3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] export route-policy poly-3

filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use filter-policy export to filter all or certain types of routes to be advertised. Use undo filter-policy export to remove the configuration.

Syntax
filter-policy { acl6-number | ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name } export [ direct | isisv6 process-id | ospfv3 process-id | ripng process-id | static ] undo filter-policy export [ direct | isisv6 process-id | ospfv3 process-id | ripng process-id | static ]

202

Default
MP-BGP does not filter routes to be advertised.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
acl6-number: IPv6 ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name: Specifies an IPv6 address prefix list by its name, a string of 1 to 19 characters. direct: Filters direct routes to be advertised. isisv6 process-id: Filters IPv6 ISIS routes to be advertised that are from a specific IPv6 ISIS process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. ospfv3 process-id: Filters OSPFv3 routes to be advertised that are from a specific OSPFv3 process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. ripng process-id: Filters RIPng routes to be advertised that are from a specific RIPng process. The process-id argument is in the range of 1 to 65535. static: Filters static routes to be advertised.

Usage guidelines
Only routes that survive the filtering are advertised by MP-BGP. If you specify no routing protocol parameters for the filter-policy export command, all routes to be advertised are filtered.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, use ACL 2555 to filter routes to be advertised by MP-BGP.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] filter-policy 2555 export

filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use filter-policy import to filter received routes. Use undo filter-policy import to remove the configuration.

Syntax
filter-policy { acl6-number | ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name } import undo filter-policy import

Default
Received routes are not filtered.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view
203

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
acl6-number: IPv6 ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name: Specifies an IPv6 address prefix list by its name, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
Only routes that survive the filtering are added into the BGP routing table.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, use ACL 2255 to filter received routes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] filter-policy 2255 import

import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view)

Syntax
import route-policy route-policy undo import route-policy

Default
All routes matching the import target attribute are accepted.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv6 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
route-policy: Name of a routing policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines
You can specify an import routing policy when the route redistribution control provided by the extended community attributes is not enough. An import routing policy specified in VPN instance view applies to both the IPv4 VPN and IPv6 VPN. An import routing policy specified in IPv6 VPN view applies to only the IPv6 VPN. An import routing policy specified in IPv6 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify an import routing policy in both IPv6 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv6 VPN uses the policy specified in IPv6 VPN view.

204

Examples
# Apply import routing policy poly-1 to VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] import route-policy poly-1

# Apply import routing policy poly-3 to the IPv6 VPN of VPN instance vpn3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] import route-policy poly-3

ipv6-family vpnv6 (BGP view)

Use ipv6-family vpnv6 in BGP view to enter BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view. Use undo ipv6-family vpn6 to remove all settings configured in BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view.

Syntax
ipv6-family vpnv6 undo ipv6-family vpnv6

Views
BGP view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Enter BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6]

ipv6-family (VPN instance view)

Use ipv6-family in VPN instance view to enter IPv6 VPN view. Use undo ipv6-family to remove all configurations performed in IPv6 VPN view.

Syntax
ipv6-family undo ipv6-family

Views
VPN instance view

Default command level

2: System level

205

Examples
# Enter IPv6 VPN view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn1] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn1]

peer enable (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer enable to enable a peer or peer group for an address family and enable the exchange of BGP routing information of the address family. Use undo peer enable to disable the capability.

Syntax
peer ip-address enable undo peer ip-address enable

Default
Only IPv4 routing information is exchanged between BGP peers/peer groups.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Examples
# Configure peer 1.1.1.1 and enable the peer for the BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 as-number 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 enable

peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer filter-policy to apply a filtering policy to a peer or peer group. Use undo peer filter-policy to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer ip-address filter-policy acl6-number { export | import } undo peer ip-address filter-policy [ acl6-number ] { export | import }

Default
No filtering policy is applied to a peer or peer group.
206

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, apply a filtering policy to filter the routes received from peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 filter-policy 2003 import

Related commands
peer as-path-acl

peer ipv6-prefix (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer ipv6-prefix to apply an IPv6 prefix list to filter routes for a peer. Use undo peer ipv6-prefix to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer ip-address ipv6-prefix prefix-name { export | import } undo peer ip-address ipv6-prefix { export | import }

Default
No IPv6 prefix list is applied to filter routes for a peer.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: IP address of a peer. prefix-name: Name of an IPv6 prefix list, a string of 1 to 19 characters. export: Filters routes to be advertised to the peer. import: Filters routes received from the peer.
207

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, apply IPv6 prefix list list1 to filter routes received from peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 ipv6-prefix list1 import

peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer preferred-value to specify the preference value for the routes received from the specified peer/peer group. Use undo peer preferred-value to restore the default.

Syntax
peer ip-address preferred-value value undo peer ip-address preferred-value

Default
The preference value for the routes received from a peer/peer group is 0.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer. value: Preference value to be specified, in the range of 0 to 65535.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, set the preference value for the routes received from peer 131.108.1.1 to 50.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 131.108.1.1 preferred-value 50

peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer public-as-only to make outbound BGP updates carry no private AS numbers. Use undo peer public-as-only to make outbound BGP updates carry private AS numbers.

Syntax
peer ip-address public-as-only undo peer ip-address public-as-only
208

Default
A BGP update carries private AS numbers.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
If a BGP update to be sent carries any public AS number, this command does not take effect. The private AS number ranges from 64512 to 65535.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, configure the device to exclude private AS numbers from the BGP updates to be sent to the peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 public-as-only

peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer reflect-client to configure the local device as a route reflector (RR) and a peer or peer group as the client of the RR. Use undo peer reflect-client to remove the configuration.

Syntax
peer ip-address reflect-client undo peer ip-address reflect-client

Default
No RR or RR client is configured.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
group-name: Name of the peer group, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of the peer.

Usage guidelines
For more information about RR, see Layer 3IP Routing Configuration Guide.
209

The BGP view, BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view, and BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view support the peer reflect-client command. If you configure this command in BGP view, you configure the local device to reflect public network routes. If you configure this command in BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view or BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, you configure the local device to reflect VPN routes. For more information about BGP view, see Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, configure the local device as an RR and peer 1.1.1.1 as the client of the RR.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 reflect-client

peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use peer route-policy to apply a routing policy to a peer or peer group. Use undo peer route-policy to remove the application.

Syntax
peer ip-address route-policy route-policy-name { export | import } undo peer ip-address route-policy route-policy-name { export | import }

Default
No routing policy is applied to a peer or peer group.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, apply routing policy test-policy to filter routes received from peer 1.1.1.1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] peer 1.1.1.1 route-policy test-policy import

210

policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use policy vpn-target to enable route target filtering for received VPNv6 routes. Use undo policy vpn-target to disable the filtering, permitting all VPNv6 routes.

Syntax
policy vpn-target undo policy vpn-target

Default
The route target filtering function is enabled for received VPNv6 routes.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
The command applies to an inter-AS option B VPN. Only VPNv6 routes with export route target attributes matching the local import route target attributes are added into the routing table.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, enable route target filtering for received VPNv6 routes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] policy vpn-target

reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use reflect between-clients to enable route reflection between clients. Use undo reflect between-clients to disable the function.

Syntax
reflect between-clients undo reflect between-clients

Default
Route reflection between clients is enabled.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

211

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, disable route reflection between clients.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] undo reflect between-clients

reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use reflector cluster-id to specify a cluster ID for an RR. Use undo reflector cluster-id to remove the cluster ID.

Syntax
reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | ip-address } undo reflector cluster-id

Default
Each RR in a cluster uses its own router ID as the cluster ID.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
cluster-id: Cluster ID of the route reflector (RR), in the range of 1 to 4294967295. ip-address: IP address of the peer, which is to be used as the cluster ID of the RR.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, set the RR's cluster ID to 50.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] reflector cluster-id 50

refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance

Use refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance to soft reset IPv6 BGP connections in a VPN instance.

212

Syntax
refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name { ipv6-address | all | external } { export | import }

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. ipv6-address: Soft resets the BGP connection with the BGP peer identified by this IPv6 address. all: Soft resets all IPv6 BGP connections in the specified VPN instance. external: Soft resets eBGP sessions. export: Performs a soft reset in the outbound direction. import: Performs a soft reset in the inbound direction.

Usage guidelines
Soft reset of BGP connections refers to updating BGP routing information without breaking BGP neighbor relationships.

Examples
# Soft reset all IPv6 BGP connections in VPN instance vpn1 in the inbound direction to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance vpn1 all import

refresh bgp vpnv6

Use refresh bgp vpnv6 to soft reset BGP VPNv6 connections.

Syntax
refresh bgp vpnv6 { ip-address | all | external | internal } { export | import }

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ip-address: Soft resets of the BGP VPNv6 connection with the BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Soft resets all BGP VPNv6 connections. external: Soft resets eBGP sessions. internal: Soft resets iBGP sessions. export: Performs a soft reset in the outbound direction. import: Performs a soft reset in the inbound direction.

213

Usage guidelines
Soft reset of BGP connections refers to updating BGP routing information without breaking BGP neighbor relationships.

Examples
# Soft reset all BGP VPNv6 connections in the inbound direction to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> refresh bgp vpnv6 all import

reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance

Use reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance to reset IPv6 BGP connections in a VPN instance.

Syntax
reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name { as-number | ipv6-address | all | external }

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
vpn-instance-name: Resets IPv6 BGP connections with the peers in a VPN instance. The VPN instance name is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. as-number: Resets IPv6 BGP connections with the peers in an AS. The AS number is in the range of 1 to 4294967295. ipv6-address: Resets the connection with the BGP peer identified by this IPv6 address. all: Resets all IPv6 BGP connections in the specified VPN instance. external: Resets eBGP sessions.

Examples
# Reset all IPv6 BGP connections in VPN instance vpn1.
<Sysname> reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance vpn1 all

reset bgp vpnv6

Use reset bgp vpnv6 to reset BGP VPNv6 connections.

Syntax
reset bgp vpnv6 { as-number | ip-address | all | external | internal }

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
as-number: Resets BGP VPNv6 connections with the peers in the AS identified by this number. as-number ranges from 1 to 4294967295.
214

ip-address: Resets the BGP VPNv6 connection with the BGP peer identified by this IP address. all: Resets all BGP VPNv6 connections. external: Resets eBGP VPNv6 connections. internal: Resets iBGP VPNv6 connections.

Examples
# Reset all BGP VPNv6 connections to make new configurations take effect.
<Sysname> reset bgp vpnv6 all

routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view)

Use routing-table limit to limit the maximum number of routes in a VPN instance, preventing too many routes from being accepted by a PE. Use undo routing-table limit to restore the default.

Syntax
routing-table limit number { warn-threshold | simply-alert } undo routing-table limit

Views
VPN instance view, IPv6 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
number: Specifies the maximum number of routes supported. The value range varies by device. warn-threshold: Specifies a threshold for warning, in the range of 1 to 100, in percentages. When the percentage of the number of existing routes to the maximum number of routes supported exceeds the specified threshold, the system gives an alarm message but still allows new routes. If the number of routes in the VPN instance reaches the maximum supported, no more routes are added. simply-alert: Specifies that when the number of routes exceeds the maximum number of routes supported, the system still accepts routes but generates a system log (Syslog) message.

Usage guidelines
A limit configured in VPN instance view is applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. A limit configured in IPv6 VPN view is applicable to only the IPv6 VPN. A limit configured in IPv6 VPN view takes precedence over that configured in VPN instance view. If you configure a limit in both IPv6 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv6 VPN uses the limit configured in IPv6 VPN view. All MSR routers support the command, but they have different value ranges and default values for the following parameter: Parameter
number

MSR 900
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 930
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 20-1X
1 to 1024. 1024 by default. 215

MSR 20
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 30
1 to 1024. 1024 by default.

MSR 50
1 to 10000. 10000 by default.

# Specify that the IPv6 VPN vpn3 supports up to 1000 routes and generates an alarm message when the number of routes in the VPN instance reaches 700, 70% of the maximum.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] route-distinguisher 100:3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv4-vpn3] routing-table limit 1000 70

rr-filter (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view)

Use rr-filter to create an RR reflection policy so that only iBGP routes whose Extended Communities attribute matches the specified one are reflected. Use undo rr-filter to restore the default.

Syntax
rr-filter extended-community-number undo rr-filter

Default
An RR does not filter the reflected routes.

Views
BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
extended-community-number: Number of the Extended Communities attribute supported by the RR, in the range of 1 to 199.

Usage guidelines
By configuring different RR reflection policies on different RRs, you can implement load balancing among the RRs.

Examples
# In BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view, specify an Extended Communities attribute for the RR to filter the incoming VPNv6 route update packets.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family vpnv6 [Sysname-bgp-af-vpnv6] rr-filter 10

216

tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view)

Use tnl-policy to associate the current VPN instance with a tunneling policy. Use undo tnl-policy to remove the association.

Syntax
tnl-policy tunnel-policy-name undo tnl-policy

Views
VPN instance view, IPv6 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-policy-name: Name of the tunneling policy for the VPN instance, a string of 1 to 19 characters.

Usage guidelines
If a VPN instance is not associated with any tunneling policy or the associated tunneling policy is not configured, the VPN instance selects tunnels according to the default tunneling policy. The default tunneling policy selects only one tunnel in this order: LSP tunnel, GRE tunnel, CR-LSP tunnel. A tunneling policy specified in VPN instance view is applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. A tunneling policy specified in IPv6 VPN view is applicable to only the IPv6 VPN. A tunneling policy specified in IPv6 VPN view takes precedence over that specified in VPN instance view. If you specify a tunneling policy in both IPv6 VPN view and VPN instance view, the tunneling policy specified in IPv6 VPN view is applied to the IPv6 VPN.

# Associate the IPv6 VPN of VPN instance vpn3 with tunneling policy po1.
[Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] route-distinguisher 11:33 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] tnl-policy po1

Related commands
tunnel select-seq

217

vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view)

Use vpn-target to configure route targets for a VPN instance, an IPv4 VPN, or an IPv6 VPN. Use undo vpn-target to remove the specified or all route targets of a VPN instance.

Syntax
vpn-target vpn-target&<1-8> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] undo vpn-target { all | vpn-target&<1-8> [ both | export-extcommunity | import-extcommunity ] }

Default
No route targets are configured and you must configure route targets when creating a VPN instance.

Views
VPN instance view, IPv6 VPN view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Route targets configured in VPN instance view are applicable to both the IPv4 VPN and the IPv6 VPN. Route targets configured in IPv6 VPN view are applicable to only the IPv6 VPN. Route targets configured in IPv6 VPN view take precedence over those configured in VPN instance view. If you configure route targets in both IPv6 VPN view and VPN instance view, the IPv6 VPN uses the route targets configured in IPv6 VPN view.

218

# Configure route targets for the IPv6 VPN of VPN instance vpn3.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip vpn-instance vpn3 [Sysname-vpn-instance-vpn3] ipv6-family [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] vpn-target 3:3 export-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] vpn-target 4:4 import-extcommunity [Sysname-vpn-ipv6-vpn3] vpn-target 5:5 both

219

MPLS TE configuration commands

add hop
Use add hop to insert a node to the explicit path, and configure the node's attributes (include or exclude, strict or loose).

Syntax
add hop ip-address1 [ include [ loose | strict ] | exclude ] { after | before } ip-address2

Views
Explicit path view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address1: Specifies the IP address or Router ID of the node to be inserted, in dotted decimal notation. include: Includes the specified IP address ip-address1 in the explicit path. loose: Specifies the inserted node as a loose node, which means that the inserted node and its previous hop can be connected indirectly. strict: Specifies the inserted node as a strict node, which means that the inserted node and its previous hop must be connected directly. exclude: Excludes the node identified by the ip-address1 argument from the explicit path. Excluded addresses are not considered in path calculation. after: Inserts the node ip-address1 after the reference node ip-address2. before: Inserts the node ip-address1 before the reference node ip-address2. ip-address2: IP address of the reference node, in dotted decimal notation.

Usage guidelines
If you specify neither include nor exclude, the include keyword is used by default. If you specify neither loose nor strict, the strict keyword is used by default.

Examples
# Specify the device to not consider 3.3.29.3 as the next hop of 3.3.10.5 during path calculation for the explicit path path1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1] add hop 3.3.29.3 exclude after 3.3.10.5

delete hop
Use delete hop to remove a specific node from the explicit path.

220

Syntax
delete hop ip-address

Views
Explicit path view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a node along the explicit path.

Examples
# Remove the node identified by 10.0.0.1 from the explicit path path1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1] delete hop 10.0.0.1

display explicit-path
Use display explicit-path to display information about an explicit path.

Syntax
display explicit-path [ path-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
path-name: Specifies a path name, a string of 1 to 31 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If no path name is specified, information about all explicit paths is displayed.

Examples
# Display information about all explicit paths.
<Sysname> display explicit-path Path Name : ErHop-Path1 1 2 3 1.1.1.10 2.1.1.10 1.1.1.20 Path Status : Enabled Strict Strict Strict Include Include Include

221

4 5 6 7

2.1.1.20 2.1.1.30 1.1.1.30 9.4.4.4

Strict Strict Strict Strict Path Status : Enabled Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict

Include Include Include Include

Path Name : ErHop-Path2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1.1.1.10 2.1.1.10 1.1.1.40 2.1.1.40 1.1.1.50 2.1.1.40 2.1.1.30 1.1.1.30 9.4.4.4

Include Include Include Include Include Include Include Include Include

Table 81 Command output Field

Path Name Path Status

Description
Explicit path name. Explicit path status.

display isis traffic-eng advertisements

Use display isis traffic-eng advertisements to display the latest TE information advertised by IS-IS.

Syntax
display isis traffic-eng advertisements [ [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] | [ lsp-id lsp-id | local ] ] * [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
level-1: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-1 routers. level-1-2: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-1-2 routers. level-2: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-2 routers. lsp-id lsp-id: Displays the IS-IS TE information advertised by the specified link state packet (LSP). For more information about IS-IS LSP, see Layer 3IP Routing Configuration Guide. local: Displays local TE information. process-id: Specifies an IS-IS process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the IS-IS TE information of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display the IS-IS TE information of the public network, do not specify this option.

222

Usage guidelines
If no IS-IS level is specified, the TE information of IS-IS Level-1-2 routers is displayed.

Examples
# Display the latest TE information advertised by IS-IS.
<Sysname> display isis traffic-eng advertisements TE information for ISIS(1) --------------------------

Level-1 Link State Database ---------------------------

LSPID

LSP Seq Num

LSP Checksum 0x3f57

LSP Holdtime 534

ATT/P/OL 0/0/0

0000.0000.0001.00-00* 0x00000001

NLPID AREA ADDR INTF ADDR INTF ADDR INTF ADDR

: IPV4 : 00.0005 : 10.1.1.1 : 1.1.1.9 : 30.1.1.1

Level-2 Link State Database ---------------------------

LSPID

LSP Seq Num

LSP Checksum 0xf1ec

LSP Holdtime 687

ATT/P/OL 0/0/0

0000.0000.0001.00-00* 0x0000001c

NLPID AREA ADDR INTF ADDR INTF ADDR INTF ADDR Router ID +NBR

: IPV4 : 00.0005 : 10.1.1.1 : 1.1.1.9 : 30.1.1.1 : 1.1.1.9 : 0000.0000.0002.02 COST: 10

Admin Group: 0x00000000 Interface IP Address: Physical BW : 10.1.1.1

12500 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec

Reservable BW:

Unreserved BW for Class Type 0: BW Unresrv[0]: BW Unresrv[2]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[1]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[3]: 6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec

223

BW Unresrv[4]: BW Unresrv[6]: BW Unresrv[0]: BW Unresrv[2]: BW Unresrv[4]: BW Unresrv[6]: TE Cost :

6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[5]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[7]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[1]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[3]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[5]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[7]: 10

6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec

Unreserved BW for Class Type 1:

Bandwidth Constraint Model: Russian Doll Bandwidth Constraints: BC[0] +NBR : 6250 Bytes/sec BC[1] COST: 10 : 0 Bytes/sec

: 0000.0000.0004.00

Admin Group: 0x00000000 Interface IP Address: Peer IP Address Physical BW : : 30.1.1.1 30.1.1.2

12500 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[1]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[3]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[5]: 6250 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[7]: 6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec 6250 Bytes/sec

Reservable BW: BW Unresrv[0]: BW Unresrv[2]: BW Unresrv[4]: BW Unresrv[6]:

Unreserved BW for Class Type 0:

Unreserved BW for Class Type 1: BW Unresrv[0]: BW Unresrv[2]: BW Unresrv[4]: BW Unresrv[6]: TE Cost : 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[1]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[3]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[5]: 0 Bytes/sec BW Unresrv[7]: 10 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec 0 Bytes/sec

Bandwidth Constraint Model: Russian Doll Bandwidth Constraints: BC[0] : 6250 Bytes/sec BC[1] : 0 Bytes/sec

Table 82 Command output Field

LSPID LSP Seq Num

Description
LSP ID. LSP sequence number. Whether the Attach bit (ATT), Partition bit (P), and Overload bit (O) in the LSP header has been set:

ATT/P/OL

1Set. 0Not set.

Network protocol type. IS-IS area address. Interface address. Neighbor. Cost.

NLPID AREA ADDR INTF ADDR +NBR COST

224

Field
Admin Group Physical BW Reservable BW BW Unresrv[0]-[7] TE Cost BC[0] BC[1] LOM[0] LOM[1]

Description
Link administrative group attribute. Physical bandwidth. Reservable bandwidth. Available subpool bandwidths at eight levels. TE cost. Global pool. Subpool. Local overbooking multiplier. The bracketed number indicates the level of bandwidth.

display isis traffic-eng link

Use display isis traffic-eng link to display the IS-IS TE link information.

Syntax
display isis traffic-eng link [ [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] | verbose ] * [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
level-1: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-1 routers. level-1-2: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-1-2 routers. level-2: Displays the TE information of IS-IS Level-2 routers. verbose: Displays details. process-id: IS-IS process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the IS-IS TE link information of the specified VPN.. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display the IS-IS TE link information of the public network, do not specify this option. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If no IS-IS level is specified, the TE link information of IS-IS Level-1-2 routers is displayed.
225

Examples
# Display the IS-IS TE link information.
<Sysname> display isis traffic-eng link TE information for ISIS(1) -------------------------Level-2 Link Information -----------------------0000.0000.0001.00-->0000.0000.0001.01 0000.0000.0002.00-->0000.0000.0003.00 0000.0000.0002.00-->0000.0000.0001.01 0000.0000.0003.00-->0000.0000.0002.00 0000.0000.0003.00-->0000.0000.0004.01 0000.0000.0004.00-->0000.0000.0004.01 Type: MULACC Type: P2P Type: MULACC Type: P2P Type: MULACC Type: MULACC LinkID: 10.1.1.1 LinkID: 3.3.3.9 LinkID: 10.1.1.1 LinkID: 2.2.2.9 LinkID: 30.1.1.2 LinkID: 30.1.1.2

Total Number of TE Links in Level-2 Area: 6, Num Active: 6

Table 83 Command output Field

Type LinkID Total Number of TE Links in Level-2 Area Num Active

Description
Type of the link. ID of the link. Total number of TE links in the Level-2 area. Number of active TE links.

display isis traffic-eng network

Use display isis traffic-eng network to display the IS-IS TE network information.

Syntax
display isis traffic-eng network [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

226

Usage guidelines
If no IS-IS level is specified, the information of TE networks in the IS-IS Level-1-2 area is displayed.

Examples
# Display information about IS-IS TE networks.
<Sysname> display isis traffic-eng network TE information for ISIS(1) --------------------------

Level-1 Network Information --------------------------DIS Router ID : 89.1.1.1 DIS's Ip Address Attached Router Count : 86.1.1.1 : 2

Status In CSPF : ACTIVE List of Attached Routers RouterId : 89.1.1.1 Link State : 1 RouterId : 89.2.2.2 Link State : 1

Nbr : 1111.1111.1111.00

Nbr : 1111.1111.1113.00

Total Number of TE Networks in Level-1 Area: 1, Num Active: 1

Level-2 Network Information --------------------------DIS Router ID : 89.1.1.1 DIS's Ip Address Attached Router Count : 86.1.1.1 : 2

Status In CSPF : ACTIVE List of Attached Routers RouterId : 89.1.1.1 Link State : 1 RouterId : 89.2.2.2 Link State : 1

Nbr : 1111.1111.1111.00

Nbr : 1111.1111.1113.00

Total Number of TE Networks in Level-2 Area: 1, Num Active: 1

Table 84 Command output Field

DIS's Ip Address Status In CSPF Attached Router Count List of Attached Routers 227

Description
IP address of the DR router. CSPF state. Number of attached routers. List of attached routers.

Field
RouterId Nbr Level-2 Network Information

Description
Router ID. Neighbors. Level-2 network information.

display isis traffic-eng statistics

Use display isis traffic-eng statistics to display the IS-IS TE statistics.

Syntax
display isis traffic-eng statistics [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
process-id: IS-IS process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the IS-IS TE statistics for the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display the IS-IS TE statistics for the public network, do not specify this option. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If no IS-IS level is specified, the TE statistics information of Level-1-2 IS-IS is displayed.

Examples
# Display the IS-IS TE statistics information.
<Sysname> display isis traffic-eng statistics TE information for ISIS(1) -------------------------TE Statistics Information ------------------------IS-IS System Type IS-IS Cost Style Status IS-IS Level-1 Traffic Engineering Status IS-IS Level-2 Traffic Engineering Status IS-IS Router ID : Level-1-2 : Wide : Disabled : Enabled : 1.1.1.9

228

Table 85 Command output Field

IS-IS System Type IS-IS Cost Style Status IS-IS Level-1 Traffic Engineering Status IS-IS Level-2 Traffic Engineering Status

Description
System type. Cost type of the router. TE state of Level-1 router. TE state of Level-2 router.

display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs

Use display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs to display information about IS-IS sub-TLVs for TE.

Syntax
display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
process-id: IS-IS process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays the IS-IS sub-TLVs for TE in the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its VPN instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To display TE sub-TLV information of the public network, do not specify this option. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If no IS-IS level is specified, Level-1-2 IS-IS sub-TLVs for TE are displayed.

Examples
# Display the IS-IS sub-TLV information for TE.
<Sysname> display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs IS-IS(1) SubTlv Information --------------------------------Unreserved sub-pool bandwidth sub-tlv value : 251 Bandwidth constraint sub-tlv value LO multiplier sub-tlv value : 252 : 253

229

Table 86 Command output Field

Unreserved sub-pool bandwidth sub-tlv value Bandwidth constraint sub-tlv value LO multiplier sub-tlv value

Description
Sub-TLV of unreserved subpool bandwidth. Bandwidth constraint sub-TLV. LOM sub-TLV.

Related commands
te-set-subtlv

display mpls rsvp-te

Use display mpls rsvp-te to display RSVP-TE configuration.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te [ interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface: Displays RSVP-TE configuration for interfaces. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If the interface keyword is not specified, the global RSVP-TE configuration is displayed. If no interface is specified through the interface-type interface-number argument, the RSVP-TE configuration of all RSVP-TE enabled interfaces is displayed.

Examples
# Display the global RSVP-TE configuration.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te LSR ID: 4.4.4.4 Resv Confirmation Request: DISABLE RSVP Hello Extension: ENABLE Hello interval: 3 sec Max Hello misses: 3 Path and Resv message refresh interval: 30 sec

230

Path and Resv message refresh retries count: 3 Blockade Multiplier: 4 Graceful Restart: ENABLE Restart Time: 200 sec Recovery Time: 150 sec

Table 87 Command output Field

LSR ID Resv Confirmation Request RSVP Hello Extension Hello Interval Max Hello misses Path and Resv message refresh interval Path and Resv message refresh retries count Blockade Multiplier Graceful Restart Restart Time Recovery Time

Description
Label switched Router ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Reserved confirmation request. State of the hello mechanism: enabled or disabled. Hello interval, in seconds. Maximum number of consecutive hello losses before a neighbor is considered dead. Path and reservation message refresh interval, in seconds. Number of Path and Resv message retransmissions. Blockade multiplier. State of GR: enabled or disabled. GR restart interval in seconds. GR recovery interval in seconds.

# Display the RSVP-TE configuration on Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te interface ethernet 1/1 Interface Ethernet1/1 Interface state: UP Total-BW: 80 Hello configured: NO SRefresh feature: ENABLE Authentication: DISABLE BFD feature: ENABLE Used-BW: 20 Num of Neighbors: 1 SRefresh Interval: 30sec Reliability configured: NO Increment Value: 1

Retransmit Interval: 500msec

Table 88 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Interface state BFD feature Total-BW Used-BW Hello configured Num of Neighbors Srefresh feature

Description
RSVP-TE enabled interface. Physical interface state. State of BFD: enabled or disabled. Total bandwidth (in kbps) Used bandwidth (in kbps) Whether the hello mechanism is configured. Number of neighbors connected to the interface. State of the summary refresh function: enabled or disabled.

231

Field
Srefresh interval Authentication Reliability Retransmit interval

Description
Summary refresh interval (in seconds) State of authentication: enabled or disabled. Whether the reliability feature is configured. Initial retransmission interval (in milliseconds) Increment value delta which governs the speed at which the interface increases the retransmission interval.

Increment value

Assume the retransmission interval is Rf seconds. If the interface does not receive an ACK message for a packet within this interval, it retransmits the packet after (1 + Increment value) Rf seconds.

display mpls rsvp-te established

Use display mpls rsvp-te established to display information about RSVP-TE tunnels.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te established [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, the command displays the RSVP-TE tunnel information of all interfaces. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display RSVP-TE tunnel information for Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te established interface ethernet 1/1 Interface Ethernet1/1 Token Bucket Rate: 0.00 Tunnel Dest: 2.2.2.2 Local LSP ID: 4 Next Hop Addr: 80.4.1.1 Upstream Label: 1024 Downstream Label: 3 Peak Data Rate: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 3.3.3.3 Session Tunnel ID: 4

232

Table 89 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Token Bucket rate Peak Data Rate Tunnel Dest Ingress LSR ID Next Hop Addr

Description
RSVP-TE enabled interface. Token bucket rate, a traffic parameter. Peak rate, a traffic parameter. Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Next hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X

display mpls rsvp-te peer

Use display mpls rsvp-te peer to display information about RSVP-TE neighbors on the specified or all interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te peer [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about RSVP-TE neighbors on all interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te peer Interface Ethernet1/1 Neighbor Addr: 80.4.1.1 SrcInstance: 841 PSB Count: 0 Hello Type Sent: ACK SRefresh Enable: NO NbrSrcInstance: 928 RSB Count: 1 Neighbor Hello Extension: ENABLE Reliability Enable: YES

Graceful Restart State: Ready

Restart Time: 200 sec Recovery Time: 150 sec

233

Interface Ethernet1/2 Neighbor Addr: 80.2.1.1 SrcInstance: 832 PSB Count: 1 Hello Type Sent: REQ SRefresh Enable: NO NbrSrcInstance: 920 RSB Count: 0 Neighbor Hello Extension: ENABLE Reliability Enable: YES

Graceful Restart State: Not Ready Restart Time: --Recovery Time: ---

Table 90 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Neighbor Addr: SrcInstance NbrSrcInstance PSB Count RSB Count Hello Type Sent

Description
RSVP-TE enabled interface. Neighbor address, in the format of X.X.X.X. Instance of source Message ID. Instance of neighbor Message ID. Number of path state blocks. Number of reservation state blocks. Type of hellos sent to the neighbor: REQ, ACK, or NONE. State of hello extension: enabled or disabled. This field is displayed only when hello extension is enabled on the interface. State of summary refresh: YES for enabled and NO for disabled. State of the reliability function: YES for enabled and NO for disabled. Neighbor's GR status: Not Ready, Ready, Restart, or Recovery. If this field is not supported, three hyphens (---) are displayed. GR restart interval in seconds. GR recovery interval in seconds.

Neighbor Hello Extension

SRefresh Enable Reliability Enable

Graceful Restart State

Restart Time Recovery Time

display mpls rsvp-te psb-content

Use display mpls rsvp-te psb-content to display information about RSVP-TE PSB.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te psb-content ingress-lsr-id lspid tunnel-id egress-lsr-id [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level
234

Parameters
ingress-lsr-id: Ingress LSR ID. lspid: Local LSR ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. tunnel-id: Tunnel ID, in the range of 0 to 65535. egress-lsr-id: Egress LSR ID. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display PSB information.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te psb-content 19.19.19.19 1 0 29.29.29.29 The PSB Content: Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 Tunnel ExtID: 19.19.19.19 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Local LSP ID: 1 Session Tunnel ID: 0

Previous Hop : 101.101.101.1 Next Hop : ----Incoming / Outgoing Interface: Ethernet1/1 InLabel : 3 Reverse InLabel : null Send Message ID : 1 Session AttributeSetupPrio: 7 ERO InformationL-Type ERHOP_STRICT RRO InformationRRO-CType: IPV4 RRO-IPAddress: 101.101.101.1 RRO-IPPrefixLen: 32 ERO-IPAddr 101.101.101.2 ERO-PrefixLen 32 HoldPrio: 7 OutLabel : NULL Reverse OutLabel : 1024 Recv Message ID : 0 / -----

SessionFlag: SE Style desired

SenderTspec InformationToken bucket rate: 0.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Peak data rate: 0.00 Minimum policed unit: 0 Maximum packet size: 4294967295 Path Message arrive on Ethernet1/1 from PHOP 101.101.101.1 Resource Reservation OK Graceful Restart State: Stale Bandwidth Constraint Mode: IETF DS-TE RDM

235

Table 91 Command output Field

Tunnel Dest Session Tunnel ID Tunnel ExtID Ingress LSR ID Local LSP ID Next Hop Previous Hop In Label Out Label Reverse InLabel Reverse OutLabel Send message ID Resv Message ID Setup Prio HoldPrio Session Flag ERO Information L-Type ERO-IPAddress ERO-Prefix Len RRO Information RRO-C Type RRO-IP Address RRO-IPPrefixLen Sender Tspec Information Token Bucket rate Token Bucket size Peak Data Rate Maximum packet size Minimum policed unit Path message Resource Graceful Restart State

Description
Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Session tunnel ID. Tunnel extension ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Local LSP ID. Next hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X Previous hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X Incoming label. Outgoing label. Incoming label of the reverse LSP. Outgoing label of the reverse LSP. Instance of sent Message ID. Instance of received Message ID. Session setup priority. Session hold priority. Session flag (local protection policy, label, SE style) Information about explicit routes. Explicit routing type: strict or loose. IP address for an explicit route. Prefix length for an explicit route. Information about route recording. Type of route recording. IP address of recorded route in the format of X.X.X.X IP prefix length of recorded route. Information about sender's service specifications. Token bucket rate (in kbps), a traffic parameter. Token bucket size, a traffic parameter. Peak data rate (in kbps), a traffic parameter. Maximum packet size, a traffic parameter. Minimum policed unit, a traffic parameter. Path message sent from the interface to the next hop at X.X.X.X Available when the RSVP flag is configured. State of GR: stale or normal. If this field is not supported, three hyphens (---) are displayed.

236

Field

Description
Bandwidth constraints model carried in the path message:

Bandwidth Constraint Mode

IETF DS-TE RDM. IETF DS-TE MAM. Prestandard DS-TE RDM.

display mpls rsvp-te request

Use display mpls rsvp-te request to display information about RSVP-TE requests on the specified or all interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te request [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display information about RSVP-TE requests on all interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te request Interface Ethernet1/1: Tunnel Dest: 2.2.2.2 Local LSP ID: 4 NextHopAddr: 80.4.1.1 SessionFlag: SE Style desired. Token bucket rate: 0.00 Out Interface: Ethernet1/2 Token bucket size: 1000.00 Ingress LSR ID: 3.3.3.3 Session Tunnel ID: 4

Table 92 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest Ingress LSR ID 237

Description
RSVP-TE enabled Ethernet interface. Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X

Field
Next Hop Address SessionFlag Token Bucket rate Token Bucket Size Out Interface

Description
Next hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X Reservation style. Token bucket rate, a traffic parameter. Token bucket size, a traffic parameter. Output interface.

display mpls rsvp-te reservation

Use display mpls rsvp-te reservation to display information about RSVP-TE reservations on the specified or all interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te reservation [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display information about RSVP-TE reservations on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te reservation interface ethernet 1/1 Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 LSP ID: 1 Upstream Label: ----Token bucket rate: 0.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Tunnel ID: 1

# Display information about RSVP-TE reservations on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te reservation Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 LSP ID: 1 Upstream Label: ----Token bucket rate: 0.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Tunnel ID: 1

238

Interface: Outgoing-Interface at the Egress Tunnel Dest: 19.19.19.19 LSP ID: 1 Upstream Label: 3 Token bucket rate: 0.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 29.29.29.29 Tunnel ID: 1

Table 93 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest Ingress LSR ID Token Bucket rate Token Bucket Size

Description
RSVP-TE enabled Ethernet interface. Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Token bucket rate, a traffic parameter. Token bucket size, a traffic parameter.

display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content

Use display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content to display information about RSVP-TE reservation state blocks (RSBs).

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content ingress-lsr-id Ispid tunnel-id egress-lsr-id nexthop-address [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ingress-lsr-id: Ingress LSR ID. lspid: Local LSP ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. tunnel-id: Tunnel ID, in the range of 0 to 65535. egress-lsr-id: Egress LSR ID. nexthop-address: Next hop address. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about RSVP-TE RSBs.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content 19.19.19.19 1 0 29.29.29.29 101.101.101.2

239

The RSB Content: Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 Tunnel ExtID: 19.19.19.19 Next Hop: 101.101.101.2 Reservation Style: SE Style Session Tunnel ID: 0

Reservation Incoming Interface: Ethernet1/1 Reservation Interface: Ethernet1/1 Message ID : 2 Filter Spec InformationThe filter number: 1 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Graceful Restart State: Stale RRO InformationRRO-Flag is RRO-CType: IPV4 RRO-IPAddress: 101.101.101.2 RRO-IPPrefixLen: 32 Local LSP ID: 1 OutLabel: 3

FlowSpec InformationToken bucket rate: 2500.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Peak data rate: 0.00 Minimum policed unit: 0 Maximum packet size: 0 Bandwidth guarantees: 0.00 Delay guarantees: 0 Qos Service is Controlled Resv Message arrive on Ethernet1/1 from NHOP 101.101.101.2 Graceful Restart State: Stale

Table 94 Command output Field

Tunnel Dest Tunnel Ext ID Next Hop Reservation Style Reservation Interface Reserve Incoming Interface Message ID Filter Spec Information The filter number Ingress LSR ID Out Label RRO Information RRO-C Type RRO-IP Address 240

Description
Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Tunnel extension (ingress LSR ID), in the format of X.X.X.X Next hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X Reservation style: SE or FF. Reservation interface name. Incoming interface where the Resv message was received. Message ID of the Refresh Reduction message. Filter specifications. Number of filters. Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Outgoing label. Information about route recording. Type of route recording. IP address of recorded route in the format of X.X.X.X

Field
RRO-IPPrefixLen Flow Spec information Token Bucket rate Token Bucket size Peak Data Rate Maximum packet size Minimum policed unit Bandwidth guarantees Delay guarantees QOS service Resv Message

Description
IP prefix length of recorded route. Flow specifications. Token bucket rate (in kbps), a traffic parameter. Token bucket size, a traffic parameter. Peak data rate (in kbps), a traffic parameter. Maximum packet size, a traffic parameter. Minimum policed unit, a traffic parameter. Guaranteed bandwidth, a reservation specifications parameter. Delay guarantee, a reservation specifications parameter. QoS guarantee/control. Reservation message received on a particular interface from next hop (X.X.X.X) State of GR: stale or normal. If this field is not supported, three hyphens (---) are displayed.

Graceful Restart State

display mpls rsvp-te sender

Use display mpls rsvp-te sender to display RSVP-TE sender message information.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te sender [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display the RSVP-TE sender message information on Ethernet 1/1.
241

<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te sender interface ethernet 1/1 Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 LSP ID: 1 Session Name: Tunnel0 Previous Hop Address: 101.101.101.1 Token bucket rate: 0.0 Token bucket size: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Session Tunnel ID: 1

# Display the RSVP-TE sender message information on all interfaces.

<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te sender Interface: Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest: 19.19.19.19 LSP ID: 1 Session Name: Tunnel0 Previous Hop Address: 101.101.101.2 Token bucket rate: 0.0 Tunnel Dest: 29.29.29.29 LSP ID: 1 Session Name: Tunnel1 Previous Hop Address: 19.19.19.19 Token bucket rate: 0.0 Token bucket size: 0.00 Token bucket size: 0.00 Ingress LSR ID: 19.19.19.19 Session Tunnel ID: 0 Ingress LSR ID: 29.29.29.29 Session Tunnel ID: 0

Interface: Incoming-Interface at the Ingress

Table 95 Command output Field

Interface Ethernet1/1 Tunnel Dest Ingress LSR ID Previous Hop Address Token Bucket rate Token Bucket Size

Description
RSVP-TE enabled Ethernet interface. Tunnel destination, in the format of X.X.X.X Ingress LSR ID, in the format of X.X.X.X Previous hop address, in the format of X.X.X.X Token bucket rate, a traffic parameter. Token bucket size, a traffic parameter.

display mpls rsvp-te statistics

Use display mpls rsvp-te statistics to display statistics about RSVP-TE.

Syntax
display mpls rsvp-te statistics { global | interface [ interface-type interface-number ] } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
global: Display global RSVP-TE information.
242

interface: Displays statistics about RSVP-TE for a specific interface or, if no interface is specified, all interfaces. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface for which statistics about RSVP-TE is displayed. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display global RSVP-TE statistics.
<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te statistics global LSR ID: 1.1.1.1 PSB Count: 1 RFSB Count: 0 LSP Count: 1 RSB Count: 1 TCSB Count: 1

Total Statistics Information: PSB CleanupTimeOutCounter: 0 SendPacketCounter: 55 SendPathCounter: 5 SendResvCounter: 0 SendResvConfCounter: 0 SendHelloCounter: 2 SendAckCounter: 48 SendPathErrCounter: 0 SendResvErrCounter: 0 SendPathTearCounter: 0 SendResvTearCounter: 0 SendSrefreshCounter: 0 SendAckMsgCounter: 0 SendErrMsgCounter: 0 RecReqFaultCounter: 0 RSB CleanupTimeOutCounter: 0 RecPacketCounter: 54 RecPathCounter: 0 RecResvCounter: 4 RecResvConfCounter: 0 RecHelloCounter: 48 RecAckCounter: 2 RecPathErrCounter: 0 RecResvErrCounter: 0 RecPathTearCounter: 0 RecResvTearCounter: 0 RecSrefreshCounter: 0 RecAckMsgCounter: 0 RecErrMsgCounter: 0 BindFrrFaultCounter: 0

# Display the RSVP-TE statistics of Serial 1/0.

<Sysname> display mpls rsvp-te statistics interface Serial1/0: PSB CleanupTimeOutCounter: 0 SendPacketCounter: 69 SendPathCounter: 6 SendResvCounter: 0 SendResvConfCounter: 0 SendHelloCounter: 2 SendAckCounter: 61 SendPathErrCounter: 0 SendResvErrCounter: 0 RSB CleanupTimeOutCounter: 0 RecPacketCounter: 68 RecPathCounter: 0 RecResvCounter: 5 RecResvConfCounter: 0 RecHelloCounter: 61 RecAckCounter: 2 RecPathErrCounter: 0 RecResvErrCounter: 0

243

SendPathTearCounter: 0 SendResvTearCounter: 0 SendSrefreshCounter: 0 SendAckMsgCounter: 0 SendErrMsgCounter: 0 RecReqFaultCounter: 0

RecPathTearCounter: 0 RecResvTearCounter: 0 RecSrefreshCounter: 0 RecAckMsgCounter: 0 RecErrMsgCounter: 0 BindFrrFaultCounter: 0

Table 96 Command output Field

PSB Count RSB Count RFSB Count TCSB Count LSP Count PSB CleanupTimeOutCounter RSB CleanupTimeOutCounter SendPacketCounter RecPacketCounter SendPathCounter RecPathCounter SendResvCounter RecResvCounter SendResvConfCounter RecResvConfCounter SendHelloCounter RecHelloCounter SendAckCounter RecAckCounter SendPathErrCounter RecPathErrCounter SendResvErrCounter RecResvErrCounter SendPathTearCounter RecPathTearCounter SendResvTearCounter RecResvTearCounter SendSrefreshCounter RecSrefreshCounter SendAckMsgCounter 244

Description
Number of PSBs. Number of RSBs. Number of RFSBs. Number of TCSBs. Number of LSPs. Number of PSB timeouts. Number of RSB timeouts. Number of transmitted packets. Number of received packets. Number of transmitted Path messages. Number of received Path messages. Number of transmitted Resv messages. Number of received Resv messages. Number of transmitted ResvConf messages. Number of received ResvConf messages. Number of transmitted Hello messages. Number of received Hello messages. Number of transmitted Ack messages. Number of received Ack messages. Number of transmitted PathErr messages. Number of received PathErr messages. Number of transmitted ResvErr messages. Number of received ResvErr messages. Number of transmitted PathTear messages. Number of received PathTear messages. Number of transmitted ResvTear messages. Number of received ResvTear messages. Number of transmitted Srefresh messages. Number of received Srefresh messages. Number of transmitted AckMsg messages.

Field
RecAckMsgCounter SendErrMsgCounter RecErrMsgCounter RecReqFaultCounter BindFrrFaultCounter

Description
Number of received AckMsg messages. Number of transmitted errors. Number of received errors. Number of request failures. Number of primary-to-bypass tunnel binding failures in the FRR process.

display mpls static-cr-lsp

Use display mpls static-cr-lsp to display information about static CR-LSPs.

Syntax
display mpls static-cr-lsp [ lsp-name lsp-name ] [ egress | ingress | transit ] [ { include | exclude } ip-address prefix-length ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
lsp-name lsp-name: Label switched path name comprising 1 to 15 characters. egress: Displays static CR-LSPs taking the current device as the egress node. ingress: Displays static CR-LSPs taking the current device as the ingress node. transit: Displays static CR-LSPs taking the current device as a transit node. include: Displays only CR-LSPs with the destination IP address specified by the ip-address prefix-length arguments. exclude: Displays only CR-LSPs with destination IP addresses other than the one specified by the ip-address prefix-length arguments. ip-address: IP address of the FEC. prefix-length: IP address prefix length, in the range of 0 to 32. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display brief information about all static CR-LSPs.
<Sysname> display mpls static-cr-lsp

245

total statics-cr-lsp : 1 Name abc FEC -/I/O Label 60/NULL I/O If Eth1/1/State Down

Table 97 Command output Field

Name FEC I/O Label I/O If State

Description
Static CR-LSP name. FEC destination address and mask. Incoming/outgoing label. Incoming/outgoing interface. Current state of the CR-LSP.

# Display detailed information about all static CR-LSPs.

<Sysname> display mpls static-cr-lsp verbose No LSP-Name LSR-Type FEC In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface NextHop Lsp Status Class Type Bandwith : : : : : : : : : : : : 1 abc Egress -/60 NULL Ethernet1/1 Down 0 0 kbps

Table 98 Command output Field

LSP-Name LSR-Type FEC In-Label Out-Label In-Interface Out-Interface NextHop Lsp Status Class Type Bandwidth

Description
Static CR-LSP name. Role of the LSR in the LSP: ingress, transit, or egress. FEC destination address and the destination address mask. Incoming label. Outgoing label. Incoming interface. Outgoing interface. Next hop address. Status of the LSP. Class type of the traffic on the static CR-LSP. Bandwidth required by the static CR-LSP.

246

display mpls te cspf tedb

Use display mpls te cspf tedb to display information about CSPF-based TEDB by specified criteria.

Syntax
display mpls te cspf tedb { all | area area-id | interface ip-address | network-lsa | node [ mpls-lsr-id ] } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
area-id: Area ID. For OSPF, it ranges from 0 to 4294967295. For IS-IS, it takes the value of 1 or 2. ip-address: IP address of an interface. network-lsa: Displays traffic engineering database (TEDB) information in network LSAs. node: Displays the TEDB information on nodes. If no node is specified, the TEDB information on all nodes is displayed. mpls-lsr-id: Specifies a node by its MPLS LSR ID. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display TEDB information in network LSAs.
<Sysname> display mpls te cspf tedb network-lsa Maximum Network LSA Supported: Id 1 DR MPLS LSR-Id DR-Address 8.1.1.2 3.0.0.2 500 7 IGP OSPF Process-Id 100 Area 0 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 2.1.1.1 8.1.1.2 2 2.1.1.1 3.0.0.3 OSPF 100 0 2.1.1.1 3.1.1.1 2.1.1.2 3 3.1.1.2 3.0.0.4 OSPF 100 0 3.1.1.1 4.1.1.1 3.1.1.2 4 4.1.1.2 3.0.0.5 OSPF 100 0 4.1.1.1 5.1.1.1 4.1.1.2 5 5.1.1.2 3.0.0.6 OSPF 100 0 5.1.1.1

Current Total Network LSA Number:

247

6.1.1.1 5.1.1.2 6 6.1.1.2 3.0.0.9 OSPF 100 0 6.1.1.1 7.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 7 7.1.1.1 12.0.0.7 OSPF 100 0 3.1.1.1 7.1.1.1 7.1.1.2

Table 99 Command output Field

ID DR MPLS LSR-Id DR-Address IGP Process-Id Area Neighbor

Description
Number. MPLS LSR ID of the designated router (DR), in dotted decimal notation. Interface address of the DR. Interior gateway protocol: OSPF or IS-IS. IGP process ID. Area to which the router belongs. Neighbor router ID.

# Display all TEDB information.

<Sysname> display mpls te cspf tedb all Maximum Node Supported: 1000 Current Total Node Number: 3 Id 1 MPLS LSR-Id 1.1.1.1 IGP OSPF Maximum Link Supported: 4000 Current Total Link Number: 44 Process-Id 100 Area 1001,1002,1003 1004,1005,1006 1007,1008,1009 1010,1,2 13,14,15 16,17,18 19,20 2 3 2.1.1.1 3.1.1.1 ISIS OSPF 100 100 Level-0,1 0 20 4 Link-Count 20

Table 100 Command output Field

ID MPLS LSR-Id IGP Process-Id Area Link-count

Description
Number. MPLS LSR ID, in dotted decimal notation. Interior gateway protocol: OSPF or IS-IS. IGP process ID. Area to which the router belongs. Total number of connected links belonging to a particular IGP protocol process. 248

# Display the TEDB information of IGP area 1.

<Sysname> display mpls te cspf tedb area 1 Router Node Information for Area 1: Id 1 2 3 4 MPLS LSR-Id 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 IGP OSPF OSPF ISIS ISIS Process-Id 100 100 100 100 Area 1 1 Level-1 Level-1 Link-Count 1 1 1 1

Network LSA Information for Area 1: Id 1 DR MPLS LSR-Id 3.3.3.3 DR-Address 20.1.1.2 IGP Process-Id Area 1 Neighbor 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 2 3.3.3.3 20.1.1.2 ISIS 100 Level-1 3.3.3.3 2.2.2.2

OSPF 100

Table 101 Command output Field

Id MPLS LSR-Id IGP Process-Id Area Link-Count DR MPLS LSR-Id DR-Address Neighbor

# Display the TEDB information of all nodes in prestandard DS-TE mode.

<Sysname> display mpls te cspf tedb node MPLS LSR-Id: 1.1.1.1 IGP Type: OSPF Process Id: 100

MPLS-TE Link Count: 1 Link[1] : Interface IP Address: 2.0.0.33, 2.0.0.35, 2.0.0.36, Neighbor IP Address: 2.0.0.2, 2.0.0.42, 2.0.0.43, 2.0.0.44, 2.0.0.45, 2.0.0.46, 2.0.0.47, 2.0.0.32, Neighbor Link MPLS LSR-Id : 1.1.1.2 Link Status: Inactive TE Metric: 100 Color: 0xff

IGP Area: 1 Type: point-to-point

IGP Metric: 100

Maximum Bandwidth: 100 (kbps) Maximum Reservable Bandwidth: 20 (kbps)

249

Bandwidth Constraint Mode: Prestandard DS-TE RDM Bandwidth Constraints: BC[0] : BC[1] : 100 20 (kbps) (kbps)

Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class: [0] : [2] : [4] : [6] : [8] : [10]: [12]: [14]: 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), [1] : [3] : [5] : [7] : [9] : [11]: [13]: [15]: 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps)

MPLS LSR-Id: 1.1.1.1 IGP Type: ISIS Process Id: 100 MPLS-TE Link Count: 2 Link[1] : Interface IP Address: 2.0.0.33, 2.0.0.35, 2.0.0.36, Neighbor IP Address: 2.0.0.2, 2.0.0.42, 2.0.0.43, 2.0.0.44, 2.0.0.45, 2.0.0.46, 2.0.0.47, 2.0.0.32, 2.0.0.33 Neighbor MPLS LSR-Id: 1.1.1.2

IGP Area: Level-0 Link Type: point-to-point Link Status: Active TE Metric: 10 Color: 0x11 IGP Metric: 10

Maximum Bandwidth: 100 (kbps) Maximum Reservable Bandwidth: 100 (kbps) Bandwidth Constraint Mode: Prestandard DS-TE RDM Bandwidth Constraints: BC[0] : BC[1] : 100 20 (kbps) (kbps)

Table 102 Command output Field

MPLS LSR-Id Process Id MPLS-TE Link Count Link[1] 250

Description
MPLS LSR ID, in dotted decimal notation. IGP process ID. Number of MPLS TE links. Information of the first link.

Field
DR Address IGP Metric TE Metric Color Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Reservable Bandwidth Bandwidth Constraint Mode Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class

Description
IP address of the DR. IGP metric of link. TE metric of link. Link administrative attribute. Maximum bandwidth of the link. Maximum reservable bandwidth of link. Bandwidth constrains model. Reservable bandwidth for each TE class.

# Display TEDB information of a specific interface address in IETF DS TE RDM mode.

<Sysname> display mpls te cspf tedb interface 20.1.1.1 MPLS LSR-Id: 2.2.2.2 IGP Type: ISIS Link[1] : Interface IP Address: 20.1.1.1 DR Address: 20.1.1.2 IGP Area: Level-1 Link Type: multi-access Link Status: Active TE Metric: 0 Color: 0x0 Process Id: 100

IGP Metric: 10 Maximum Bandwidth: 0 (kbps)

Maximum Reservable Bandwidth: 0 (kbps) Bandwidth Constraint Mode: IETF DS-TE RDM Bandwidth Constraints: BC[0] : BC[1] : BC[2] : BC[3] : [0] : [2] : [4] : [6] : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), (kbps), [1] : [3] : [5] : [7] : 0 0 0 0 (kbps) (kbps) (kbps) (kbps)

Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class:

Table 103 Command output Field

MPLS LSR-Id Process Id MPLS-TE Link Count Link[1] Interface IP Address DR Address IGP Metric 251

Description
MPLS LSR ID, in dotted decimal notation. IGP process ID. Number of MPLS TE links. Information of the first link. Interface IP address. IP address of the DR. IGP metric of link.

Field
TE Metric Color Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Reservable Bandwidth Bandwidth Constraint Mode Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class

Description
TE metric of link. Link administrative attribute. Maximum bandwidth of the link. Maximum reservable bandwidth of the link. Bandwidth constraints model. Reservable bandwidth for each TE class.

display mpls te ds-te

Use display mpls te ds-te to display information about DS-TE.

Syntax
display mpls te ds-te [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display information about DS-TE.
<Sysname> display mpls te ds-te MPLS LSR ID MPLS DS-TE mode MPLS DS-TE BC mode TE CLASS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : : : 1.1.1.1 Prestandard RDM Priority 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1

ClassType 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

252

10 11 12 13 14 15

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 3 4 5 6 7

Table 104 display mpls te ds-te command output information Field

MPLS DS-TE mode MPLS DS-TE BC mode TE CLASS ClassType Priority

Description
DS-TE mode: Prestandard or IETF. DS-TE BC model: RDM or MAM. TE class-CT-priority mapping.

display mpls te link-administration admission-control

Use display mpls te link-administration admission-control to display information about CR-LSPs carried on the link of a specific interface or links of all interfaces if no interface is specified.

Syntax
display mpls te link-administration admission-control [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and a number. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about the CR-LSPs carried on the links of all interfaces.
<Sysname> display mpls te link-administration admission-control LspID 1.1.1.9:1024 1.1.1.9:2048 In/Out IF ---/Eth1/1 ---/Eth1/2 S/H Prio 7/7 7/7 CT 0 0 BW(kbps) 0 0

253

Table 105 Command output Field

LspID In/Out IF S/H Prio CT BW(kbps)

Description
ID of an LSP carried on a link. Incoming/Outgoing interface. Setup and holding priorities of CR-LSP. Service class type. Bandwidth (in kbps)

display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation

Use display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation to display bandwidth allocation on the specified or all MPLS TE enabled interfaces.

Syntax
display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Examples
# Display bandwidth allocation on the MPLS TE enabled interface in prestandard mode.
<Sysname> display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation Link ID: Ethernet1/1 : 3200000 kbits/sec 2000000 kbits/sec 200000 kbits/sec 300000 kbits/sec

Max Link Bandwidth

Max Reservable Bandwidth of Prestandard RDM : Max Reservable Bandwidth of IETF RDM Max Reservable Bandwidth of IETF MAM Downstream LSP Count UpStream LSP Count Downstream Bandwidth Upstream Bandwidth IPUpdown Link Status : : : : : 0 0 0 kbits/sec 0 kbits/sec UP : :

254

PhysicalUpdown Link Status : BC 0 1 2 3 Prestandard RDM(kbps) 2000000 1000000 0 0 CLASS TYPE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UP IETF Mode MAM(kbps) 2000 2000 2000 2000 BW RESERVED(kbps) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BW AVAILABLE(kbps) 2000000 2000000 2000000 2000000 2000000 2000000 2000000 1999000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000 1000000

IETF Mode RDM(kbps) 200000 150000 100000 50000 PRIORITY 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

TE CLASS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Table 106 Command output Field

Downstream LSP Count UpStream LSP Count IPUpdown Link Status PhysicalUpdown Link Status BC Prestandard RDM IETF Mode RDM IETF Mode MAM TE CLASS CLASS TYPE BW RESERVED BW AVAILABLE

Description
Number of downstream LSPs. Number of upstream LSPs. IP layer link status. Physical layer link status. Bandwidth constraint number. Bandwidth constraints in prestandard RDM mode, in kbps. Bandwidth constraints in IETF RDM mode, in kbps. Bandwidth constraints in IETF RDM mode, in kbps. TE class. Service class type. Bandwidth reserved for the TE class, in kbps. Bandwidth available for the TE class, in kbps.

display mpls te tunnel

Use display mpls te tunnel to display information about MPLS TE tunnels.

255

Syntax
display mpls te tunnel [ destination dest-addr ] [ lsp-id lsr-id lsp-id ] [ lsr-role { all | egress | ingress | remote | transit } ] [ name name ] [ { incoming-interface | outgoing-interface | interface } interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
destination address: Specifies a destination IP address to display only the tunnels with the specified destination IP address. lsr-id: LSR ID of the ingress node, in dotted decimal notation. lsp-id: LSP ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. lsr-role: Displays tunnels by LSR role (ingress, transit, egress, or remote). all: Displays all tunnels. egress: Displays tunnels created taking the current device as the egress. ingress: Displays tunnels created taking the current device as the ingress . remote: Displays tunnels created taking the current device as the egress or a transit node. transit: Displays tunnels created taking the current device as a transit node. name name: Displays the tunnel with a particular name. This could be a string of 1 to 63 characters configured as interface description or the interface name if no interface description is configured. The tunnel name should be signaled to all hops. incoming-interface: Displays all tunnels that use the interface identified by the interface-type interface-number arguments as the incoming interface. outgoing-interface: Displays all tunnels that use the interface identified by the interface-type interface-number arguments as the outgoing interface. interface: Displays all tunnels that use the interface identified by the interface-type interface-number arguments as the incoming or outgoing interface. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. verbose: Displays detailed information. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about MPLS TE tunnels. (The output may vary by signaling protocol.)
<Sysname> display mpls te tunnel

256

LSP-Id 1.1.1.9:1024 1.1.1.9:2048

Destination 3.3.3.9 3.3.3.9

In/Out-If -/Eth1/1 -/Eth1/2

Name Tunnel0 Tunnel0

Table 107 Command output Field

LSP-ID Destination In/Out-IF Name

Description
LSP ID of tunnel. Destination router ID. Incoming/outgoing interface. Tunnel name configured on the ingress node.

# Display detailed information about MPLS TE tunnels.

<Sysname> display mpls te tunnel verbose No LSP-Id Tunnel-Name Destination In-Interface Out-Interface Tunnel BW Class Type : 1 : *1.1.1.9:23 : Tunnel2 : 1.1.1.9 : Vlan1 : : 0 kbps : CT0

Ingress LSR-Id : *1.1.1.9 Egress LSR-Id Hold-Priority Sign-Protocol Resv Style IncludeAnyAff ExcludeAllAff IncludeAllAff Created Time No LSP-Id Tunnel-Name Destination In-Interface Out-Interface Tunnel BW Class Type : 1.1.1.9 : 7 : RSVP TE : FF : 0x0 : 0x0 : 0x0 : 2011/01/28 09:59:49 : 2 : 1.1.1.9:23 : Tunnel2 : 2.2.2.9 : : Vlan1 : 0 kbps : CT0

Setup-Priority : 7

Ingress LSR-Id : 1.1.1.9 Egress LSR-Id Hold-Priority Sign-Protocol Resv Style IncludeAnyAff ExcludeAllAff : 2.2.2.9 : 7 : RSVP TE : FF : 0x0 : 0x0

Setup-Priority : 7

257

IncludeAllAff Created Time

: 0x0 : 2011/01/28 09:59:49

Table 108 Command output Field

No LSP-Id Tunnel-Name Destination In-Interface Out-Interface Tunnel BW Class Type Ingress LSR-Id Egress LSR-Id Setup-Priority Hold-Priority Sign-Protocol Resv Style IncludeAnyAff ExcludeAllAff IncludeAllAff Created Time

Description
Number. LSP ID of the tunnel. A value containing an asterisk (*) indicates that the CR-LSP is the reverse CR-LSP of a bidirectional tunnel. Tunnel name configured on the ingress node. Destination router ID. Incoming interface. Outgoing interface. Tunnel bandwidth. Service class type. Ingress LSR ID. A value containing an asterisk (*) indicates that the CR-LSP is the reverse CR-LSP of a bidirectional tunnel. Egress LSR-ID. Setup priority of link. Holding priority of link. Signaling protocol. Reservation style. Any affinity properties that must be included. Link properties that are excluded. All link affinity properties that must be included. Time when the tunnel was created.

display mpls te tunnel path

Use display mpls te tunnel path to display the path or paths that the specified or all MPLS TE tunnels traverse on this node.

Syntax
display mpls te tunnel path [ lsp-id lsr-id lsp-id | tunnel-name tunnel-name ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

258

Parameters
lsr-id: Ingress LSR ID, in dotted decimal notation. lsp-id: LSP ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. tunnel-name tunnel-name: Tunnel name, a string of 1 to 63 characters. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the paths that all MPLS TE tunnels traverse.
<Sysname> display mpls te tunnel path Tunnel Interface Name : Tunnel0 Lsp ID : 1.1.1.9:10

Hop information: Hop 0: 192.1.1.1; Hop 1: 12.1.1.2; Hop 2: 10.202.2.2.

Table 109 Command output Field

Tunnel Interface Name Lsp ID Hop 0 Hop 1 Hop 2

Description
Tunnel interface name. LSP ID. Hop 0 on the path. Hop 1 on the path. Hop 2 on the path.

display mpls te tunnel statistics

Use display mpls te tunnel statistics to display statistics about MPLS TE tunnels.

Syntax
display mpls te tunnel statistics [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
|: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.
259

begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display statistics about MPLS TE tunnels.
<Sysname> display mpls te tunnel statistics Ingress: 0 Tunnels, 0 Modified, Transit: Egress : 0 Up 0 Up 0 Tunnels Up, 0 In-Progress, 0 CRLSPs Up 0 Failed

Table 110 Command output Field

Ingress Transit Egress Modified In-Progress Failed

Description
This device is the tunnel ingress. This device is a transit node on the tunnel. This device is the tunnel egress. Number of CR-LSP tunnels that use this device as the ingress and are in modified state. Number of CR-LSP tunnels that use this device as the ingress and are in in-progress state. Number of CR-LSP tunnels that use this device as the ingress and are in failed state.

display mpls te tunnel-interface

Use display mpls te tunnel-interface to display information about MPLS TE tunnel interfaces on this node.

Syntax
display mpls te tunnel-interface [ tunnel number ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
tunnel number: Displays information about a specific tunnel interface. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression.
260

regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about MPLS TE tunnel interfaces on this node.
<Sysname> display mpls te tunnel-interface Tunnel Name Tunnel Desc Tunnel State Desc Tunnel Attributes LSP ID Session ID Admin State Ingress LSR ID Signaling Prot Class Type Reserved BW Setup Priority Affinity Prop/Mask Explicit Path Name Metric Type Record Route FRR Flag BackUpBW Type Route Pinning Retry Limit Reopt Back Up Type Back Up LSPID Auto BW Min BW : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 1.1.1.9:1 10 UP 1.1.1.9 RSVP CT0 2000 kbps 7 0/0 None None Disabled Disabled Disabled 10 Disabled None Disabled NONE Disabled Secondary 120 Auto BW Freq : Max BW : Retry Interval: Reopt Freq : 10 Record Label : BackUpBW Flag: BackUpBW : Disabled Not Supported Hold Priority: 7 Oper State : UP 2.2.2.9 FF 2000 kbps Tunnel0 Tunnel Interface CR-LSP is Up

Egress LSR ID: Resv Style Tunnel BW : :

Tie-Breaking Policy :

Current Collected BW: Interfaces Protected: VPN Bind Type VPN Bind Value Car Policy Tunnel Backup Group Group Tunnel Status : : : : : : :

Primary Tunnel

Table 111 Command output Field

Tunnel Desc Tunnel State Desc Admin State Oper State

Description
Tunnel description. Tunnel state description. Administrative state. Operation state. 261

Field
Signaling Prot Resv Style Class Type Tunnel BW Reserved BW Setup Priority Hold Priority Affinity Prop/Mask Tie-Breaking Policy Record Route Record Label FRR Flag BackUpBW Flag BackUpBW Type BackUpBW Route Pinning Retry Limit Retry Interval Reopt Reopt Freq Back Up Type Back Up LSPID Auto BW Auto BW Freq Min BW Max BW Current Collected BW Interfaces Protected VPN Bind Type VPN Bind Value Car Policy Tunnel Group Primary Tunnel Backup Tunnel

Description
Signaling protocol. Reservation style. Service class type. Tunnel bandwidth. Reserved bandwidth. Setup priority of LSP. Hold priority of LSP. Affinity attribute and mask. Path selection policy. State of the route recording function. State of the label recording function. Fast reroute (FRR) flag. Backup bandwidth flag. Backup bandwidth type. Backup bandwidth. Route pinning function. Maximum number of setup retries. Retry interval. State of the reoptimization function. Reoptimization interval. Backup path type. Backup LSP ID. State of the automatic bandwidth adjustment function. Automatic bandwidth adjustment interval. Lower limit for automatic bandwidth adjustment. Upper limit for automatic bandwidth adjustment. Bandwidth information collected. FRR protected interfaces. Type of the binding, VPN or ACL. Value of the binding, the VPN instance name or ACL number. Whether CAR policy is enabled. Whether the tunnel is the primary tunnel or backup tunnel in the group. Tunnel ID of the corresponding primary tunnel. Displayed as - for a primary tunnel. Tunnel ID of the corresponding backup tunnel. Displayed as - for a backup tunnel.

262

Field
Group Status

Description
Status of the group. Displayed as - if no protection group is configured.

display ospf mpls-te

Use display ospf mpls-te to display TE LSAs in the link state database (LSDB).

Syntax
display ospf [ process-id ] mpls-te [ area area-id ] [ self-originated ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. If a process is specified, only the TE LSAs of this process are displayed; if no process is specified, the TE LSAs of all processes are displayed. area area-id: Displays the TE LSAs of a specific OSPF area. The area-id argument takes an integer in the range of 0 to 4294967295 or the form of IPv4 address. self-originated: Displays self originated TE LSAs. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display all TE LSAs in the LSDB.
<Sysname> display ospf mpls-te OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 10.0.0.1 Area ID: Traffic Engineering LSA's of the database -----------------------------------------------LSA [] -----------------------------------------------LSA Type : Opq-Area : 1 : : xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx : : : :

Opaque Type Opaque ID Advertising Router ID LSA LSA Age Options

Length

LS Seq Number

263

CheckSum

Link Type Link ID Local Interface Address TE Metric Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Reservable BW Admin Group

:Point to Point / Point to Multi Point /MultiAccess : : xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx : : : : bytes/sec bytes/sec

Remote Interface Address : xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class: Unreserved BW [ 0] = Unreserved BW [ 1] = Unreserved BW [ 2] = Unreserved BW [ 3] = Unreserved BW [ 4] = Unreserved BW [ 5] = Unreserved BW [ 6] = Unreserved BW [ 7] = Unreserved BW [ 8] = Unreserved BW [ 9] = Unreserved BW [10] = Unreserved BW [11] = Unreserved BW [12] = Unreserved BW [13] = Unreserved BW [14] = Unreserved BW [15] = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec bytes/sec

Bandwidth Constraints: BC [ 0] = BC [ 1] = bytes/sec bytes/sec

Table 112 Command output Field

Area ID LSA Type Opaque Type Opaque ID Advertising Router ID LSA age Length LSA Options LS Seq Number 264

Description
TE enabled OSPF area ID. LSA type which must be Opd-Area, carried in the Opaque LSA header. 1 for TE, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. Opaque ID, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. Router ID of the node where the LSA was generated. LSA age, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. LSA length, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. LSA options, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. LSA sequence number, carried in the header of Opaque LSA.

Field
Checksum Link Type Admin Group Unreserved Bandwidth for each TE Class Unreserved BW [0] to [15] Bandwidth Constraints BC 01

Description
LSA checksum, carried in the header of Opaque LSA. Link type: point to point, point to multipoint, or multiAccess. Administrative group attribute. Reservable bandwidth for each TE class. Available bandwidths of the 16 TE classes. Bandwidth constraints (only significant for DS-TE LSAs) Two types of bandwidth constraints (only significant for DS-TE LSAs): BC0 and BC1.

display ospf traffic-adjustment

Use display ospf traffic-adjustment to display the settings of tunnel traffic adjustment (IGP shortcut and forwarding adjacency) for a specific OSPF process or for all OSPF processes.

Syntax
display ospf [ process-id ] traffic-adjustment [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display the settings of tunnel traffic adjustment for all OSPF processes.
<Sysname> display ospf traffic-adjustment OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 100.0.0.1 Traffic adjustment Interface: 100.0.0.1 (Tunnel0) Type: Forwarding Adjacency Neighbor ID: 100.0.0.2 Configuration: Neighbor Ip Address: 100.0.0.2 Cost Cost Type : -10 : Relative State: Up Cost: 100

265

Hold time

: 10s

Table 113 Command output Field

Interface Type Neighbor ID State

Description
Tunnel interface address and name. Approach to automatic route advertisement: IGP shortcut or forwarding adjacency. Remote neighbor ID. State: up or down.

display tunnel-info
Use display tunnel-info to display information about tunnels.

Syntax
display tunnel-info { tunnel-id | all | statistics } [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
tunnel-id: Specifies a tunnel ID, in the range of 1 to FFFFFFFE. If a tunnel is specified, only information about this tunnel will be displayed. all: Display information about all tunnels. statistics: Displays statistics about tunnels. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about all tunnels.
<Sysname> display tunnel-info all Tunnel ID Type Destination

-----------------------------------------------------0x1100002 lsp 2.2.2.2

# Display statistics about tunnels.

<Sysname> display tunnel-info statistics Tunnel Allocation Method : Avail Tunnel ID Value : GLOBAL 262144

266

Total Tunnel ID Allocated : LSP : GRE : CRLSP : LOCAL IFNET : MPLS LOCAL IFNET :

1 1 0 0 0 0

Table 114 Command output Field

Tunnel Allocation Method Avail Tunnel ID Value Total Tunnel ID Allocated LSP GRE CRLSP LOCAL IFNET MPLS LOCAL IFNET

Description
The way that tunnels are allocated. Available tunnel ID. Total number of tunnel IDs that have been allocated. Number of LSP tunnels. Number of GRE tunnels. Number of CR-LSP tunnels. Number of CE-side interfaces in MPLS L2VPN. Number of outgoing interfaces in CCC remote mode in MPLS L2VPN.

enable traffic-adjustment
Use enable traffic-adjustment to enable IGP shortcut. Use undo enable traffic-adjustment to disable IGP shortcut.

Syntax
enable traffic-adjustment undo enable traffic-adjustment

Default
IGP shortcut is disabled.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
IGP shortcut allows OSPF to include static LSP tunnels in SPF calculation and advertise them to OSPF neighbors.

Examples
# Enable IGP shortcut when the IGP protocol is OSPF.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] enable traffic-adjustment

267

enable traffic-adjustment advertise

Use enable traffic-adjustment advertise to enable forwarding adjacency. Use undo enable traffic-adjustment advertise to disable forwarding adjacency.

Syntax
enable traffic-adjustment advertise undo enable traffic-adjustment advertise

Default
Forwarding adjacency is disabled.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Forwarding adjacency allows OSPF to include static LSP tunnels in SPF calculation and flooding.

Examples
# Enable forwarding adjacency when the IGP protocol is OSPF.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] enable traffic-adjustment advertise

explicit-path
Use explicit-path to create an explicit path and enter its view. Use undo explicit-path to remove an explicit path.

Syntax
explicit-path path-name [ disable | enable ] undo explicit-path path-name

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
path-name: Specifies the name of an explicit path for a tunnel, a string of 1 to 31 characters. disable: Disables explicit routing. enable: Enables explicit routing.

Examples
# Create an explicit path named path1 and enter its view.
<Sysname> system-view

268

[Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1]

list hop
Use list hop to display information about a specific node or all nodes on the explicit path.

Syntax
list hop [ ip-address ]

Views
Explicit path view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Specifies the IP address of a node on the explicit path. If no IP address is specified, information about all the nodes on the explicit path is displayed.

Examples
# Display information about all nodes on an MPLS TE explicit path.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1] list hop Path Name : 1 2 path1 1.1.1.9 2.2.2.9 Path Status : Strict Strict Enabled Include Exclude

modify hop
Use modify hop to change a node on the explicit path, including the node's IP address and other attributes (include or exclude, strict or loose).

Syntax
modify hop ip-address1 ip-address2 [ include [ loose | strict ] | exclude ]

Views
Explicit path view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address1 ip-address2: Substitutes the IP address specified by the ip-address2 argument for the IP address specified by the ip-address1 argument in the explicit path. The specified IP addresses can be link IP addresses or router IDs of nodes. include: Includes the node ip-address2 on the explicit path. loose: Specifies the node ip-address2 as a loose node, which means that ip-address2 and its previous hop can be connected indirectly.

269

strict: Specifies the node ip-address2 as a strict node, which means that ip-address2 and its previous hop must be connected directly. exclude: Excludes the node ip-address2 from path calculations for the explicit path.

Usage guidelines
If you specify neither include nor exclude, the include keyword is used by default. If you specify neither loose nor strict, the strict keyword is used by default.

Examples
# Replace IP address 10.0.0.125 with IP address 10.0.0.200 for the explicit path path1 and exclude this new IP address from path calculations.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1] modify hop 10.0.0.125 10.0.0.200 exclude

mpls rsvp-te
Use mpls rsvp-te to enable RSVP-TE. Use undo mpls rsvp-te to disable RSVP-TE.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te undo mpls rsvp-te

Default
RSVP-TE is disabled.

Views
MPLS view, interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
You must enable RSVP-TE before you can configure other RSVP-TE features. Before enabling RSVP-TE in MPLS view on a node, enable MPLS in system view and MPLS TE in MPLS view. Before enabling RSVP-TE in interface view, enable MPLS and MPLS TE in interface view. Disabling RSVP-TE in MPLS view also disables RSVP-TE on interfaces.

Examples
# Enable RSVP-TE on current node.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te

# Enable RSVP-TE on Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1

270

[Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te

mpls rsvp-te authentication

Use mpls rsvp-te authentication to enable RSVP authentication on an interface. Use undo mpls rsvp-te authentication to disable RSVP authentication on an interface.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te authentication { cipher | plain } auth-key undo mpls rsvp-te authentication

Default
RSVP authentication is disabled.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
cipher: Sets a ciphertext key. plain: Sets a plaintext key. auth-key: Specifies the authentication key. This argument is case sensitive. If the cipher keyword is specified, it must be a ciphertext string of 8 to 53 characters. If the plain keyword is specified, it must be a string of 8 to 16 characters.

Usage guidelines
The RSVP messages sent out of the interface convey a message authentication digest created using the hash algorithm and the configured authentication key. This authentication key is also used by the interface to authenticate received RSVP messages. For the two interfaces at the two ends of a link to exchange RSVP messages, they must share the same authentication key. This hop-by-hop authentication of RSVP prevents fake resource reservation requests from occupying network resources. For security purposes, all keys, including keys configured in plain text, are saved in cipher text to the configuration file.

Examples
# Enable RSVP authentication on Ethernet 1/1, and configure the authentication key as userkey1 in plain text.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te authentication plain userkey1

mpls rsvp-te bfd enable

Use mpls rsvp-te bfd enable on an RSVP-TE enabled interface to enable BFD for link detection.
271

Use undo mpls rsvp-te bfd enable to disable BFD on an RSVP-TE enabled interface.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te bfd enable undo mpls rsvp-te bfd enable

Default
BFD for link detection is not enabled on an RSVP-TE enabled interface.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Before enabling BFD for link detection on an interface, make sure that the interface is enabled with RSVP-TE.

Examples
# Enable BFD link detection on RSVP-TE enabled Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te bfd enable

mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier

Use mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier to configure the blockade multiplier, which determines the timeout time of blockade state. Use undo mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier number undo mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier

Default
The blockade multiplier is 4.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
number: Blockade multiplier, in the range of 3 to 255.

Usage guidelines
Sometimes, although a reservation request does not pass admission control on some node, you may want to store the resource reservation state for it while allowing other requests to use the resources reserved for the request. In this case, the node transits to the blockade state and a blockade state block (BSB) is created on each downstream node. When the number of non-refreshing times exceeds the
272

blockade multiplier, the blockade state is removed. The blockade state timeout time is blockade multiplier refresh-time. The refresh time is the refresh interval of the path/reservation messages. Enable RSVP-TE before configuring this command.

Examples
# Set the blockade multiplier to 5.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier 5

Related commands
mpls rsvp-te timer refresh

mpls rsvp-te dscp

Use mpls rsvp-te dscp to configure a DSCP value for outgoing RSVP packets. Use undo mpls rsvp-te dscp to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te dscp dscp-value undo mpls rsvp-te dscp

Default
The DSCP value for outgoing RSVP packets is 48.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
dscp-value: DSCP value for outgoing RSVP packets, in the range of 0 to 63.

Examples
# Set the DSCP value for RSVP packets to 56.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te dscp 56

mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart

Use mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart to enable the GR capability for MPLS RSVP-TE. Use undo mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart to disable MPLS RSVP-TE GR.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart undo mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart

273

Default
GR capability is disabled for MPLS RSVP-TE.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Enable RSVP-TE hello extension before enabling RSVP-TE GR.

Examples
# Enable MPLS RSVP-TE GR.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart

mpls rsvp-te hello

Use mpls rsvp-te hello to enable RSVP hello extension. Use undo mpls rsvp-te hello to disable RSVP hello extension.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te hello undo mpls rsvp-te hello

Default
RSVP hello extension is disabled.

Views
MPLS view, interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
RSVP-TE uses the hello extension mechanism to check the reachability of an RSVP neighbor. Before you enable RSVP hello extension in interface view, enable RSVP-TE in interface view and RSVP hello extension in MPLS view.

Examples
# Enable RSVP hello extension in MPLS view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello

274

# Enable RSVP hello extension on Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te hello

mpls rsvp-te hello-lost

Use mpls rsvp-te hello-lost to configure the maximum number of consecutive hello losses before an RSVP neighbor is considered dead. Use undo mpls rsvp-te hello-lost to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te hello-lost times undo mpls rsvp-te hello-lost

Default
The RSVP node considers an RSVP neighbor to be dead if no response is received after sending three consecutive hellos.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
times: Maximum number of consecutive hello losses before an RSVP neighbor is considered dead, in the range of 3 to 10.

Usage guidelines
An RSVP node detects whether its RSVP neighbor is still alive by sending hellos regularly. If no response is received after the number of consecutive hellos reaches the specified limit, the RSVP node considers its RSVP neighbor as dead. The failure is handled the same as a link layer communication failure. Before configuring this command, enable RSVP-TE and RSVP hello extension in MPLS view.

Examples
# Set the maximum number of consecutive hello losses allowed on a node to 5.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te hello-lost 5

Related commands
mpls rsvp-te timer hello

mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier

Use mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier to configure the keep multiplier, which determines the timeout time of the path state block (PSB) and reservation state block (RSB). Use undo mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier to restore default.

275

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier number undo mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier

Default
The keep multiplier is 3.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
number: Keep multiplier, in the range of 3 to 255.

Usage guidelines
The PSB and RSB timeout time is (keep-multiplier + 0.5) 1.5 refresh-time. Before you configure the keep multiplier, enable RSVP-TE.

Examples
# Set the keep multiplier for PSB and RSB to 5.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier 5

Related commands
mpls rsvp-te timer refresh

mpls rsvp-te reliability

Use mpls rsvp-te reliability to enable the RSVP reliability mechanism. Use undo mpls rsvp-te reliability to disable the RSVP reliability mechanism.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te reliability undo mpls rsvp-te reliability

Default
The RSVP reliability mechanism is disabled.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
With RSVP reliability enabled, the device adds objects Message_ID and Message_ID_ACK into the outgoing RSVP messages. The objects will be used for RSVP message acknowledgment to improve reliability.
276

Examples
# Enable the RSVP reliability mechanism on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te reliability

mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm

Use mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm to enable reservation confirmation on the current node. Use undo mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm to disable reservation confirmation.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm undo mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm

Default
Resource reservation confirmation is disabled.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
When the reservation confirmation mechanism is enabled on a node, a Resv message sent by the node carries an object that requires reservation confirmation. The node that receives the Resv message must send back a ResvConf message to confirm the reservation.

Examples
# Enable reservation confirmation on your device.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm

mpls rsvp-te srefresh

Use mpls rsvp-te srefresh to enable summary refresh. Use undo mpls rsvp-te srefresh to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te srefresh undo mpls rsvp-te srefresh

Default
Summary refresh is disabled.

Views
Interface view

277

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Summary refresh (Srefresh) messages refresh path state and reservation state. Enabling summary refresh disables conventional time-driven state refresh.

Examples
# Enable summary refresh on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te srefresh

mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery

Use mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery to set the RSVP-TE GR recovery interval. Use undo mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery recovery-time undo mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery

Default
The RSVP-TE GR recovery interval is 300 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
recovery-time: RSVP-TE GR recovery interval in seconds, in the range of 60 to 300.

Usage guidelines
Before using this command, be sure to enable the GR capability for MPLS RSVP-TE.

Examples
# Set the RSVP-TE GR recovery interval to 100 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery 100

mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart

Use mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart to set the RSVP-TE GR restart interval. Use undo mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart restart-time
278

undo mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart

Default
The RSVP-TE GR restart interval is 120 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
restart-time: RSVP-TE GR restart interval in seconds, in the range of 60 to 300.

Usage guidelines
Before using this command, be sure to enable the GR capability for MPLS RSVP-TE.

Examples
# Set the RSVP-TE GR restart interval to 200 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart 200

mpls rsvp-te timer hello

Use mpls rsvp-te timer hello to configure the hello interval. Use undo mpls rsvp-te timer hello to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te timer hello timevalue undo mpls rsvp-te timer hello

Default
The hello interval is three seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timevalue: Hello interval, in the range of 1 to 60 seconds.

Usage guidelines
Before configuring this command, enable the hello mechanism in MPLS view.

Examples
# Set the hello interval to five seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te timer hello 5

279

Related commands
mpls rsvp-te hello mpls rsvp-te hello-lost

mpls rsvp-te timer refresh

Use mpls rsvp-te timer refresh to configure the path/reservation state refresh interval. Use undo mpls rsvp-te timer refresh to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te timer refresh timevalue undo mpls rsvp-te timer refresh

Default
The path/reservation state refresh interval is 30 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timevalue: Refresh interval, in the range of 10 to 65535 seconds.

Examples
# Set the path/reservation state refresh interval to 60 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls rsvp-te timer refresh 60

Related commands
mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier

mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission

Use mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission to enable RSVP message retransmission. Use undo mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission { increment-value [ increment-value ] | retransmit-value [ retrans-timer-value ] } * undo mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission

Default
RSVP message retransmission is disabled.

Views
Interface view

280

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
increment-value increment-value: Increment value delta, in the range of 1 to 10. The default is 1. retransmit-value retrans-timer-value: Initial retransmission interval, in the range of 500 to 3000 milliseconds. The default is 500 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines
If a node sends a message carrying the Message_ID object, and the ACK_Desired flag in the object is set, the node expects a response that carries the Message_ID_ACK object during the initial retransmission interval (Rf). If the node does not receive the response within the Rf interval, it resends the message and sets the retransmission interval to (1+Delta) Rf. The node repeats such retransmissions until it receives the corresponding response within the retransmission time or the number of retransmission attempts reaches the limit. The initial value of the retransmission time is specified by retrans-timer-value, and the delta value is specified by increment-value in this command.

Examples
# Enable RSVP message retransmission on Ethernet 1/1, setting the increment value delta to 2 and the initial retransmission interval to 1000 milliseconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission increment-value 2 retransmit-value 1000

mpls te
Use mpls te to enable MPLS TE. Use undo mpls te to disable MPLS TE.

Syntax
mpls te undo mpls te

Default
MPLS TE is disabled.

Views
MPLS view, interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
When executed in MPLS view, the mpls te command enables MPLS TE globally and its undo form disables MPLS TE and removes all CR-LSPs. When executed in interface view, the mpls te command enables MPLS TE on an interface and its undo form disables MPLS TE and removes all CR-LSPs on the interface.

281

Enable MPLS TE globally before you enable MPLS TE on an interface. After changing the MTU of an interface where MPLS TE is enabled, execute the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command to refresh the TE tunnels on it.

Examples
# Enable MPLS TE globally in MPLS view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.9 [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te

# Enable MPLS TE on Ethernet 1/1.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te

mpls te affinity property

Use mpls te affinity property to configure the link affinity attribute of the tunnel. Use undo mpls te affinity property to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te affinity property properties [ mask mask-value ] undo mpls te affinity property

Default
The affinity attribute of the tunnel is 0x00000000 and the mask is 0x00000000.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
properties: Link properties affinity attribute of the tunnel, a 32-bit integer in the range of 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. Each affinity bit represents a property with a value of 1 or 0. mask-value: 32-bit mask comprising 0s and 1s, in the range of 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF. This mask is used when ANDing the link affinity attribute with the link administrative group attribute. The affinity bits corresponding to the 1s in the mask are "do care" bits which must be considered; those corresponding to the 0s in the mask are "don't care" bits.

Usage guidelines
The affinity attribute of an MPLS TE tunnel identifies the properties of the links that the tunnel can use.

Examples
# Configure the link affinity attribute of tunnel 0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te affinity property 101 mask 303

282

Related commands
mpls te link administrative group

mpls te auto-bandwidth
Use mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment to enable automatic bandwidth adjustment for the tunnel. Use mpls te auto-bandwidth collect-bw to enable output rate collection. Use undo mpls te auto-bandwidth to disable automatic bandwidth adjustment and output rate collection on the tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te auto-bandwidth { adjustment | collect-bw } [ frequency seconds ] [ max-bw max-bandwidth | min-bw min-bandwidth ] * undo mpls te auto-bandwidth

Default
Automatic bandwidth adjustment and output rate collection are disabled.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
adjustment: Automatically adjusts the bandwidth of the tunnel. collect-bw: Collects output rates of the tunnel without tuning bandwidth. seconds: Automatic bandwidth adjustment/information collection interval, in the range of 300 to 604800 seconds. This value cannot be less than the sampling interval configured by the mpls te timer auto-bandwidth command. max-bandwidth: Upper limit for bandwidth tuning, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps. min-bandwidth: Lower limit for bandwidth tuning, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
If automatic bandwidth adjustment is enabled, bandwidth tuning happens every 24 hours without upper and lower bandwidth limits. Automatic bandwidth adjustment cannot be used together with the mpls te reoptimization, mpls te route-pinning, mpls te backup, and mpls te resv-style ff commands.

Examples
# Automatically tune bandwidth for tunnel 0 hourly.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment frequency 3600

Related commands
mpls te timer auto-bandwidth

283

mpls te backup
Use mpls te backup to enable specified backup mode for the current tunnel. Use undo mpls te backup to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te backup { hot-standby | ordinary } undo mpls te backup

Default
Tunnel backup is disabled.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
hot-standby: Sets the tunnel backup mode to hot backup. In this mode, a backup CR-LSP is established immediately after the primary CR-LSP is established. When the primary CR-LSP fails, MPLS TE immediately switches services to the backup CR-LSP. ordinary: Sets the tunnel backup mode to ordinary backup. In this mode, a backup CR-LSP is established only when the primary CR-LSP fails.

Usage guidelines
When backup is enabled, the record route flag is automatically set to record reroute regardless of whether the mpls te record-route command is configured. The mpls te backup command cannot be used together with the mpls te reoptimization, mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment, and mpls te resv-style ff commands.

Examples
# Enable hot backup for Tunnel0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te backup hot-standby

mpls te backup bandwidth

NOTE: This command is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR-LDP. Use mpls te backup bandwidth to configure the total bandwidth and type of LSP that the bypass tunnel can protect. Use undo mpls te backup bandwidth to remove the configuration.

Syntax
mpls te backup bandwidth { bandwidth | { ct0 | ct1 | ct2 | ct3 } { bandwidth | un-limited } } undo mpls te backup bandwidth
284

Default
Bypass tunnels do not protect bandwidth.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bandwidth: Total bandwidth that the bypass tunnel can protect, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps. ct0: Indicates that only the LSPs of CT 0 can use the bypass tunnel. ct1: Indicates that only the LSPs of CT 1 can use the bypass tunnel. ct2: Indicates that only the LSPs of CT 2 can use the bypass tunnel. ct3: Indicates that only the LSPs of CT 3 can use the bypass tunnel. un-limited: Puts on limit on total protected bandwidth.

Usage guidelines
If no CT is specified, all LSPs can use the bypass tunnel. The bandwidth value specified with this command is used for only calculating and determining the bandwidth protection relationship. No bandwidth will be reserved in the bypass tunnel. The specified bandwidth value must be less than the actual bandwidth of the bypass tunnel. Otherwise, the bypass tunnel may be overwhelmed after FRR switchover, causing the protected tunnel to be torn down.

Examples
# Configure tunnel 0 to provide protection for LSPs of CT 0 without constraining the bandwidth to be protected. Configure tunnel 1 to provide protection for LSPs of CT 1 and protect up to 1000 kbps bandwidth.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te backup bandwidth ct0 un-limited [Sysname-Tunnel0] quit [Sysname] interface tunnel 1 [Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te backup bandwidth ct1 1000

mpls te bandwidth
Use mpls te bandwidth to assign bandwidth to the MPLS TE tunnel and specify the service class type to which the tunnel's traffic belong. Use undo mpls te bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te bandwidth [ ct0 | ct1 | ct2 | ct3 ] bandwidth undo mpls te bandwidth

Default
The bandwidth assigned to an MPLS TE tunnel is 0 and the tunnel's traffic belongs to CT 0.
285

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ct0: Specifies the tunnel traffic's CT as CT 0. ct1: Specifies the tunnel traffic's CT as CT 1. ct2: Specifies the tunnel traffic's CT as CT 2. ct3: Specifies the tunnel traffic's CT as CT 3. bandwidth: Bandwidth needed by the MPLS TE tunnel, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
If no CT is specified, the tunnel's traffic belongs to CT 0. If an MPLS TE tunnel needs a bandwidth greater than 1024 kbps, set the bandwidth value to a multiple of 1024 kbps.

Examples
# Assign 1000 Kbps bandwidth to MPLS TE tunnel 0 and specify the CT of the tunnel's traffic as CT 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te bandwidth ct1 1000

mpls te bandwidth change thresholds

Use mpls te bandwidth change thresholds to set the IGP flooding thresholds that apply when bandwidth resources are increasing and decreasing. Use undo mpls te bandwidth change thresholds to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te bandwidth change thresholds { down | up } percent undo mpls te bandwidth change thresholds { down | up }

Default
The IGP flooding thresholds in both up and down directions are 10.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
down: Sets the threshold in percentages for IGP to flood when the bandwidth is decreasing. When the percentage of available bandwidth decrease exceeds the threshold, the change is flooded and the traffic engineering database (TEDB) is updated.

286

up: Sets the IGP flooding threshold in percentages that applies when the bandwidth is increasing. When the percentage of available bandwidth increase exceeds the threshold, the change is flooded and the TEDB is updated. percent: IGP flooding threshold in percentages, in the range of 0 to 100.

Examples
# On Ethernet 1/1 configure IGP to flood when the percentage of available bandwidth decrease reaches 100%.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te bandwidth change thresholds down 100

mpls te commit
Use mpls te commit to submit current MPLS TE tunnel configuration.

Syntax
mpls te commit

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
The MPLS TE tunnel configuration you made can take effect only after you execute this command.

Examples
# Configure an MPLS TE tunnel and submit the configuration.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] tunnel-protocol mpls te [Sysname-Tunnel0] destination 2.2.2.9 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te commit

mpls te cspf
Use mpls te cspf to enable CSPF. Use undo mpls te cspf to disable CSPF.

Syntax
mpls te cspf undo mpls te cspf

Default
CSPF is disabled.

Views
MPLS view
287

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
Before enabling CSPF, enable MPLS TE in MPLS view. CSPF provides an approach to path selection in MPLS domains. You must enable CSPF to establish an MPLS TE tunnel through dynamic signaling. You must enable CSPF before configuring other CSPF related functions.

Examples
# Enable CSPF on the current node.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te cspf

mpls te cspf timer failed-link

Use mpls te cspf timer failed-link to configure the failed link timer. Use undo mpls te cspf timer failed-link to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te cspf timer failed-link timer-interval undo mpls te cspf timer failed-link

Default
The failed link timer is 10 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
timer-interval: Value of the failed link timer, in the range of 0 to 300 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.

Usage guidelines
The failed link timer starts once a link goes down. If the IGP removes or modifies the link before the timer expires, CSPF updates information about the link in TEDB and stops the timer. If the IGP does not remove or modify the link before the timer expires, the state of the link in TEDB will change to up.

Examples
# Set the failed link timer to 50 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te cspf timer failed-link 50

Related commands
mpls te cspf

288

mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode

Use mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode to specify the bandwidth constraints model in IETF DS-TE mode. Use undo mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode mam undo mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode

Default
The bandwidth constraints model in IETF DS-TE mode is RDM.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System Level

Parameters
mam: Specifies the bandwidth constraints model as MAM.

Usage guidelines
This command is only applicable to the IETF DS-TE mode. In prestandard DS-TE mode, the bandwidth constraints model can only be RDM. After you change the bandwidth constraints model in IETF DS-TE mode, all CR-LSPs with non-zero reserved bandwidths will be cleared on the device.

Examples
# Configure the BC model in IETF mode as MAM.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode mam

Related commands
mpls te ds-te mode

mpls te ds-te ietf te-class

Use mpls te ds-te ietf te-class to configure a TE class mapping, or, the association of a TE class, CT, and preemption priority. Use undo mpls te ds-te ietf te-class to restore the default for a TE class mapping.

Syntax
mpls te ds-te ietf te-class te-class-index class-type class-type-number priority pri-number undo mpls te ds-te ietf te-class te-class-index

Default
The TE class mappings in IETF DS-TE mode are those in Table 1 15:

289

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System Level

Parameters
te-class-index: Index of a TE class, in the range of 0 to 7. class-type class-type-number: Specifies the corresponding CT of the TE class. The class-type-number argument is the sequence number of a CT, in the range of 0 to 3. The system supports four CTs (CT 0, CT 1, CT 2, and CT 3). priority pri-number: Specifies the corresponding preemption priority of the TE class. The pri-number argument is the preemption priority value, in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines
Table 115 Default TE class mappings in IETF mode TE Class
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CT
0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3

Priority
7 7 7 7 0 0 0 0

When using the mpls te ds-te ietf te-class command to configure a TE class mapping, be sure to specify a CT-priority pair different from that in any existing TE class mappings. When using the undo mpls te ds-te ietf te-class command, make sure that the CT and preemption priority of the TE class mapping to be restored to are not those of an existing TE class mapping. After a TE class is modified, the device will notify the IGP to re-advertise the bandwidth information of all TE interfaces, and will remove and then re-establish the CR-LSPs of the TE class on all TE interfaces.

Examples
# Associate TE class 7, CT 2, and preemption priority 3 in the IETF mode.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te ds-te ietf te-class 7 class-type 2 priority 3

Related commands
mpls te ds-te mode

mpls te ds-te mode

Use mpls te ds-te mode to specify the DS-TE mode.
290

Use undo mpls te ds-te mode to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te ds-te mode ietf undo mpls te ds-te mode

Default
The DS-TE mode is prestandard.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ietf: Specifies the DS-TE mode as IETF.

Usage guidelines
Changing the DS-TE mode will remove all CR-LSPs on the device.

Examples
# Configure the DS-TE mode as IETF.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te ds-te mode ietf

mpls te fast-reroute
NOTE: This command is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR-LDP. Use mpls te fast-reroute to enable the Fast Reroute (FRR) function. Use undo mpls te fast-reroute to disable FRR.

Syntax
mpls te fast-reroute undo mpls te fast-reroute

Default
FRR is disabled.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
After FRR is enabled, the record route flag is automatically set to record reroute with label, whether the mpls te record-route label command is configured or not.
291

Disable FRR before configuring the mpls te record-route command or its undo form. FRR cannot be used together with the mpls te resv-style ff command.

Examples
# Enable FRR for tunnel interface Tunnel0, so the tunnel can use an available bypass tunnel in case the protected link or node that it traverses fails.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te fast-reroute

mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel

NOTE: This command is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR-LDP. Use mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel to specify a bypass tunnel for the protected interface. Use undo mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel to remove the specified bypass tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel tunnel tunnel-number undo mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel tunnel tunnel-number

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel tunnel-number: Specifies a bypass tunnel by its tunnel number.

Usage guidelines
You may execute the mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel command multiple times to specify multiple bypass tunnels for the protected interface. A maximum of three bypass tunnels can be specified for a protected interface. A bypass tunnel cannot be used for services like VPN at the same time. When you specify a bypass tunnel, make sure that: The state of the tunnel is up. The protected interface is not the outgoing interface in the route entries for the LSP of the bypass tunnel.

Examples
# Use tunnel 0 as the bypass tunnel to protect the link connected to Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel tunnel 0

292

mpls te igp advertise

Use mpls te igp advertise to enable IGP to advertise the MPLS TE tunnel as a link to IGP neighbors. Use undo mpls te igp advertise to remove the configuration.

Syntax
mpls te igp advertise [ hold-time value ] undo mpls te igp advertise

Default
IGP does not advertise MPLS TE tunnels to IGP neighbors.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
hold-time value: Sets the delay that IGP waits to notify IGP neighbors of the down event of the TE tunnel. It ranges from 0 to 4294967295 milliseconds. The default is 0 milliseconds.

Usage guidelines
The mpls te igp advertise command cannot be used together with the mpls te igp shortcut command.

Examples
# Set the hold time to 10000 milliseconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te igp advertise hold-time 10000

mpls te igp metric

Use mpls te igp metric to assign a metric to the MPLS TE tunnel. Use undo mpls te igp metric to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te igp metric { absolute value | relative value } undo mpls te igp metric

Default
TE tunnels take their IGP metrics.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

293

Parameters
absolute value: Assigns an absolute metric to the TE tunnel for path calculation. The value argument takes an integer in the range of 1 to 65535. This value is directly used for path calculation. relative value: Assigns a relative metric to the TE tunnel for path calculation. The value argument takes an integer in the range of 10 to +10. The default is 0. The cost of the corresponding IGP path must be added to this relative metric before it can be used for path calculation.

Usage guidelines
You may configure a metric, either absolute or relative, for a tunnel to be used as an IGP shortcut or a forwarding adjacency. If it is absolute, the metric is directly used for path calculation. If it is relative, the cost of the corresponding IGP path must be added to the metric for path calculation.

Examples
# Assign MPLS TE tunnel 0 a relative metric of 1 for path calculation in IGP shortcut or forwarding adjacency mechanism.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te igp metric relative -1

mpls te igp shortcut

Use mpls te igp shortcut to enable IS-IS or OSPF to consider the MPLS TE tunnel in its enhanced SPF calculation when the tunnel is up. If no IGP protocol is specified, the command applies to both OSPF and IS-IS. Use undo mpls te igp shortcut to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te igp shortcut [ isis | ospf ] undo mpls te igp shortcut

Default
An IGP does not consider MPLS TE tunnels in its enhanced SPF calculation.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
isis: Sets the IGP protocol to IS-IS. ospf: Sets the IGP protocol to OSPF.

Usage guidelines
The mpls te igp shortcut command cannot be used together with the mpls te igp advertise command.

Examples
# Enable OSPF and IS-IS to consider TE tunnel 0 (in up state) in its enhanced SPF calculation.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0

294

[Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te igp shortcut

mpls te link administrative group

Use mpls te link administrative group to configure the link administrative group attribute. Use undo mpls te link administrative group to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te link administrative group value undo mpls te link administrative group

Default
The link administrative group attribute is 0x00000000.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: Link administrative group attribute, in the range of 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. It is a set of 32 link properties. Each bit represents a property with a value of 0 or 1. By ANDing the administrative group attribute bits with the corresponding link affinity attribute bits of an MPLS TE tunnel, MPLS TE identifies the properties of the links that the MPLS TE tunnel can use.

Usage guidelines
The interface properties are propagated globally and are used for path selection at the tunnel ingress.

Examples
# Assign Ethernet 1/1 the link administrative group attribute of 0x00000101.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te link administrative group 101

Related commands
mpls te affinity property

mpls te loop-detection
Use mpls te loop-detection to configure the node to perform loop detection when setting up the MPLS TE tunnel. Use undo mpls te loop-detection to disable loop detection.

Syntax
mpls te loop-detection undo mpls te loop-detection

Default
A node does not perform loop detection when setting up a tunnel.

295

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Configure the node to perform loop detection when setting up tunnel 0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te loop-detection

mpls te max-link-bandwidth
Use mpls te max-link-bandwidth to configure the maximum bandwidth for the link to forward MPLS TE traffic. Use undo mpls te max-link-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te max-link-bandwidth bandwidth-value undo mpls te max-link-bandwidth

Default
The maximum link bandwidth for MPLS TE traffic is 0.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bandwidth-value: Maximum bandwidth of the link, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
The configured maximum link bandwidth is available for only MPLS TE traffic.

Examples
# On Serial 1/0 set the maximum link bandwidth for MPLS TE traffic to 1 158 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface serial 1/0 [Sysname-Serial1/0] mpls te max-link-bandwidth 1158

mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth
Use mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth to configure the bandwidth constraints BC 0 and BC 1 in prestandard DS-TE RDM mode. Use undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth bandwidth-value [ bc1 bc1-bandwidth ]
296

undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth

Default
BC 1 is 0 kbps.

Default
Both BC 0 and BC 1 is 0 kbps.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bandwidth-value: Maximum reservable bandwidth of the link, or, the value of BC 0. It is in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps. bc1 bc1-bandwidth: Value of BC 1, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
The maximum reservable bandwidth of a linkthe value of BC 0 (bandwidth-value)cannot be greater than the maximum bandwidth of the link, and the value of BC 1 (bc1-bandwidth) cannot be greater than the value of BC 0 (bandwidth-value). The bandwidth in this command is configured only for MPLS TE traffic.

Examples
# Set the maximum reservable bandwidth for MPLS TE in prestandard mode to 1 158 kbps, and BC 1 to 200 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth 1158 bc1 200

mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam

Use mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam to configure the maximum reservable bandwidth of the MPLS TE link and the BCs in IETF DS-TE MAM model. Use undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam bandwidth-value { bc0 bc0-bandwidth | bc1 bc1-bandwidth | bc2 bc2-bandwidth | bc3 bc3-bandwidth } * undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam

Default
The maximum reservable bandwidth and each BC are 0 kbps.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level
297

Parameters
bandwidth-value: Maximum reservable bandwidth of the link, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. bc0 bc0-bandwidth: Value of BC 0, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 0 is 0. bc1 bc1-bandwidth: Value of BC 1, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 1 is 0. bc2 bc2-bandwidth: Value of BC 2, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 2 is 0. bc3 bc3-bandwidth: Value of BC 3, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 3 is 0.

Usage guidelines
The maximum reservable bandwidth of the link must be lower than or equal to the maximum bandwidth of the link. Each BC must be lower than or equal to the maximum reservable bandwidth of the link. None of bc0-bandwidth, bc1-bandwidth, bc2-bandwidth and bc3-bandwidth can be greater than bandwidth-value. The maximum reservable bandwidth and BCs configured by this command are used only for MPLS TE traffic.

Examples
# Set the maximum reservable bandwidth in IETF MAM model for MPLS TE to 1 158 kbps, and set BC 0 to 500 kbps, BC 1 to 300 kbps, BC 2 to 400 kbps, and BC 3 to 100 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam 1158 bc0 500 bc1 300 bc2 400 bc3 100

mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm

Use mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm to configure the bandwidth constraints in IETF DS-TE RDM model. Use undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm bandwidth-value [ bc1 bc1-bandwidth ] [ bc2 bc2-bandwidth ] [ bc3 bc3-bandwidth ] undo mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm

Default
Each BC is 0 kbps.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bandwidth-value: Maximum reservable bandwidth of the link, or, the value of BC 0, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. bc1 bc1-bandwidth: Value of BC 1, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 1 is 0 kbps. bc2 bc2-bandwidth: Value of BC 2, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 2 is 0 kbps.
298

bc3 bc3-bandwidth: Value of BC 3, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps. By default, BC 3 is 0 kbps.

Usage guidelines
The value of BC 0 (bandwidth-value) must be greater than or equal to that of BC 1 (bc1-bandwidth). The value of BC 1 (bc1-bandwidth) must be greater than or equal to that of BC 2 (bc2-bandwidth). The value of BC 2 (bc2-bandwidth) must be greater than or equal to that of BC 3 (bc3-bandwidth). The bandwidth constraints configured by this command are used only for MPLS TE traffic.

Examples
# Set BC 0 in IETF RDM model to 500 kbps, BC 1 to 400 kbps, BC 2 to 300 kbps, and BC 3 to 100 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm 500 bc1 400 bc2 300 bc3 100

mpls te metric
Use mpls te metric to assign a TE metric to the link. Use undo mpls te metric to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te metric value undo mpls te metric

Default
The link uses its IGP metric as its TE metric.

Views
Interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
value: TE metric of the link, in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Examples
# Assign a TE metric of 20 to the link on Ethernet 1/1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 1/1 [Sysname-Ethernet1/1] mpls te metric 20

Related commands
mpls te path metric-type

mpls te path
Use mpls te path to specify a path for the tunnel to use and set the preference of the path. Use undo mpls te path to remove a path used by the tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te path { dynamic | explicit-path path-name } preference value
299

undo mpls te path { dynamic | explicit-path path-name }

Default
A tunnel uses the dynamically calculated path.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
dynamic: Uses the path that is dynamically calculated. explicit-path path-name: Uses an existing explicit path. The pathname argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. preference value: Specifies the preference of the path. The value argument is in the range of 1 to 10. The smaller the value, the higher the preference.

Usage guidelines
Up to 10 paths can be specified for an MPLS TE tunnel. The paths for a tunnel to use must have different preferences. A path with the highest preference is preferred for CSPF calculation.

Examples
# Configure interface Tunnel 0 to use the explicit path named path1 and the dynamically calculated path, setting the preferences of the paths to 1 and 2 respectively.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te path explicit-path path1 preference 1 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te path dynamic preference 2

mpls te path metric-type

Use mpls te path metric-type in MPLS view to specify the link metric type for path calculation when a metric type is not explicitly configured for a tunnel. Use mpls te path metric-type in tunnel interface view to specify the link metric type to be used for path calculation of the current tunnel. Use undo mpls te path metric-type to restore the default. This undo form is only available in tunnel interface view.

Syntax
mpls te path metric-type { igp | te } undo mpls te path metric-type

Default
In MPLS view, TE metrics of links are used in path calculation for TE tunnels. In tunnel interface view, no link metric type is specified for path calculation.

300

Views
MPLS view, tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
igp: Uses the IGP metric for tunnel path calculation. te: Uses the TE metric for tunnel path calculation.

Usage guidelines
A tunnel prefers the link metric type specified in the tunnel interface view. If no link metric type is specified in tunnel interface view, the configuration in MPLS view is used.

Examples
In MPLS view: # Configure TE tunnels that were not explicitly specified with a metric type to use the IGP metric for path calculation.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te path metric-type igp

In tunnel interface view: # Configure tunnel 0 to use the IGP metric for path calculation.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te path metric-type igp

Related commands
mpls te metric

mpls te priority
Use mpls te priority to assign a setup priority and holding priority to the MPLS TE tunnel. Use undo mpls te priority to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te priority setup-priority [ hold-priority ] undo mpls te priority

Default
Both setup and holding priorities of TE tunnels are 7.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

301

Parameters
setup-priority: Setup priority of the tunnel, in the range of 0 to 7. A lower numerical number indicates a higher priority. hold-priority: Holding priority of the tunnel, in the range of 0 to 7. A lower numerical number indicates a higher priority. If not configured, it is the same as the setup priority.

Usage guidelines
To avoid flapping caused by improper preemptions between TE tunnels, the setup priority of an MPLS TE tunnel should not be set higher than its holding priority.

Examples
# Set the setup and holding priorities of TE tunnel 0 to 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te priority 1

mpls te protection switch-mode

Use mpls te protection switch-mode to configure an MPLS TE tunnel protection group to use the bidirectional path switching mode. Use undo mpls te protection switch-mode to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te protection switch-mode bidirectional undo mpls te protection switch-mode

Default
An MPLS TE tunnel protection group uses the unidirectional path switching mode.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bidirectional: Specifies the bidirectional path switching mode.

Usage guidelines
Before configuring the command, you must configure an MPLS TE tunnel protection group by using the mpls te protection tunnel command. Bidirectional path switching requires that the main and backup tunnels are both bidirectional tunnels, and you must configure the bidirectional path switching mode on both ends of the main tunnel. Otherwise, bidirectional path switching cannot function normally.

Examples
# Specify tunnel 102 as the protection tunnel for the bidirectional MPLS TE tunnel 1, and configure the tunnel protection group to use the bidirectional path switching mode.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 1

302

[Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te protection tunnel 102 holdoff 20 mode revertive wtr 30 [Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te protection switch-mode bidirectional

mpls te protection tunnel

Use mpls te protection tunnel to configure a protection tunnel for the main tunnel. The main tunnel and its protection tunnel (also called "backup tunnel") form a tunnel protection group. Use undo mpls te protection tunnel to remove the protection tunnel of a main tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te protection tunnel tunnel-id [ holdoff holdoff-time | mode { non-revertive | revertive [ wtr wtr-time ] } | one-plus-one ] * undo mpls te protection tunnel

Default
No protection tunnel is configured for the main tunnel.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-id: ID of the tunnel to be specified as the protection tunnel. The tunnel ID range varies by device model. holdoff holdoff-time: Specifies the switching delay time. After detecting that the main tunnel fails, the device will not switch data to the protection tunnel immediately but wait for a period of time (the holdoff time). If the protection tunnel keeps in no-defect state during this period of time, the device switches data to the protection tunnel. The holdoff-time is the holdoff time factor, which ranges from 0 to 20 and defaults to 0. Holdoff time = holdoff time factor 500 milliseconds. Therefore, the maximum holdoff time is 10 seconds. mode: Specifies the reverting mode, non-revertive or revertive. The default reverting mode is revertive. non-revertive: Specifies the non-revertive mode. In this mode, data is not switched back from the protection tunnel to the main tunnel even if the main tunnel recovers. revertive: Specifies the revertive mode. In this mode, data is switched back from the protection tunnel to the main tunnel when the main tunnel recovers. wtr wtr-time: Specifies the reverting delay time, or, the time to wait before switching back to the main tunnel. wtr-time is the WTR time factor, which is in the range of 0 to 60 and defaults to 24. WTR time = WTR time factor 30 seconds. Therefore, the default WTR time is 12 minutes. one-plus-one: Specifies the protection switching mode as 1+1. If you do not specify this keyword, the protection switching mode is 1:1.

Usage guidelines
To configure the 1+1 protection switching mode, you must follow these guidelines: The main and backup tunnels are both bidirectional MPLS TE tunnels. Specify the 1+1 mode on both ends of the tunnel. Specify the bidirectional path switching mode on both ends of the tunnel.
303

Specify the same reverting mode and switching delay time on both ends of the tunnel.

Before configuring the mpls te protection tunnel command, execute the tunnel-protocol mpls te command in tunnel interface view. The configured protection tunnel takes effect only after you execute the mpls te commit command in the tunnel interface view. Because bypass tunnels configured in TE FRR cannot be applied in VPN applications, do not configure a protection tunnel for a bypass tunnel of TE FRR.

Examples
# Configure a protection tunnel for tunnel 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 1 [Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te protection tunnel 102 holdoff 20 mode revertive wtr 30 [Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te commit

mpls te protect-switch
Use mpls te protect-switch to configure a switching action for a tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te protect-switch { clear | force | lock | manual }

Default
No switching action is configured.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
clear: Clears all configured switching actions. force: Forces data to travel on the backup LSP. lock: Always uses the main LSP to transfer data. manual: Switches data from the main LSP to the backup LSP.

Usage guidelines
The following shows the priority of the externally configured switching actions and the signal fail switchings, in the descending order: Clear Lockout of protection Signal fail of the backup LSP Forced switch Signal fail of the main LSP Signal clear Manual switch
304

Examples
# Specify to always use the main LSP to transfer data.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 1 [Sysname-Tunnel1] mpls te protect-switch lock

mpls te record-route
Use mpls te record-route to enable route recording or label recording for the tunnel. Use undo mpls te record-route to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te record-route [ label ] undo mpls te record-route

Default
A tunnel does not support route recording or label recording.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
label: Includes the record of labels in the route record. This keyword is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR-LDP.

Examples
# Enable route recording on MPLS TE tunnel 0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te record-route

mpls te reoptimization (tunnel interface view)

Use mpls te reoptimization to enable reoptimization on the tunnel. Use undo mpls te reoptimization to disable reoptimization on the tunnel.

Syntax
mpls te reoptimization [ frequency seconds ] undo mpls te reoptimization

Default
Reoptimization is disabled.

Views
Tunnel interface view

305

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
frequency seconds: Specifies reoptimization frequency, in the range of 1 to 604800 seconds. The default is 3600 seconds, or 1 hour.

Usage guidelines
The reoptimization function cannot be used together with these commands: mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment, mpls te route-pinning, mpls te backup, and mpls te resv-style ff.

Examples
# Enable reoptimization, setting the reoptimization (automatic rerouting) frequency to 43200 seconds (12 hours).
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te reoptimization frequency 43200

mpls te reoptimization (user view)

Use mpls te reoptimization to start reoptimizing all reoptimization-enabled TE tunnels.

Syntax
mpls te reoptimization

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Start reoptimizing all reoptimization-enabled TE tunnels.
<Sysname> mpls te reoptimization

mpls te resv-style
Use mpls te resv-style to set the resource reservation style for the MPLS TE tunnel. Use undo mpls te resv-style to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te resv-style { ff | se } undo mpls te resv-style

Default
The resource reservation style is SE.

Views
Tunnel interface view

306

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ff: Sets the resource reservation style to fixed filter (FF). se: Sets the resource reservation style to shared explicit (SE).

Usage guidelines
You may configure FF and SE only when the signaling protocol is set to RSVP-TE.

Examples
# Adopt the FF reservation style when setting up the CR-LSP tunnel for TE tunnel 0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te resv-style ff

mpls te retry
Use mpls te retry to configure the maximum number of tunnel setup retries. Use undo mpls te retry to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te retry times undo mpls te retry

Default
The maximum number of tunnel setup retries is 10.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
times: Number of tunnel setup retries, in the range of 10 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines
You may configure the system to attempt setting up a tunnel multiple times until it is established successfully or until the number of attempts reaches the upper limit.

Examples
# Set the maximum number of tunnel setup retries to 20.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te retry 20

Related commands
mpls te timer retry

307

mpls te route-pinning
Use mpls te route-pinning to enable route pinning. Use undo mpls te route-pinning to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te route-pinning undo mpls te route-pinning

Default
Route pinning is disabled.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
The mpls te route-pinning command cannot be used together with the mpls te reoptimization command and the mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment command.

Examples
# Enable route pinning.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te route-pinning

mpls te signal-protocol
Use mpls te signal-protocol to configure the signaling protocol for MPLS TE tunnel establishment.

Syntax
mpls te signal-protocol { crldp | rsvp-te | static }

Default
The signaling protocol for MPLS TE tunnel establishment is RSVP-TE.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
rsvp-te: Sets the signaling protocol for MPLS TE tunnel establishment to RSVP-TE. crldp: Sets the signaling protocol for MPLS TE tunnel establishment to CR-LDP. static: Sets up the tunnel using a static CR-LSP.

308

Usage guidelines
To use RSVP-TE as the signaling protocol for setting up the MPLS TE tunnel, you must enable both MPLS TE and RSVP-TE on each interface for the tunnel to use.

Examples
# Adopt CR-LDP as the signaling protocol for establishing MPLS TE tunnel 0.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te signal-protocol crldp

mpls te tie-breaking
Use mpls te tie-breaking to specify a tie breaker that a tunnel uses to select a path when multiple paths with the same metric are present. Use undo mpls te tie-breaking to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te tie-breaking { least-fill | most-fill | random } undo mpls te tie-breaking

Default
In MPLS view, the tie breaker is random. In tunnel interface view, no tie breaker is specified.

Views
MPLS view, tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
least-fill: Selects a path with the least bandwidth usage ratio (the used bandwidth to the maximum reservable link bandwidth). most-fill: Selects a path with the most bandwidth usage ratio (the used bandwidth to the maximum reserved bandwidth). random: Selects a path randomly.

Usage guidelines
A tunnel prefers the tie breaker specified in the tunnel interface view. If no tie breaker is specified in tunnel interface view, the tunnel uses the tie breaker specified in MPLS view to select a path. The IETF DS-TE supports only random path selection.

Examples
# Configure tunnels to use the paths with the least bandwidth usage ratio.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te tie-breaking least-fill

# Configure tunnel 0 to use the path with the least bandwidth usage ratio.
<Sysname> system-view

309

[Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te tie-breaking least-fill

mpls te timer auto-bandwidth

Use mpls te timer auto-bandwidth to enable automatic bandwidth adjustment and set the interval for output rate sampling for tunnels governed by automatic bandwidth adjustment. Use undo mpls te timer auto-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te timer auto-bandwidth [ seconds ] undo mpls te timer auto-bandwidth

Default
Automatic bandwidth adjustment is disabled.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
seconds: Interval for output rate sampling for tunnels configured with automatic bandwidth adjustment, in the range of 1 to 604800 seconds. If it is not configured, the default of 300 seconds applies. Use the default in normal cases.

Usage guidelines
To change the output rate sampling interval, use the undo mpls te timer auto-bandwidth command to disable automatic bandwidth adjustment first and then use the mpls te timer auto-bandwidth command to re-configure it.

Examples
# Collect the output rates of MPLS TE tunnels automatically every 10 seconds or 600 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te timer auto-bandwidth 600

Related commands
mpls te auto-bandwidth

mpls te timer fast-reroute

NOTE: This command is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR-LDP. Use mpls te timer fast-reroute to set the FRR polling timer. Use undo mpls te timer fast-reroute to restore the default setting.

310

Syntax
mpls te timer fast-reroute [ seconds ] undo mpls te timer fast-reroute

Default
The FRR polling timer is 300 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
seconds: FRR polling timer setting for the point of local repair (PLR) to poll available bypass tunnels for the best one. It ranges from 0 to 604800 seconds, with 0 disabling the PLR to poll available bypass tunnels regularly for the best one. The default is 300 seconds or 5 minutes.

Examples
# Set the FRR polling timer to 120 seconds or 2 minutes.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te timer fast-reroute 120

mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding

Use mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding to configure the interval for advertising updated bandwidth. Use undo mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding interval undo mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding

Default
The bandwidth advertisement interval is 180 seconds.

Views
MPLS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
Interval: Interval for advertising bandwidth, in the range of 0 to 3600, in seconds.

Usage guidelines
The interval specified by this command is that at which the system will periodically advertise interface bandwidth if the bandwidth changes are within the specified threshold. To set the interval to 0 means to disable the bandwidth advertisement function. The minimal valid interval is 30 seconds. If you set the interval to a value less than 30, the system will take 30 seconds as the interval. If you change the interval
311

before the current interval elapses, the new setting will take effect. For example, if you set the interval to 30 seconds, and then, within 30 seconds, set the interval to 3600 seconds, the interval of 3600 seconds will take effect.

Examples
# Set the bandwidth advertising interval to 100 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mpls [Sysname-mpls] mpls te [Sysname- mpls] mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding 100

mpls te timer retry

Use mpls te timer retry to configure the interval for re-establishing the tunnel. Use undo mpls te timer retry to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te timer retry seconds undo mpls te timer retry

Default
The interval for re-establishing a tunnel is 2 seconds.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
seconds: Interval for re-establishing the tunnel, in the range of 1 to 4294967295 seconds.

Examples
# Set the interval for re-establishing tunnel 0 to 20 seconds.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te timer retry 20

Related commands
mpls te retry

mpls te tunnel-id
Use mpls te tunnel-id to configure the tunnel ID.

Syntax
mpls te tunnel-id tunnel-id

Views
Tunnel interface view

312

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-id: Tunnel ID, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines
Configure the tunnel ID before issuing the mpls te commit command for the first time. Otherwise, the tunnel cannot be created. Once configured, a tunnel ID cannot be removed. To change a tunnel ID, remove the tunnel, reconfigure the tunnel, and specify a new tunnel ID.

Examples
# Configure the tunnel ID as 100.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te tunnel-id 100

mpls te vpn-binding
Use mpls te vpn-binding to define the traffic to be forwarded along the MPLS TE tunnel. You can specify the tunnel to forward only the VPN traffic that matches the specified ACL or forward only the traffic of the specified VPN. Use undo mpls te vpn-binding to restore the default.

Syntax
mpls te vpn-binding { acl acl-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } undo mpls te vpn-binding

Default
No restriction is defined about what traffic can travel down a TE tunnel.

Views
Tunnel interface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
acl acl-number: Configures the MPLS TE tunnel to forward only VPN traffic that matches the specified ACL. The ACL number is in the range of 3000 to 3999. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Configures the MPLS TE tunnel to forward only traffic of the specified VPN. The vpn-instance-name argument specifies an MPLS L3VPN by its instance name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines
The device selects a TE tunnel for forwarding VPN traffic in this order: the TE tunnel specified with an ACL, the TE tunnel specified with a VPN instance, the TE tunnel with no restriction on traffic to be forwarded. The device does not perform load sharing over different types of TE tunnels.

313

Examples
# Configure tunnel 0 to forward only traffic of the VPN vpn1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te vpn-binding vpn-instance vpn1

# Configure tunnel 0 to forward only the VPN traffic that matches ACL 3001.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] acl number 3001 [Sysname-acl-adv-3001] rule 0 permit ip vpn-instance vpn1 [Sysname-acl-adv-3001] quit [Sysname] interface tunnel 0 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te vpn-binding acl 3001 [Sysname-Tunnel0] mpls te commit

mpls-te
Use mpls-te to enable the MPLS TE capability in the current OSPF area. Use undo mpls-te to disable the MPLS TE capability in the current OSPF area.

Syntax
mpls-te enable undo mpls-te

Default
The MPLS TE capability is disabled in OSPF areas.

Views
OSPF area view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
enable: Enables the MPLS TE capability in the OSPF area.

Usage guidelines
For an OSPF area to support the MPLS TE capability, its OSPF process must be available with the opaque LSA capability.

Examples
# Enable the MPLS TE capability in OSPF area 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] area 1 [Sysname-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] mpls-te enable

Related commands
opaque-capability

314

next hop
Use next hop to define a node on the explicit path. By executing this command multiple times, you may define all nodes that the explicit path must traverse in sequence.

Syntax
next hop ip-address [ include [ loose | strict ] | exclude ]

Views
Explicit path view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ip-address: Defines a node by its link IP address or router ID in dotted decimal notation. In the strict routing approach, this IP address must be a link IP address. In the loose routing approach, this IP address can be either a link IP address or a router ID. include: Includes the specified IP address on the explicit path. loose: Specifies the node as a loose node, which means that the ip-address and its previous hop can be connected indirectly. strict: Specifies the node as a strict node, which means that the ip-address and its previous hop must be directly connected. exclude: Excludes the specified IP address from the explicit path.

Usage guidelines
If you specify neither include nor exclude, the include keyword is used by default. If you specify neither loose nor strict, the strict keyword is used by default.

Examples
# Specify the device to not consider the IP address 10.0.0.125 in path calculation for the explicit path path1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] explicit-path path1 [Sysname-explicit-path-path1] next hop 10.0.0.125 exclude

Related commands
delete hop

opaque-capability
Use opaque-capability to enable the opaque LSA capability for the OSPF process to generate and receive from its neighbors Opaque LSAs. Use undo opaque-capability to restore the default.

Syntax
opaque-capability enable undo opaque-capability

315

Default
The opaque LSA capability of OSPF is disabled.

Views
OSPF view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
enable: Enables the opaque LSA capability.

Examples
# Enable the opaque LSA capability of OSPF.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] opaque-capability enable

ping lsp te
Use ping lsp te to check MPLS TE tunnel connectivity.

Views
Any view

Default command level

0: Visit level

Parameters
-a source-ip: Specifies the source IP address of the Echo Request messages to be sent. -c count: Specifies the number of Echo Request messages to be sent. The count argument ranges from 1 to 4294967295 and defaults to 5. -exp exp-value: Specifies the EXP value for the Echo Request messages. The exp-value argument ranges from 0 to 7 and defaults to 0. -h ttl-value: Specifies the TTL value for the Echo Request messages. The ttl-value argument ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 255. -m wait-time: Specifies the interval for sending Echo Request messages. The wait-time argument ranges from 1 to 10000 and defaults to 200, in milliseconds. -r reply-mode: Specifies the reply mode of the receiver in response to an Echo Request message. The reply-mode argument can be 1, 2, or 5. 1 means "Do not respond," 2 means "Respond using a UDP packet," and 5 means "Respond using the reverse CR-LSP of the bidirectional MPLS TE tunnel" (not supported). The default is 2. -s packet-size: Specifies the payload length of the Echo Request messages. The packet-size argument ranges from 65 to 8100 and defaults to 100, in bytes.

316

-t time-out: Specifies the timeout interval for waiting for the response to an echo request message. The time-out argument ranges from 0 to 65535 and defaults to 2000, in milliseconds. -v: Displays detailed response information. te interface-type interface-number: Specifies a tunnel interface.

Examples
# Use the ping function to check the connectivity of the MPLS TE tunnel Tunnel1.
<Sysname> ping lsp te tunnel 1 LSP Ping FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1 : 100 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=0 time = 31 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=1 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=2 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=3 time = 62 ms Reply from 100.1.2.1: bytes=100 Sequence=4 time = 62 ms --- FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1 ping statistics --5 packet(s) transmitted 5 packet(s) received 0.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 31/55/62 ms

reset mpls rsvp-te statistics

Use reset mpls rsvp-te statistics to clear statistics about RSVP-TE.

Syntax
reset mpls rsvp-te statistics { global | interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
global: Clears statistics about global RSVP-TE. interface: Clears statistics about RSVP-TE for all interfaces. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If an interface is specified, the command clears the statistics about RSVP-TE for the interface.

Examples
# Clear statistics about global RSVP-TE.
<Sysname> reset mpls rsvp-te statistics global

reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers

Use reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers to reset the automatic bandwidth adjustment function.

317

Syntax
reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers

Views
User view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Usage guidelines
This command clears information about output rate sampling and the remaining time for next bandwidth optimization.

Examples
# Reset the automatic bandwidth adjustment function.
<Sysname> reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers

static-cr-lsp egress
Use static-cr-lsp egress to configure a static CR-LSP on the egress node. Use undo static-cr-lsp egress to remove the static CR-LSP.

Syntax
static-cr-lsp egress tunnel-name incoming-interface interface-type in-label-value [ bandwidth [ ct0 | ct1 | ct2 | ct3 ] bandwidth-value ] undo static-cr-lsp egress tunnel-name interface-number in-label

Default
Static CR-LSP traffic belongs to CT 0.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-name: Tunnel name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters. incoming-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the incoming interface. in-label in-label-value: Specifies the incoming label, which can be a value of 0, 3, or 16 through 1023. bandwidth: Specifies the class type (CT) for static CR-LSP traffic. ct0: Specifies CT 0 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct1: Specifies CT 1 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct2: Specifies CT 2 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct3: Specifies CT 3 for static CR-LSP traffic. bandwidth-value: Bandwidth required by static CR-LSP traffic, in the range of 1 to 32000000, in kbps.

318

Usage guidelines
In prestandard DS-TE mode, the configuration of CT 2 or CT 3 is invalid, and thus the tunnel cannot be established. CT 2 and CT 3 are valid only in IETF DS-TE mode. To use the MPLS OAM function, you must specify the ingress node's LSR ID and tunnel ID.

Examples
# Configure a static CR-LSP on the egress node, setting its name to tunnel34, incoming interface to Serial 1/0, and incoming label to 233.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-cr-lsp egress tunnel34 incoming-interface serial 1/0 in-label 233

Related commands
mpls te tunnel-id

static-cr-lsp ingress
Use static-cr-lsp ingress to configure a static CR-LSP at the ingress node. Use undo static-cr-lsp ingress to remove the static CR-LSP.

Syntax
static-cr-lsp ingress tunnel-name destination dest-addr { nexthop next-hop-addr | outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number } out-label out-label-value [ bandwidth [ ct0 | ct1 | ct2 | ct3 ] bandwidth-value ] undo static-cr-lsp ingress tunnel-name

Default
Static CR-LSP traffic belongs to CT 0.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-name: Tunnel name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 15 characters. It must be an exact reference to a tunnel interface created by the interface tunnel command. For example, if the tunnel interface created is Tunnel2, the tunnel name referenced here must be Tunnel2. destination dest-addr: Specifies the IP address of the tunnel destination. nexthop next-hop-addr: Specifies the next hop address. outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an outgoing interface for the static CR-LSP. out-label out-label-value: Specifies the outgoing label, which can be a value of 0, 3, or 16 through 1023. bandwidth: Specifies the class type (CT) for static CR-LSP traffic. ct0: Specifies CT 0 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct1: Specifies CT 1 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct2: Specifies CT 2 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct3: Specifies CT 3 for static CR-LSP traffic.
319

bandwidth-value: Bandwidth required by the static CR-LSP, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
In prestandard DS-TE mode, the configuration of CT 2 or CT 3 is invalid, and thus the tunnel cannot be established. CT 2 and CT 3 are valid only in IETF DS-TE mode. The next hop address for a static CR-LSP configured on the ingress or a transit node cannot be a local public address.

Examples
# Configure a static CR-LSP on the ingress node, setting its name to Tunnel3, destination IP address to 202.25.38.1, destination address mask length to 24, next hop IP address to 202.55.25.33, outgoing label to 237, CT of traffic to CT 0, and required bandwidth to 20 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-cr-lsp ingress Tunnel3 destination 202.25.38.1 nexthop 202.55.25.33 out-label 237 bandwidth ct0 20

static-cr-lsp transit
Use static-cr-lsp transit to configure a static CR-LSP on a transit node. Use undo static-cr-lsp transit to remove the static CR-LSP.

Syntax
static-cr-lsp transit tunnel-name incoming-interface interface-type interface-number in-label in-label-value { nexthop next-hop-addr | outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number } out-label out-label-value [ bandwidth [ ct0 | ct1 | ct2 | ct3 ] bandwidth-value ] undo static-cr-lsp transit tunnel-name

Default
Static CR-LSP traffic belongs to CT 0.

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
tunnel-name: Tunnel name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 15 characters. incoming-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an incoming interface for the static CR-LSP. in-label in-label-value: Specifies the incoming label, which ranges from 16 to 1023. nexthop next-hop-addr: Specifies the next hop address. outgoing-interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an outgoing interface for the static CR-LSP. out-label out-label-value: Specifies the outgoing label, which can be a value of 0, 3, or 16 through 1023. bandwidth: Specifies the class type (CT) for static CR-LSP traffic. ct0: Specifies CT 0 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct1: Specifies CT 1 for static CR-LSP traffic. ct2: Specifies CT 2 for static CR-LSP traffic.
320

ct3: Specifies CT 3 for static CR-LSP traffic. bandwidth-value: Bandwidth required by the static CR-LSP, in the range of 1 to 32000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines
CT 2 and CT 3 can be used in only IETF DS-TE mode. In prestandard DS-TE mode, the configuration of CT 2 or CT 3 is invalid, and thus the tunnel cannot be established. The next hop address for a static CR-LSP configured on the ingress or a transit node cannot be a local public address.

Examples
# Configure a static CR-LSP on the transit node, setting its name to tunnel34, incoming interface to Serial 1/0, incoming label to 123, outgoing interface to Serial 1/1, outgoing label to 253, CT of traffic to CT 0, and required bandwidth to 20 kbps.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] static-cr-lsp transit tunnel34 incoming-interface serial 1/0 in-label 123 outgoing-interface serial 1/1 out-label 253 bandwidth ct0 20

te-set-subtlv
Use te-set-subtlv to configure the sub-TLVs carrying the DS-TE parameters. Because no standard is available for these sub-TLVs, you need to configure them manually for interoperability with other vendors' devices. Use undo te-set-subtlv to restore the default.

Syntax
te-set-subtlv { bw-constraint value | lo-multiplier value | unreserved-bw-sub-pool value } * undo te-set-subtlv { bw-constraint | lo-multiplier | unreserved-bw-sub-pool } *

Default
The bandwidth constraint sub-TLV is 252, the sub-TLV of LOM is 253, and the sub-TLV of unreserved subpool bandwidth is 251.

Views
IS-IS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
bw-constraint value: Sets the bandwidth constraint sub-TLV. value is the sub-TLV value in the range of 19 to 254. lo-multiplier value: Sets the sub-TLV of local overbooking multiplier (LOM). value is the sub-TLV value in the range of 19 to 254. unreserved-bw-sub-pool value: Sets the sub-TLV of unreserved subpool bandwidth. value is the sub-TLV value in the range of 19 to 254.

Examples
# Configure sub-TLVs for IS-IS process 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] isis 1

321

[Sysname-isis-1] te-set-subtlv bw-constraint 200 lo-multiplier 201 unreserved-bw-sub-pool 202

Related commands
display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs

tracert lsp te
Use tracert lsp te to locate errors of MPLS TE tunnels.

Syntax
tracert lsp [ -a source-ip | -exp exp-value | -h ttl-value | -r reply-mode |-t time-out ] * te interface-type interface-number

Views
Any view

Default command level

0: Visit level

Parameters
-a source-ip: Specifies the source IP address of the Echo Request messages. -exp exp-value: Specifies the EXP value for the Echo Request messages. The exp-value argument ranges from 0 to 7 and defaults to 0. -h ttl-value: Specifies the TTL value for the Echo Request messages. The ttl-value argument ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 30. -r reply-mode: Specifies the reply mode of the receiver in response to an Echo Request message. The reply-mode argument can be 1 or 2, where 1 means "Do not respond" and 2 means "Respond using a UDP packet". The default is 2. -t time-out: Specifies the timeout interval for waiting for the response to an echo request message. The time-out argument ranges from 0 to 65535 and defaults to 2000, in milliseconds. te interface-type interface-number: Specifies a tunnel interface.

Examples
# Tracert the MPLS TE tunnel of tunnel interface Tunnel 1.
<Sysname> tracert lsp te tunnel 1 LSP Trace Route FEC: TE TUNNEL IPV4 SESSION QUERY Tunnel1 , press CTRL_C to break. TTL 0 1 2 3 10.4.5.1 100.3.4.1 100.1.2.1 1 63 129 Replier Time Type Ingress Transit Transit Egress Downstream 10.4.5.1/[1025] 100.3.4.1/[1024] 100.1.2.1/[3]

Table 116 Command output Field

Replier Time Type 322

Description
Address of the LSR that replies to the request. Time when the reply was received, in milliseconds. Role of the LSR in the LSP, Ingress, Transit, or Egress.

Field
Downstream

Description
Address of the downstream LSR and the outgoing label.

traffic-eng
Use traffic-eng to enable IS-IS TE. Use undo traffic-eng to restore the default.

Syntax
traffic-eng [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] undo traffic-eng [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ]

Default
IS-IS TE is disabled.

Views
IS-IS view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
level-1: Enables Level-1 IS-IS TE. level-1-2: Enables Level-1-2 IS-IS TE. level-2: Enables Level-2 IS-IS TE. NOTE: If no level is specified, IS-IS TE applies to Level-1-2.

Usage guidelines
To enable IS-IS TE, you must use the cost-style command to configure the IS-IS cost style as wide, compatible, or wide-compatible. For more information about the cost-style command, see Layer 3IP Routing Command Reference.

Examples
# Enable TE for Level-2 IS-IS process 1.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] isis 1 [Sysname-isis-1] cost-style compatible [Sysname-isis-1] traffic-eng level-2

323

L2VPN access to L3VPN or IP backbone configuration commands

default
Use default to restore the default settings for the current interface.

Syntax
default

Views
VE-L2VPN-Terminate interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access subinterface view

Default command level

2: System level

Usage guidelines
This command might fail to restore the default settings for some commands for reasons such as command dependencies and system restrictions. You can use the display this command in interface view to check for these commands, and perform their undo forms or follow the command reference to individually restore their default settings. If your restoration attempt still fails, follow the error message to resolve the problem. CAUTION: The default command might interrupt ongoing network services. Make sure you are fully aware of the impacts of this command when you perform it on a live network.

Examples
# Restore the default settings for interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100] default This command will restore the default settings. Continue? [Y/N]:y

# Restore the default settings for interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] default This command will restore the default settings. Continue? [Y/N]:y

description
Use description to specify a description for the interface. Use undo description to restore the default.
324

Syntax
description text undo description

Views
VE-L2VPN-Terminate interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access subinterface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
text: Description information of the interface, a string of 1 to 80 characters. A description string supports letters (case-sensitive), digits, tilde (~), exclamation mark (!), at sign (@), pound sign (#), dollar sign ($), percent sign (%) caret (^), ampersand (&), asterisk (*), brackets ( { }, ( ), [ ] ), hyphen (-), underscore (_), plus sign (+), equal sign (=), vertical bar (|), slash (/), backslash (\), colon (:), semicolon (;), quotation marks (", '), angle brackets (< >) , dot (.), spaces, and other Unicode characters. A Unicode character equals two regular characters in length. To use Unicode characters in an interface description, install the specific input method editor and log in to the device through the remote login software that supports the character type. When the length of a description string reaches or exceeds the maximum line width on the terminal software, the software starts a new line, possibly breaking a Unicode character at the end of a line into two. As a result, garbled characters may be displayed at the end of a line.

Usage guidelines
The default description of an interface is the interface name plus Interface. For example, VE-L2VPN-Terminate100 Interface.

Examples
# Specify the description of interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100 as L2VPN-Terminate.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100] description L2VPN-Terminate

# Specify the description of interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100 as L3VPN-Access.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] description L3VPN-Access

Related commands
display interface

display interface
Use display interface to display information about VE interfaces.

Syntax
display interface [ ve-l2vpn-terminate | ve-l3vpn-access ] [ brief [ down ] ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

325

display interface { ve-l2vpn-terminate interface-number | ve-l3vpn-access { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } } [ brief ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ve-l2vpn-terminate: Displays information about terminating VE interfaces. ve-l3vpn-access: Displays information about access VE interfaces. interface-number: Number of a terminating VE interface or an access VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192. interface-number.subnumber: Number of an access VE subinterface. The interface-number argument is the number of an interface, in the range of 1 to 8192, and subnumber is the number of a subinterface created on the interface, in the range of 0 to 1023. brief: Displays brief interface information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed interface information. down: Displays information about the interfaces in down state and the causes. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays information about interfaces in all states. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Usage guidelines
If you do not specify an interface type (by ve-l2vpn-terminate or ve-l3vpn-access), the command displays information about all interfaces. If you specify an interface type but do not specify an interface number (by interface-number or interface-number.subnumber), the command displays information about all interfaces of the specified type. If you specify both an interface type and an interface number, the command displays information about the specified interface.

Examples
# Display information about interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100.
<Sysname> display interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 VE-L2VPN-Terminate100 current state: UP Line protocol current state: UP Description: VE-L2VPN-Terminate100 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet protocol processing : disabled IP Packet Frame Type: PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Hardware Address: 000f-e20c-0a58

326

IPv6 Packet Frame Type: PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, Link service is PWE3 ethernet mode

Hardware Address: 000f-e20c-0a58

Physical is VTER, baudrate: 100000000 bps Last clearing of counters: Never

Last 300 seconds input rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Last 300 seconds output rate: 0 bytes/sec, 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 drops 0 packets output, 0 bytes, 0 drops

Table 117 Command output (Layer 3 interface) Field Description

Physical state of the interface:

DOWN ( Administratively )The interface is administratively

down. It was shut down with the shutdown command.

DOWN ( Link-Aggregation interface down )The interface is

VE-L2VPN-Terminate100 current state

physically down. Reason: The aggregate interface that comprises the current interface was shut down with the shutdown command. Possible reason: No physical link is present or the link has failed.

DOWNThe interface is administratively up but physically down. UPThe interface is both administratively and physically up.
The link layer state of the interface: Line protocol current state

DOWNThe interface is physically down. UPThe interface is physically up.

disabled indicates that the interface cannot process IP packets. For an interface configured with an IP address, this field changes to Internet Address is. Link service mode:

Internet protocol processing

PWE3 ethernet modeThe interface is configured with an MPLS

Link service

L2VPN connection, and the connection's PW encapsulation mode is Ethernet. For information about an MPLS L2VPN connection, see MPLS Configuration Guide. L2VPN connection, and the connection's PW encapsulation mode is VLAN. For information about an MPLS L2VPN connection, see MPLS Configuration Guide.

PWE3 vlan modeThe interface is configured with an MPLS

Physical type of the interface: Physical

VTERThe interface is a terminating VE interface. VACCThe interface is an access VE interface.

Baud rate of the interface, namely, the maximum bandwidth of the interface. Last time the reset counters interface command was executed to clear statistics on the interface. Never indicates the reset counts interface command has never been used on the interface since the device's startup. Average input rate over the last 300 seconds in Bps, bps, and pps. Average output rate over the last 300 seconds in Bps, bps, and pps.

baudrate

Last clearing of counters

Last 300 seconds input rate Last 300 seconds output rate

327

# Display the brief information of all VE-L2VPN-Terminate interfaces.

<Sysname> display interface ve-l2vpn-terminate brief The brief information of interface(s) under route mode: Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby Protocol: (s) - spoofing Interface VTER20 VTER30 VTER50 VTER100 VTER200 VTER600 Link Protocol Main IP DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN UP UP ------Description

# Display all interfaces in down state, and the reasons why the interfaces are down.
<Sysname> display interface brief down The brief information of interface(s) under route mode: Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby Interface Eth1/1 Eth1/2 VTER20 VTER30 VTER50 VTER100 VTER200 VACC10 VACC10.20 VACC100 Link Cause DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected

The brief information of interface(s) under bridge mode: Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby Interface Eth1/3 Eth1/4 Eth1/5 Eth1/6 Link Cause DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected DOWN Not connected

Table 118 Command output Field

The brief information of interface(s) under route mode: Link: ADM - administratively down; Stby - standby Protocol: (s) - spoofing

Description
Brief information of Layer 3 interfaces.

ADMThe interface has been shut down manually. To recover its

physical state, perform the undo shutdown command.

StbyThe interface is a standby interface. You can use the display

(s) - spoofing indicates the interface's protocol state is spoofing.

standby state command to check the corresponding active interface.

328

Field
Interface

Description
Interface name:

VTERTerminating VE interface. VACCAccess VE interface.

Physical link state of the interface:

Link

UPThe link is physically up. DOWNThe link is physically down. ADMThe link is administratively shut down. You can execute the undo
shutdown command to restore the interface's physical state.

StbyThe interface is a standby interface.

Protocol connection state of the interface: UP, DOWN, or UP(s). Protocol The UP(s) state indicates that the network layer protocol state of the interface is UP (spoofing), but no link is present or a link is established on demand on the interface. Typically, a Null interface or a loopback interface has the (s) attribute. Primary IP address of the interface. Description information of the interface. Description If the description information cannot be displayed within one line, this field displays only part of the description. To view the complete description information, use the display interface command without the brief keyword. The brief information of Layer 2 interfaces. Reason why the interface is physically down. For possible reasons, see Table 119.

Main IP

The brief information of interface(s) under bridge mode: Cause

Table 119 Possible reasons for the physical connection state of an interface being down Field
Not connected Administratively Link-Aggregation interface down OAM connection failure DLDP connection failure Loopback detection-protected BPDU-protected Monitor-Link uplink down

Description
No physical link: The interface is not connected with a network cable, or the cable is faulty. The interface is manually shut down by the shutdown command. You can use the undo shutdown command to restore the physical state of the interface. The aggregate interface that comprises the interface is shut down by the shutdown command. Failed to establish the OAM connection or the established OAM connection is disconnected. Failed to establish the DLDP connection or the established DLDP connection is disconnected. The interface is shut down because a loop is detected on it. The interface is shut down by the BPDU guard function. The interface is down because the uplink port of the monitor link group that comprises the interface is down.

329

Related commands
interface ve-l2vpn-terminate interface ve-l3vpn-access

display ve-group
Use display ve-group to display information about VE groups.

Syntax
display ve-group [ ve-group-id ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Views
Any view

Default command level

1: Monitor level

Parameters
ve-group-id: Displays information about the specified virtual Ethernet (VE) group. The ve-group-id argument is in the range of 1 to 8192. If you do not specify a VE group, the command displays information about all VE groups. |: Filters command output by specifying a regular expression. For more information about regular expressions, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide. begin: Displays the first line that matches the specified regular expression and all lines that follow. exclude: Displays all lines that do not match the specified regular expression. include: Displays all lines that match the specified regular expression. regular-expression: Specifies a regular expression, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 256 characters.

Examples
# Display information about all VE groups.
<Sysname> display ve-group Total number of VE groups: 2 ID 1 2 Terminate-VE Virtual-Ethernet1 Virtual-Ethernet3 Access-VE Virtual-Ethernet2 Virtual-Ethernet4

# Display information about VE group 1.

<Sysname> display ve-group 1 ID 1 Terminate-VE Virtual-Ethernet1 Access-VE Virtual-Ethernet2

Table 120 Command output Field

ID Terminate-VE Access-VE

Description
VE group ID. VE interface used to terminate the MPLS L2VPN. VE interface used to access the MPLS L3VPN or IP backbone.

330

interface ve-l2vpn-terminate
Use interface ve-l2vpn-terminate to create a terminating VE interface and enter terminating VE interface view. Use undo interface ve-l2vpn-terminate to delete the specified terminating VE interface.

Syntax
interface ve-l2vpn-terminate interface-number undo interface ve-l2vpn-terminate interface-number

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
interface-number: Specifies the number of a terminating VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192.

Usage guidelines
A terminating VE interface in a VE group cannot be directly deleted. To delete it, remove the terminating VE interface from the VE group first. After you create an MPLS L2VPN connection on a terminating VE interface in a VE group, you cannot remove the terminating VE interface from the VE group. For more information about MPLS L2VPN, see MPLS Configuration Guide.

Examples
# Create terminating VE interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100, and enter terminating VE interface view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100]

interface ve-l3vpn-access
Use interface ve-l3vpn-access to create an access VE interface or subinterface, and enter access VE interface or subinterface view. Use undo interface ve-l3vpn-access to delete the specified access VE interface or subinterface.

Syntax
interface ve-l3vpn-access { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } undo interface ve-l3vpn-access { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber }

Views
System view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
interface-number: Specifies the number of an access VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192.
331

interface-number.subnumber: Specifies the number of an access VE subinterface. The interface-number argument specifies the number of an access VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192. The subnumber argument specifies the number of a subinterface created on the access VE interface, in the range of 0 to 1023.

Usage guidelines
An access VE interface in a VE group cannot be directly deleted. To delete it, remove it from the VE group first. When the packets entering the MPLS L3VPN or IP backbone carry VLAN tags, you must create a subinterface on the access VE interface to terminate the VLAN tags. For more information about VLAN termination, see Layer 2LAN Switching Configuration Guide. Deleting an access VE interface also deletes all subinterfaces on the interface. Before you create an access VE subinterface, the corresponding access VE interface must already exist.

Examples
# Create access VE interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100, and enter access VE interface view.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] quit

# Create access VE subinterface VE-L3VPN-Access 100.10, and enter access VE subinterface view.
[Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100.10 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100.10]

mtu
Use mtu to set the MTU for the interface. Use undo mtu to restore the default.

Syntax
mtu size undo mtu

Default
An interface's MTU is 1500 bytes.

Views
VE-L2VPN-Terminate interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access subinterface view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
size: Specifies the MTU on the interface, in bytes. The value range of the MTU depends on the interface type.

Examples
# Set the MTU for interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100 to 1430 bytes.
<Sysname> system-view

332

[Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100] mtu 1430

# Set the MTU for interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100 to 1430 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] mtu 1430

reset counters interface

Use reset counters interface to clear interface statistics.

Syntax
reset counters interface [ ve-l2vpn-terminate [ interface-number ] | ve-l3vpn-access [ interface-number | interface-number.subnumber ] ]

Views
User view

Default command level

2: System level

Parameters
ve-l2vpn-terminate: Clears statistics on the terminating VE interfaces. ve-l3vpn-access: Clears statistics on the access VE interfaces. interface-number: Specifies the number of a terminating VE interface or access VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192. interface-number.subnumber: Specifies the number of an access VE subinterface. The interface-number argument specifies the number of an access VE interface, in the range of 1 to 8192. The subnumber argument specifies the number of a subinterface created on the access VE interface, in the range of 0 to 1023.

Usage guidelines
Before collecting traffic statistics for a specific period of time on an interface, clear the old statistics first by using this command. If you do not specify an interface type (by ve-l2vpn-terminate or ve-l3vpn-access), this command clears statistics for all interfaces. If you specify an interface type but do not specify an interface number (by interface-number or interface-number.subnumber), this command clears statistics for all interfaces of that type. If you specify both an interface type and an interface number, this command clears statistics for the specified interface or subinterface.

Examples
# Clear statistics on interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100.
<Sysname> reset counters interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100

# Clear statistics on interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100.

<Sysname> reset counters interface ve-l3vpn-access 100

333

shutdown
Use shutdown to shut down the interface. Use undo shutdown to bring up the interface.

Syntax
shutdown undo shutdown

Default
An interface is in the up state.

Views
VE-L2VPN-Terminate interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access subinterface view

Default command level

2: System level

Examples
# Shut down interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100] shutdown

# Shut down interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100.

<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] shutdown

ve-group
NOTE: This command is unavailable for access VE subinterfaces. Use ve-group to add a terminating VE interface or an access VE interface to a VE group. Use undo ve-group to remove the VE interface from the VE group.

Syntax
ve-group ve-group-id undo ve-group

Default
A VE interface does not belong to any VE group.

Views
VE-L2VPN-Terminate interface view, VE-L3VPN-Access interface view

Default command level

2: System level
334

Parameters
ve-group-id: Specifies the ID of a VE group, in the range of 1 to 8192.

Usage guidelines
One VE group can contain only one terminating VE interface and one access VE interface. The terminating VE interface is used to terminate the MPLS L2VPN and the access VE interface is used to access the MPLS L3VPN or IP backbone.

Examples
# Add interface VE-L2VPN-Terminate 100 to VE group 100 to terminate MPLS L2VPN.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l2vpn-terminate 100 [Sysname-VE-L2VPN-Terminate100] ve-group 100

# Add interface VE-L3VPN-Access 100 to VE group 100 to access the MPLS L3VPN or IP backbone.
<Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ve-l3vpn-access 100 [Sysname-VE-L3VPN-Access100] ve-group 100

335

Index
ACDEFGHILMNOPRSTV
A accept-label,1 add hop,220 advertise-label,2 C ccc interface in-label out-label,68 ccc interface out-interface,69 ce,70 connection,71 D default,324 default local-preference (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),1 10 default local-preference (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),187 default med (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),1 10 default med (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),187 default-nexthop,71 delete hop,220 description,324 1 1 description (VPN instance view),1 display bgp l2vpn,72 1 1 display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table,1 15 display bgp vpnv4 group,1 17 display bgp vpnv4 network,1 18 display bgp vpnv4 paths,1 19 display bgp vpnv4 peer,1 display bgp vpnv4 peer received ip-prefix,126 display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher routing-table,127 display bgp vpnv4 routing-table label,131 display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance routing-table,132 display bgp vpnv6 all peer,188 display bgp vpnv6 all routing-table,191 display bgp vpnv6 route-distinguisher routing-table,193 display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance peer,195
336

display bgp vpnv6 vpn-instance routing-table,197 display ccc,78 display explicit-path,221 display fib vpn-instance,134 display fib vpn-instance ip-address,137 display interface,325 display ip vpn-instance,138 display ipv6 fib vpn-instance,199 display ipv6 fib vpn-instance ipv6-address,200 display isis traffic-eng advertisements,222 display isis traffic-eng link,225 display isis traffic-eng network,226 display isis traffic-eng statistics,228 display isis traffic-eng sub-tlvs,229 display l2vpn ccc-interface vc-type,79 display mpls fast-forwarding cache,3 display mpls ilm,4 display mpls interface,6 display mpls l2vc,81 display mpls l2vpn,84 display mpls l2vpn connection,87 display mpls l2vpn fib ac vpws,90 display mpls l2vpn fib pw vpws,91 display mpls label,8 display mpls ldp,8 display mpls ldp cr-lsp,10 1 display mpls ldp fec,1 display mpls ldp interface,14 display mpls ldp lsp,16 display mpls ldp peer,17 display mpls ldp remote-peer,19 display mpls ldp session,20 display mpls ldp session all statistics,23 display mpls ldp vpn-instance,139 display mpls lsp,24 display mpls lsp statistics,27 display mpls nhlfe,28 display mpls nhlfe reflist,30

display mpls route-state,31 display mpls rsvp-te,230 display mpls rsvp-te established,232 display mpls rsvp-te peer,233 display mpls rsvp-te psb-content,234 display mpls rsvp-te request,237 display mpls rsvp-te reservation,238 display mpls rsvp-te rsb-content,239 display mpls rsvp-te sender,241 display mpls rsvp-te statistics,242 display mpls static-cr-lsp,245 display mpls static-l2vc,94 display mpls static-lsp,32 display mpls statistics interface,34 display mpls statistics lsp,36 display mpls te cspf tedb,247 display mpls te ds-te,252 display mpls te link-administration admission-control,253 display mpls te link-administration bandwidth-allocation,254 display mpls te tunnel,255 display mpls te tunnel path,258 display mpls te tunnel statistics,259 display mpls te tunnel-interface,260 display ospf mpls-te,263 display ospf sham-link,141 display ospf traffic-adjustment,265 display tunnel-info,266 display tunnel-policy,142 display ve-group,330 display vpn label operation,144 domain-id,145 dscp,38 du-readvertise,38 du-readvertise timer,39 E enable traffic-adjustment,267 enable traffic-adjustment advertise,268 explicit-path,268 export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view),146 export route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view),201 ext-community-type,146
337

F filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),147 filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),202 filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),148 filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),203 G graceful-restart (MPLS LDP view),40 graceful-restart mpls ldp,40 graceful-restart timer neighbor-liveness,41 graceful-restart timer reconnect,41 graceful-restart timer recovery,42 H hops-count,43 I import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view),149 import route-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view),204 interface ve-l2vpn-terminate,331 interface ve-l3vpn-access,331 ip binding vpn-instance,150 ip vpn-instance,150 ipv4-family (VPN instance view),151 ipv4-family vpnv4,151 ipv6-family (VPN instance view),205 ipv6-family vpnv6 (BGP view),205 L l2vpn,96 l2vpn-family,96 label advertise,43 label-distribution,44 list hop,269 loop-detect,45 lsp-trigger,46 lsr-id,47 M md5-password,47 modify hop,269 mpls,48

mpls l2vc,97 mpls l2vc switchover,98 mpls l2vpn,99 mpls l2vpn vpn-name,99 mpls ldp (interface view),50 mpls ldp (system view),49 mpls ldp remote-peer,50 mpls ldp timer hello-hold,51 mpls ldp timer keepalive-hold,52 mpls ldp transport-address,53 mpls ldp vpn-instance,152 mpls lsr-id,54 mpls mtu,54 mpls rsvp-te,270 mpls rsvp-te authentication,271 mpls rsvp-te bfd enable,271 mpls rsvp-te blockade-multiplier,272 mpls rsvp-te dscp,273 mpls rsvp-te graceful-restart,273 mpls rsvp-te hello,274 mpls rsvp-te hello-lost,275 mpls rsvp-te keep-multiplier,275 mpls rsvp-te reliability,276 mpls rsvp-te resvconfirm,277 mpls rsvp-te srefresh,277 mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart recovery,278 mpls rsvp-te timer graceful-restart restart,278 mpls rsvp-te timer hello,279 mpls rsvp-te timer refresh,280 mpls rsvp-te timer retransmission,280 mpls static-l2vc (for ordinary SVC),102 mpls static-l2vc (for primary-backup SVCs),100 mpls static-l2vc switchover,103 mpls te,281 mpls te affinity property,282 mpls te auto-bandwidth,283 mpls te backup,284 mpls te backup bandwidth,284 mpls te bandwidth,285 mpls te bandwidth change thresholds,286 mpls te commit,287 mpls te cspf,287 mpls te cspf timer failed-link,288 mpls te ds-te ietf bc-mode,289 mpls te ds-te ietf te-class,289
338

mpls te ds-te mode,290 mpls te fast-reroute,291 mpls te fast-reroute bypass-tunnel,292 mpls te igp advertise,293 mpls te igp metric,293 mpls te igp shortcut,294 mpls te link administrative group,295 mpls te loop-detection,295 mpls te max-link-bandwidth,296 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth,296 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth mam,297 mpls te max-reservable-bandwidth rdm,298 mpls te metric,299 mpls te path,299 mpls te path metric-type,300 mpls te priority,301 mpls te protection switch-mode,302 mpls te protection tunnel,303 mpls te protect-switch,304 mpls te record-route,305 mpls te reoptimization (tunnel interface view),305 mpls te reoptimization (user view),306 mpls te resv-style,306 mpls te retry,307 mpls te route-pinning,308 mpls te signal-protocol,308 mpls te tie-breaking,309 mpls te timer auto-bandwidth,310 mpls te timer fast-reroute,310 1 mpls te timer link-management periodic-flooding,31 mpls te timer retry,312 mpls te tunnel-id,312 mpls te vpn-binding,313 mpls-te,314 mtu,332 mtu (MPLS L2VPN view),104 N nesting-vpn,152 next hop,315 O opaque-capability,315 P path-vectors,55

peer advertise-community (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),153 peer allow-as-loop,154 peer as-path-acl (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),154 peer capability-advertise orf ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),155 peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance,156 peer enable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),157 peer enable (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),206 peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),158 peer filter-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),206 peer group (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),159 peer ip-prefix (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),159 peer ipv6-prefix (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),207 peer label-route-capability (BGP view/BGP VPN instance view),160 peer next-hop-invariable (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),161 peer next-hop-local,161 peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),162 peer preferred-value (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),208 peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),163 peer public-as-only (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),208 peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),164 peer reflect-client (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),209 peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view),164 peer route-policy (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),210 peer upe,165 peer upe route-policy,166 peer vpn-instance enable,167 peer vpn-instance group,167
339

peer vpn-instance route-policy import,168 ping lsp ipv4,56 ping lsp pw (for MPLS L2VPN),104 ping lsp te,316 policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),169 policy vpn-target (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),21 1 ppp ipcp ignore local-ip,105 ppp ipcp proxy,106 preferred-path,170 prefix-label advertise,57 R reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),171 reflect between-clients (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),21 1 reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),172 reflector cluster-id (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),212 refresh bgp ipv6 vpn-instance,212 refresh bgp vpn-instance,172 refresh bgp vpnv4,173 refresh bgp vpnv6,213 remote-ip,58 remote-ip bfd,58 reset bgp ipv6 vpn-instance,214 reset bgp l2vpn,107 reset bgp vpn-instance,174 reset bgp vpn-instance dampening,174 reset bgp vpn-instance flap-info,175 reset bgp vpnv4,175 reset bgp vpnv6,214 reset counters interface,333 reset mpls fast-forwarding cache,59 reset mpls ldp,59 reset mpls rsvp-te statistics,317 reset mpls statistics interface,60 reset mpls statistics lsp,60 reset mpls te auto-bandwidth adjustment timers,317 route-distinguisher (MPLS L2VPN view),107 route-distinguisher (VPN instance view),176 route-tag,177

routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view),178 routing-table limit (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view),215 rr-filter (BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view/BGP-L2VPN address family view),179 rr-filter (BGP-VPNv6 subaddress family view),216 S sham-link,180 shutdown,334 static-cr-lsp egress,318 static-cr-lsp ingress,319 static-cr-lsp transit,320 static-lsp egress,61 static-lsp ingress,61 static-lsp transit,62 statistics interval,63 T

te-set-subtlv,321 tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view),181 tnl-policy (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view),217 tracert lsp ipv4,64 tracert lsp te,322 traffic-eng,323 ttl expiration enable,65 ttl expiration pop,65 ttl propagate,66 tunnel select-seq,183 tunnel-policy,182 V ve-group,334 vpn popgo,184 vpn-instance-capability simple,185 vpn-target (MPLS L2VPN view),108 vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv4 VPN view),185 vpn-target (VPN instance view/IPv6 VPN view),218

340

Microwave Radio
No ratings yet
Microwave Radio
58 pages
08 MPLS Configuration Guide Book
No ratings yet
08 MPLS Configuration Guide Book
410 pages
User Manual MSR - 2020
No ratings yet
User Manual MSR - 2020
60 pages
Getting Started with Oracle Tuxedo
From Everand
Getting Started with Oracle Tuxedo
Biru Chattopadhayay
No ratings yet
Cisco CCNA Command Guide: An Introductory Guide for CCNA & Computer Networking Beginners: Computer Networking, #3
From Everand
Cisco CCNA Command Guide: An Introductory Guide for CCNA & Computer Networking Beginners: Computer Networking, #3
Ramon Nastase
4.5/5 (2)
H3C MSR Series Routers Web Configuration Guide (V5) - Release 2311 (V1.06) - Book PDF
No ratings yet
H3C MSR Series Routers Web Configuration Guide (V5) - Release 2311 (V1.06) - Book PDF
872 pages
03-Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book PDF
No ratings yet
03-Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book PDF
90 pages
H3C MSR 20 Routers Installation Guide (V1.05) - Book PDF
No ratings yet
H3C MSR 20 Routers Installation Guide (V1.05) - Book PDF
77 pages
H3C MSR 900 Routers Installation Guide
No ratings yet
H3C MSR 900 Routers Installation Guide
60 pages
H3C MSR Series Routers Interface Module Manual (V1.07) - Book PDF
No ratings yet
H3C MSR Series Routers Interface Module Manual (V1.07) - Book PDF
308 pages
Conf Web Router Serie h3c MSR
No ratings yet
Conf Web Router Serie h3c MSR
820 pages
MPLS Configuration Guide sr8800
No ratings yet
MPLS Configuration Guide sr8800
410 pages
H3C MSR 20-30-50 User Guide
No ratings yet
H3C MSR 20-30-50 User Guide
60 pages
Anjing Tae Loe Scribd PDF
No ratings yet
Anjing Tae Loe Scribd PDF
60 pages
Configuracion Switch H3C
No ratings yet
Configuracion Switch H3C
43 pages
99-Book 761835 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761835 1285 0
146 pages
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Routing Command Reference
No ratings yet
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Routing Command Reference
862 pages
99-Book 761843 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761843 1285 0
66 pages
H3C MSR Router Series: Comware 5 WLAN Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
H3C MSR Router Series: Comware 5 WLAN Configuration Guide
80 pages
99-Book 761972 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761972 1285 0
210 pages
H3C SR8800 Series 10G Core Routers Operation Manual (Release3238 V3.04)
No ratings yet
H3C SR8800 Series 10G Core Routers Operation Manual (Release3238 V3.04)
2,160 pages
04 Layer 3-IP Services Configuration Guide-Book
No ratings yet
04 Layer 3-IP Services Configuration Guide-Book
184 pages
99-Book 1102699 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 1102699 1285 0
282 pages
01-Fundamentals Configuration Guide-Book PDF
No ratings yet
01-Fundamentals Configuration Guide-Book PDF
166 pages
Operating System Installation Guide
No ratings yet
Operating System Installation Guide
141 pages
99-Book 761977 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761977 1285 0
33 pages
H3C S9500E Series Routing Switches: IRF Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
H3C S9500E Series Routing Switches: IRF Configuration Guide
59 pages
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Services Command Reference
No ratings yet
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Services Command Reference
522 pages
04-Layer 2—LAN Switching Configuration Guide-book
No ratings yet
04-Layer 2—LAN Switching Configuration Guide-book
221 pages
H3C S5120-SI Series Ethernet Switches Command Reference-Release 1101-6W105-Book
No ratings yet
H3C S5120-SI Series Ethernet Switches Command Reference-Release 1101-6W105-Book
910 pages
HDM User Guide
No ratings yet
HDM User Guide
247 pages
3com 5500G
No ratings yet
3com 5500G
53 pages
99-Book 761862 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761862 1285 0
78 pages
H3C SecPath F1000-AI-X0 Firewall Series Installation Guide-6W104
No ratings yet
H3C SecPath F1000-AI-X0 Firewall Series Installation Guide-6W104
80 pages
12 OAA Command Reference-Book
No ratings yet
12 OAA Command Reference-Book
25 pages
H3C SecPath F5000-S (F5000-C) Firewalls Installation Guide-6W102-book PDF
No ratings yet
H3C SecPath F5000-S (F5000-C) Firewalls Installation Guide-6W102-book PDF
86 pages
04-Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book
No ratings yet
04-Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book
90 pages
06-Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide-book
No ratings yet
06-Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide-book
103 pages
99-Book 761956 1285 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 761956 1285 0
149 pages
99-Book 1658948 294551 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 1658948 294551 0
230 pages
WX3800X SAC Radio Resources Management Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
WX3800X SAC Radio Resources Management Configuration Guide
146 pages
16 OpenFlow Configuration Guide-Book - 2
No ratings yet
16 OpenFlow Configuration Guide-Book - 2
36 pages
H3C CR16000-F Routers: Comware 7 Segment Routing Command Reference
No ratings yet
H3C CR16000-F Routers: Comware 7 Segment Routing Command Reference
21 pages
Firmware Update Guide
No ratings yet
Firmware Update Guide
44 pages
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Multicast Command Reference
No ratings yet
S6520-SI & S5560X-HI & S5000-EI & MS4600 Switch Series IP Multicast Command Reference
422 pages
Installation Manual: H3C MSR 20 Series Routers
No ratings yet
Installation Manual: H3C MSR 20 Series Routers
73 pages
03 Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book
No ratings yet
03 Layer 2 - LAN Switching Configuration Guide-Book
331 pages
H3C ONEStor 3.0 Distributed Storage System Configuration Guide-E33xx-5W104-book
No ratings yet
H3C ONEStor 3.0 Distributed Storage System Configuration Guide-E33xx-5W104-book
88 pages
05-Attack Protection Configuration Guide-Book
No ratings yet
05-Attack Protection Configuration Guide-Book
181 pages
Radio Resources Mode Configuration Guide, Pag13
No ratings yet
Radio Resources Mode Configuration Guide, Pag13
97 pages
Command Ref in HUAWEI
No ratings yet
Command Ref in HUAWEI
1,150 pages
Firewall All PDF
No ratings yet
Firewall All PDF
1,207 pages
H3C 7500 Installation Guide (20110728)
No ratings yet
H3C 7500 Installation Guide (20110728)
182 pages
99-Comware v3 Command Manual PDF
No ratings yet
99-Comware v3 Command Manual PDF
2,546 pages
99-Book 1633352 294551 0
No ratings yet
99-Book 1633352 294551 0
35 pages
H3C WX Series Access Controllers: Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
H3C WX Series Access Controllers: Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide
140 pages
Cấu-hình-Switch H3C S5170-EI Switch Series
No ratings yet
Cấu-hình-Switch H3C S5170-EI Switch Series
330 pages
AP QoS Configuration Guide
No ratings yet
AP QoS Configuration Guide
45 pages
Framework for SCADA Cybersecurity
From Everand
Framework for SCADA Cybersecurity
Richard Clark
5/5 (1)
Cisco Network Administration Interview Questions: CISCO CCNA Certification Review
From Everand
Cisco Network Administration Interview Questions: CISCO CCNA Certification Review
equitypress
4.5/5 (6)
InduSoft Application Design and SCADA Deployment Recommendations for Industrial Control System Security
From Everand
InduSoft Application Design and SCADA Deployment Recommendations for Industrial Control System Security
Richard Clark
No ratings yet
Mach3 V3.x VB Macro Programming
No ratings yet
Mach3 V3.x VB Macro Programming
141 pages
1 Datasheet Led 7 Segmentos
No ratings yet
1 Datasheet Led 7 Segmentos
2 pages
CRIUS MultiWii SE v25 Setup and Programing - Rev03
No ratings yet
CRIUS MultiWii SE v25 Setup and Programing - Rev03
1 page
Arduino Wireless Power Meter
No ratings yet
Arduino Wireless Power Meter
28 pages
VTGO PC Multilab
No ratings yet
VTGO PC Multilab
35 pages
RT-CH 4 - MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar
No ratings yet
RT-CH 4 - MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar
31 pages
Hybrid Combiner 4:4 698 - 2690 MHZ 4 X 150 W: Technical Data Type No. 78210534
No ratings yet
Hybrid Combiner 4:4 698 - 2690 MHZ 4 X 150 W: Technical Data Type No. 78210534
2 pages
Vmebus 16 Port Asynchronous Communications Multiplexer: 16 Ports
No ratings yet
Vmebus 16 Port Asynchronous Communications Multiplexer: 16 Ports
5 pages
EMC Directive Standards
No ratings yet
EMC Directive Standards
11 pages
Pexip_Infinity_Management_API_v37.a
No ratings yet
Pexip_Infinity_Management_API_v37.a
53 pages
Service Manual: NX-240, NX-240 (V)
No ratings yet
Service Manual: NX-240, NX-240 (V)
44 pages
Set Up and Restrict User Access To Wi
No ratings yet
Set Up and Restrict User Access To Wi
24 pages
PLCC Main Components and Arrangement: Transmission Line Capacitor
No ratings yet
PLCC Main Components and Arrangement: Transmission Line Capacitor
6 pages
NCP Mci 6.5 - 74Q
No ratings yet
NCP Mci 6.5 - 74Q
28 pages
DCN Full
No ratings yet
DCN Full
215 pages
Proxies
100% (1)
Proxies
4 pages
How To Setup SIP Trunk SFB
No ratings yet
How To Setup SIP Trunk SFB
9 pages
Hardware Connection: Package Contents
No ratings yet
Hardware Connection: Package Contents
2 pages
Log2021-11-11 0
No ratings yet
Log2021-11-11 0
3 pages
5G Overview-Day-1
100% (1)
5G Overview-Day-1
41 pages
Quick Start Manual: - Cable Diagrams: 2 Wire RS485 Cable Connections: Plcsideor /etwork Side 2 Meter
No ratings yet
Quick Start Manual: - Cable Diagrams: 2 Wire RS485 Cable Connections: Plcsideor /etwork Side 2 Meter
1 page
Prosys Wireless Receiver: Installation
No ratings yet
Prosys Wireless Receiver: Installation
2 pages
Form 205 Fillable
No ratings yet
Form 205 Fillable
3 pages
DCDB Board Catalogue
No ratings yet
DCDB Board Catalogue
4 pages
TCP/IP Internetworking, Internetwork Principles & Practices: UCCN 2003 UCCN 2243
No ratings yet
TCP/IP Internetworking, Internetwork Principles & Practices: UCCN 2003 UCCN 2243
17 pages
Chapter 2:multimedia Information Representation
No ratings yet
Chapter 2:multimedia Information Representation
56 pages
Iphone 4G True Cost
No ratings yet
Iphone 4G True Cost
8 pages
3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) Information Block 2 (SIB2) in LTE
No ratings yet
3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) Information Block 2 (SIB2) in LTE
5 pages
Flow Chart 2G
No ratings yet
Flow Chart 2G
19 pages
Manual InsightPower SNMP IPv6 For UPS en Us
No ratings yet
Manual InsightPower SNMP IPv6 For UPS en Us
68 pages
GPS Tracker ST-902: User Manual
No ratings yet
GPS Tracker ST-902: User Manual
10 pages
You Me IMLog V2
No ratings yet
You Me IMLog V2
341 pages
Ddos Attacks: Tools, Mitigation Approaches, and Probable Impact On Private Cloud Environment
No ratings yet
Ddos Attacks: Tools, Mitigation Approaches, and Probable Impact On Private Cloud Environment
31 pages
Advances in Signal Processing Technology For Electronic Warfare
No ratings yet
Advances in Signal Processing Technology For Electronic Warfare
8 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.